TW472057B - Pyrrolopyrimidines and processes for the preparation thereof - Google Patents
Pyrrolopyrimidines and processes for the preparation thereof Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TW472057B TW472057B TW85108440A TW85108440A TW472057B TW 472057 B TW472057 B TW 472057B TW 85108440 A TW85108440 A TW 85108440A TW 85108440 A TW85108440 A TW 85108440A TW 472057 B TW472057 B TW 472057B
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- pyrrolo
- benzene
- group
- amine
- aniline
- Prior art date
Links
Landscapes
- Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
Description
472057 Α7 Β7 五、發明説明() 本發明有關7H-啦咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶衍生物及其製法及其製 備用之新穎中間體、含此衍生物之醫藥組成物及這些衍生 物作爲醫藥之用途。 本發明有關式(I)之7H-批咯幷[2,3-d]嚼啶衍生物及其鹽,472057 Α7 Β7 V. Description of the invention () The present invention relates to 7H-larrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine derivatives, the preparation method and the novel intermediates used for the preparation, the pharmaceutical composition containing the derivatives, and these derivatives Use of medicine as medicine. The present invention relates to a 7H-pyrrolidine [2,3-d] -pyridine derivative and a salt thereof of formula (I),
經濟部中央標準局負工消费合作社印製 q爲〇或卜 η爲1至3(q爲0時),或η爲0至3 ( q爲1時), R爲鹵素、低級烷基、羥基、低級烷醯氧基、低級烷氧 基、羧基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、N·低級烷-胺甲醯 基、N,N-二低級院-胺甲醸基、氰基、胺基、低級烷醯胺基、 低級烷胺基、N,N-二低級烷胺基或三氟甲基,當分子中存在 數個自由基R時,這些自由基可能爲相同或不同, 3)&及112各自獨立,爲: 〇0被胺甲酸-甲氧基、羧-甲氧基、苄氧幾·甲氧基、低級烷氧 簾-甲氧基、苯基、胺基、低級烷醯胺基、低級烷胺基、N,N-二低級烷胺基、羥基、低級烷醯氧基、羧基、低級烷氧羰 基、胺甲醯基、N-低級烷·胺甲醯基、N,N-二低級烷-胺甲醯 基、氰基或硝基取代之苯基; β)氫; γ)未被取代之或被鹵基或低級烷基取代之吡啶基; ---------— (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 卜訂 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標隼(CNS ) Α4規格(210X297公釐) 472057 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明() δ)N-节-B比錠-2-基、萘基、氰基、羧基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲 醯基、Ν-低級院-胺甲醯基、Ν,Ν-二低級烷-胺甲醯基、Ν-节-胺 甲醯基、甲醯基、低級烷醯基、低級烯基、低級烯氧基; 或 ε)被下列取代基取代之低級烷基: εο〇鹵素、胺基、低級烷胺基、六氫吡畊基、二低級烷胺 基, εβ)未被取代之苯胺基或在苯基部份被齒素、低級烷基、羥 基、低級烷醯氧基、低級烷氧基、羧基、低級烷氧羰基、 胺甲醯基、Ν-低級烷-胺甲醯基、Ν,Ν-二低級烷-胺甲醯基、氰 基、胺基、低級烷醯胺基、低級烷胺基、Ν,Ν-二低級烷胺基 或三氟甲基取代之苯胺基, εγ)羥基、低級烷氧基、氰基、羧基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲 醯基、Ν-低級烷-胺甲醯基、Ν,Ν-二低級烷-胺甲醯基、巯基, 或 εδ)被式RrSPk-之自由基(其中R3爲低級烷基及m爲0、1或 2)取代之苯胺基,或 b)q爲0時,自由基艮及112中之一爲未被取代之低級烷基或 未被取代之苯基,而自由基艮及&中之另一個具有在以上a) 中指定之一意義(除了氫之外),或 (〇&與^一起爲被胺基、低級烷醯胺基、低級烷胺基、N,N-二低級烷胺基、硝基、齒素、羥基、低級烷醯氧基、羧 基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、N-低級院-胺甲醯基、N,N-二 --------I -- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 卜訂 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(2】〇Χ 297公釐) 472057 Α7 Β7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印裝 五、發明説明() 低級院-胺甲醯基或氰基取代之CrCurl,4-伸烷二烯基,或爲有 多至9個碳原子之η丫-1,4-伸烷二烯基,或 d)q爲1時,&及匕各自獨立,爲未被取代之低級烷基或未 被取代之苯基,或具有在以上a)中指定之一意義,及 Re爲氫、低級烷基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、N-低級垸- 胺甲酿基或N,N-二低級焼-胺甲醯基, 而式(I)中之η爲0, q爲1,&及心各爲氫及&爲甲基之化合 物除外。 以上及以下使用之字首、低級〃代表有多至7個 (含),特別是多至4個(含),尤其是1或2個碳原子之 自由基。 η宜爲2或特別是1。當只有一個取代基R時,該取代基 宜在苯基環之3-位上。當存在二個取代基R時,那些取代基 宜在3_及上。 齒素R爲溴、碘或較適宜者爲氟或氯。η爲1時,R宜 爲氯。 低級烷基爲,例如,甲基。 低級烷醯氧基爲,例如,乙醯氧基。 低級烷氧基爲,例如,甲氧基。 低級烷氧羰基爲,例如,甲氧羰基。 Ν-低級院-胺甲醯基爲,例如,n-甲·胺甲醯基、Ν-(ΙΕ 丁)-胺甲醯基或Ν-(3-甲-丁-l-基)-胺甲醯基。 Ν,Ν-二低級院-胺甲醯基爲,例如,Ν,Ν-二甲·胺甲醯基。 低級烷醯胺基爲,例如,乙醯胺基。 ---------II (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) l·灯 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(2丨0X297公釐) -6 - 472057 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準扃貝工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明() 低級烷胺基爲,例如,甲胺基。 N,N-二低級烷胺基爲,例如,二甲胺基。 低級烷氧簾-甲氧基爲,例如,甲氧羰-甲氧基。 被取代之苯基艮或&可帶有一或多個,但最好是不超 過三個取代基(其可爲相同或不同)。被取代之苯基札或 R2最好是只帶有一個取代基,其可在鄰位、間位或較適宜 者爲對位上。 被苯基取代之苯基&或112爲,例如,聯苯基,較適宜 者爲4_聯苯基。 吡啶基爲,例如,2-卩比啶基。 自由基&或艮中之鹵素爲氟、溴、碘或較適宜者爲氯。 萘基爲,例如,2-蒂基。 低級烯基爲,例如,乙醯基、丙小嫌基或丙-2-燦基(稀 丙基)。 低級烯氧基爲,例如,乙烯氧基、丙-1-嫌氧基或丙_2_嫌 氧基(烯丙氧基)。 被取代之低級烷基&或112可帶有一或多個,但最好是 不超過三個取代基(其可爲相同或不同)。被取代之低級 烷基札或私最好是只帶有一個取代基。 被苯胺基取代之低級烷基&或心(苯胺基係未被取代 者或在苯基部份被鹵素、低級烷基、羥基、低級烷髓氧 基、低級院氧基、幾基、低級院氧幾基、胺甲酸基、队低 級烷-胺甲醯基、N,N-二低級院-胺甲醯基、氰基、胺基、低 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標隼(CNS ) Λ4規格(210X297公釐) 472057 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 級烷醯胺基、低級烷胺基、N,N-二低級烷胺基或三氟甲基取 代者)特別爲以該方式取代之甲基,例如苯胺-甲基或4-甲氧-苯胺-甲基。Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Consumer Cooperatives, q is 0 or η is 1 to 3 (when q is 0), or η is 0 to 3 (when q is 1), R is halogen, lower alkyl, hydroxyl , Lower alkoxy, lower alkoxy, carboxyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, N · lower alkane-carbamoyl, N, N-di-lower home-carbamoyl, cyano, Amino, lower alkylamino, lower alkylamino, N, N-di-lower alkylamino or trifluoromethyl, when there are several radicals R in the molecule, these radicals may be the same or different, 3 ) & and 112 are each independently: 〇0 is carbamic acid-methoxy, carboxy-methoxy, benzyloxy methoxy, lower alkoxy curtain-methoxy, phenyl, amine, lower Alkylamino, lower alkylamino, N, N-di-lower alkylamino, hydroxyl, lower alkyloxy, carboxyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, N-lower alkylaminocarbamyl, N, N-di-lower alkyl-carbamoyl, cyano or nitro substituted phenyl; β) hydrogen; γ) pyridyl which is unsubstituted or substituted with halo or lower alkyl; -----— (Please read the note on the back first Please fill in this page again) The size of the paper is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm) 472057 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of invention () -B than indan-2-yl, naphthyl, cyano, carboxyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, N-lower alkyl-carbamoyl, Ν, Ν-di-lower alkyl-carbamoyl, N-Methyl-Aminomethylamido, methylamido, lower alkylfluorenyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkenyloxy; or ε) lower alkyl substituted with the following substituents: εο〇 halogen, amine, lower alkylamine , Hexahydropyridyl, di-lower alkylamino, εβ) unsubstituted aniline or halides, lower alkyl, hydroxyl, lower alkoxy, lower alkoxy, carboxyl , Lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, N-lower alkyl-carbamoyl, N, N-di-lower alkyl-carbamoyl, cyano, amine, lower alkylamino, lower alkylamino , N, N-di-lower alkylamino or trifluoromethyl substituted aniline, εγ) hydroxyl, lower alkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, amine Amidino, N-lower alkyl-carbamoyl, N, N-di-lower alkyl-carbamoyl, mercapto, or εδ) are free radicals of formula RrSPk- (where R3 is lower alkyl and m is 0, 1 or 2) a substituted aniline group, or b) when q is 0, one of the radicals 112 and 112 is an unsubstituted lower alkyl group or an unsubstituted phenyl group, and the radicals and & The other has the meaning specified in a) above (apart from hydrogen), or (〇 & together with ^ is an amino group, a lower alkylamino group, a lower alkylamino group, N, N-di-lower alkyl group Amine, Nitro, Halogen, Hydroxyl, Lower Alkyloxy, Carboxyl, Lower Alkoxycarbonyl, Carbamate, N-Lower School-Carbamate, N, N-Di ------ --I-(Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) The paper size of this edition applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2) 0 × 297 mm) 472057 Α7 Β7 Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by employee consumer cooperatives V. Description of the invention () Lower grades-Carbamate or cyano-substituted CrCurl, 4-alkylene dienyl, or η-1,4- with up to 9 carbon atoms Butanedienyl, or d) q When it is 1, & and d are independent, are unsubstituted lower alkyl or unsubstituted phenyl, or have one of the meanings specified in a) above, and Re is hydrogen, lower alkyl, or lower alkyl Oxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, N-lower fluorenyl-carbamyl or N, N-di-lower fluorenyl-carbamyl, and η in formula (I) is 0, q is 1, & and Except compounds which are each hydrogen and & methyl. The prefixes and lower 〃 used above and below represent radicals of up to 7 (inclusive), especially up to 4 (inclusive), especially 1 or 2 carbon atoms. η is preferably 2 or especially 1. When there is only one substituent R, the substituent is preferably at the 3-position of the phenyl ring. When two substituents R are present, those substituents are preferably 3 and above. Halogen R is bromine, iodine or more suitably fluorine or chlorine. When η is 1, R is preferably chlorine. Lower alkyl is, for example, methyl. The lower alkoxy group is, for example, ethoxy group. Lower alkoxy is, for example, methoxy. Lower alkoxycarbonyl is, for example, methoxycarbonyl. The NH-lower-class carbamoyl group is, for example, n-methylaminocarbamyl, Ν- (ΙΕ 丁) -carbamoyl, or Ν- (3-methyl-butyl-l-yl) -carbamoyl醯 基. N, N-di-lower-class carbamoyl is, for example, N, N-dimethyl-carbamyl. Lower alkylamino is, for example, acetamido. --------- II (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) l · The paper size of the lamp is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2 丨 0X297 mm) -6-472057 A7 B7 Printed by the Central Standard of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Coconut Consumer Cooperative, V. Description of the invention () The lower alkylamine group is, for example, methylamine group. N, N-di-lower alkylamino is, for example, dimethylamino. Lower alkoxy-methoxy is, for example, methoxycarbonyl-methoxy. The substituted phenylgen or & may carry one or more, but preferably no more than three substituents (which may be the same or different). The substituted phenylene or R2 preferably bears only one substituent, which may be in the ortho, meta or more preferably para position. The phenyl substituted by phenyl & or 112 is, for example, biphenyl, and more preferably 4-biphenyl. Pyridyl is, for example, 2-pyridyl. The free radical & or halogen in the radical is fluorine, bromine, iodine or more suitably chlorine. Naphthyl is, for example, 2-tidyl. Lower alkenyl is, for example, ethenyl, propionyl or prop-2-canyl (diluted propyl). Lower alkenyloxy is, for example, vinyloxy, prop-1-yloxy or prop_2_yloxy (allyloxy). The substituted lower alkyl & or 112 may carry one or more, but preferably not more than three substituents (which may be the same or different). Substituted lower alkyl groups or groups preferably carry only one substituent. Lower alkyl & substituted with aniline (anil is unsubstituted or halogen, lower alkyl, hydroxyl, lower alkyloxy, lower alkyl, oxo, lower Homoxyl, carbamate, lower alkane-amine formamidine, N, N-di-lower academy-amine formamidine, cyano, amine, low (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page ) This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (210X297 mm) 472057 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 5. Description of the invention () Grade alkylamine, lower alkylamine, N (N-di-lower alkylamino or trifluoromethyl substituted) is particularly a methyl substituted in this manner, such as aniline-methyl or 4-methoxy-aniline-methyl.
CrC1<rl,4-伸烷二烯基爲二價丁-1,3-二烯,其中每一末端 碳原子1及4有一自由價,且其可被低級烷基取代,然而, 自由基總共有不超過10倜碳原子,例如伸丁_1,3-二嫌-M-基。 有多至9個碳原子之ίΐγ-1,4·伸烷二烯基爲如上定義之〇 C1(rl,4-伸烷二烯基,其中至少一個碳原子,較適宜者爲丁二 烯鏈之碳原子(特別是像丁二烯鏈之末端碳原子)已被氮 取代者,例如1-卩丫-1,4-伸烷二烯基,特別是像1-n丫-伸丁_1,3_二 烯-1,4-基。吖-1,4-伸烷二烯基宜含1至3個氮原子,特別是只 含1個氮原子。只有一個氮原子之ι~πγ-ι,4·伸烷二烯基宜經由 該氮原子鍵結至7Η-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶環系之第6個碳原子 上。 式(I)化合物之鹽特別爲與有機或無機酸生成之酸加成 鹽,特別是醫藥上可接受之無毒性鹽。適合之無機酸爲, 例如,碳酸(宜爲碳酸鹽或碳酸氫鹽形式)、氫鹵酸(像 鹽酸)、硫酸或磷酸。適合之有機酸爲,例如,羧酸、膦 酸、磺酸或胺磺酸,例如乙酸、丙酸、辛酸、癸酸、十二 酸、羥乙酸、乳酸、2-經丁酸、葡萄酸、葡萄糖單羧酸、反 丁烯二酸、琥珀酸、己二酸、庚二酸、栓酸、壬二酸、蘋 果酸、酒石酸、檸檬酸、葡萄糖二酸、半乳糖二酸、胺基 酸(像麩胺酸、天冬胺酸、N-甲甘胺酸、乙醯胺乙酸、N-乙 醯天冬醯胺酸或N-乙醯胱胺酸)、丙酮酸、乙醯乙酸、磷 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(2丨〇〆297公釐) (请先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) "δ Γ -8- 472057 五、發明説明() 酸絲胺酸、2-或3-甘油磷酸、葡萄糖-6-磷酸、葡萄酸-1-磷 酸、果糖-1,6-二磷酸、順丁烯二酸、羥順丁烯二酸、甲順丁 烯二酸、環己基甲酸、金剛烷羧酸、苯甲酸、柳酸、1-或3-羥萘-2-竣酸、3,4,5-三甲氧苯甲酸、2-苯氧苯甲酸、2-乙醯氧 苯甲酸、胺柳酸、酞酸、苯乙酸、苯乙醇酸、桂皮酸、菸 域酸、異菸鲼酸、葡萄酸醛酸、半乳糖醛酸、甲磺酸或乙 磺酸、2-經乙磺酸、乙-1,2-二磺酸、苯磺酸、2-察磺酸、1,5-萘-二磺酸、2_、3-或4-甲基苯磺酸、甲硫酸、乙硫酸、十二 基硫酸、N-環己胺磺酸、N-甲-、N-乙-或N-丙-胺磺酸;或爲 其它有機質子酸,像抗壞血酸^ 有至少一個自由羧基之式⑴化合物可生成內鹽或金屬 鹽或銨鹽,像鹼金屬鹽或鹼土金屬鹽,例如鈉鹽、鉀鹽、 鎂鹽或鈣鹽,或與氨或適合之有機胺(像第三單胺,例如 三乙胺或三(2-羥乙)胺)或雜環鹼(例如N-乙-六氫吡啶或N,N’-二甲-六氫吡阱)生成之銨鹽。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項存填苟本頁> 爲了單離或純化之目的,亦可使用不爲醫藥上接受之 鹽,例如苦味酸鹽或過氯酸鹽。醫療上只使用醫藥上可接 受之鹽及無毒性鹽(在適當劑量下),所以那些鹽爲較偏 愛者。 鑑於自由形式之新穎化合物與其鹽形式(包括那些可 在,例如新穎化合物之純化或識別用作中間體之鹽)間之 緊密關係,上文及下文中提到之任何自由化合物及其鹽當 然亦分別包括其相當之鹽及自由化合物(適當及方便 時)。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(2IOX297公趁) 472057CrC1 < rl, 4-dienadienyl is divalent but-1,3-diene, in which each terminal carbon atom 1 and 4 has a free valence, and it can be substituted by a lower alkyl group, however, the radicals in total There are no more than 10 倜 carbon atoms, such as the butane-1,3-dioxo-M- group. Ϊ́γ-1,4 · alkanedienyl group with up to 9 carbon atoms is defined as above. C1 (rl, 4-alkanedienyl group, at least one of which is preferably a butadiene chain Whose carbon atom (especially like the terminal carbon atom of the butadiene chain) has been replaced by nitrogen, such as 1-fluorene-1,4-alkylene dienyl, especially like 1-nγ-butylene_1 , 3-diene-1,4-yl. Acryl-1,4-alkanedienyl preferably contains 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms, especially only 1 nitrogen atom. There is only one nitrogen atom. The ι, 4 · alkanedienyl group is preferably bonded to the 6th carbon atom of the 7Η-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine ring system via the nitrogen atom. The salt of the compound of the formula (I) is particularly organic Or acid addition salts produced by inorganic acids, especially non-toxic salts that are pharmaceutically acceptable. Suitable inorganic acids are, for example, carbonic acid (preferably in the form of carbonate or bicarbonate), hydrohalic acid (like hydrochloric acid), Sulfuric acid or phosphoric acid. Suitable organic acids are, for example, carboxylic acids, phosphonic acids, sulfonic acids or aminesulfonic acids, such as acetic acid, propionic acid, caprylic acid, capric acid, dodecanoic acid, glycolic acid, lactic acid, 2-butyric acid , Grape acid, glucose alone Acid, fumaric acid, succinic acid, adipic acid, pimelic acid, succinic acid, azelaic acid, malic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, gluconic acid, galactic acid, amino acids (like glutamine Acid, aspartic acid, N-methylglycine, acetoacetic acid, N-acetic acid aspartic acid or N-acetic acid), pyruvate, acetoacetic acid, phosphorus China National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (2 丨 〇〆297mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) " δ Γ -8- 472057 5. Description of the invention () Acid serine, 2- or 3-glyceryl phosphate, glucose-6-phosphate, gluconic acid-1-phosphate, fructose-1,6-diphosphate, maleic acid, hydroxymaleic acid, maleic acid, Cyclohexyl formic acid, adamantane carboxylic acid, benzoic acid, salicylic acid, 1- or 3-hydroxynaphthalene-2-junic acid, 3,4,5-trimethoxybenzoic acid, 2-phenoxybenzoic acid, 2-acetamidine Oxybenzoic acid, amine salicylic acid, phthalic acid, phenylacetic acid, phenylglycolic acid, cinnamic acid, nicotinic acid, isonicotinic acid, glutamic acid, galacturonic acid, methanesulfonic acid or ethanesulfonic acid, 2- Via ethanesulfonic acid, ethane-1,2-disulfonic acid Benzenesulfonic acid, 2-chalconic acid, 1,5-naphthalene-disulfonic acid, 2-, 3-, or 4-methylbenzenesulfonic acid, methylsulfuric acid, ethylacetic acid, dodecylsulfonic acid, N-cyclohexylaminesulfonic acid Acid, N-methyl-, N-ethyl-, or N-propyl-amine sulfonic acid; or other organic protonic acid, such as ascorbic acid ^ Compounds of formula 有 with at least one free carboxyl group can form internal or metal salts or ammonium salts, Like alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts, such as sodium, potassium, magnesium or calcium salts, or with ammonia or a suitable organic amine (like a third monoamine, such as triethylamine or tris (2-hydroxyethyl) amine ) Or heterocyclic bases (such as N-ethyl-hexahydropyridine or N, N'-dimethyl-hexahydropyridine traps). Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the note on the back first) For the purpose of isolation or purification, salts that are not pharmaceutically acceptable, such as picrates or perchlorates, can also be used. Only pharmaceutically acceptable salts and non-toxic salts (at appropriate dosages) are used medically, so those salts are preferred. Given the close relationship between free-form novel compounds and their salt forms, including those that can be used, for example, for the purification or identification of novel compounds, as intermediates, any free compound and its salts mentioned above and below are of course also Include equivalent salts and free compounds (where appropriate and convenient). This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2IOX297). 472057
經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作杜印製 五、發明説明() 式(I)化合物具有有價値之藥理上有用之性質。特別是 它們展現在藥理上重要之特異抑制活性。它們爲特別有效 之酪胺酸蛋白質激酶抑制劑及/或(更進者)絲胺酸/羥 丁胺酸蛋白質激酶之抑制劑;它們,例如,有效地抑制表 皮生長因子(EGF)之受體及oerbB2激酶之酪胺酸激酶活性。 那些受體特異之酶活性在許多哺乳動物細胞(包括人類細 胞),特別是上皮細胞、免疫系統細胞及中樞及周圍神經 系統細胞之訊號傳送中扮演關鍵的角色。例如,在各種細 胞類型中,與受體關聯之酪胺酸蛋白質激酶之EGF-誘發之 活化(EGF-R-TPK)爲細胞分裂及細胞增殖之必要條件。因 此’ EGF-受體特異之酪胺酸激酶抑制劑之數目增加抑制細 胞之增殖。相同情況適用於上文及下文提到之其它蛋白質 激酶。 除了抑制EGF-受體酪胺酸蛋白質激酶之外,式(I)化合 物亦不同程度地抑制涉及營養因子媒介之訊號傳送之其它 酪胺酸蛋白質激酶,例如abl激酶,特別是v-abl激酶、出自 src激酶族之激酶,特別是(;_啦激酶、ick、細、EGF族之其它 激酶(例如 c-erbB2 激酶(HER-2)、c-erbB3 激酶、c-erbB4 激 酸O 'PDGF-受體酪胺酸蛋白質激酶族之成員(例如PDGF-受 體激酶、CSF-1受體激酶、Kit-受體激酶、VEGF-受體激酶 (如KDR及Flt-Ι)及FGF-受體激酶)、胰島素狀生長因子之 受體激酶(IGF-1激酶)及絲胺酸/羥丁胺酸激酶(例如蛋 白質激酶C或cdc激酶),所有的激酶在哺乳動物細胞(包 括人類細胞)之生長調節及轉形上扮演一部份角色。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Μ規格(210X 297公釐) -10- 472057 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明() EGF-受體特異之酪胺酸蛋白質激酶(EGF-R-TPK)之抑制作 用可利用已知方法證實,例如使用基因重組之EGF-受體之 細胞內區域(EGF-RICD ;參見,例如,E. McGlynn et al·,Europ· J. Biochem. 207, 265 - 275 (1992))。與沒有抑制劑之對照組比 較,式(I)化合物能抑制酶活性達50%(IC5。),例如在0.0005至1 μΜ,特別是0.001至0.1 μΜ之濃度。 式(I)化合物在EGF-受體中對EGF-刺激之細胞酪胺酸磷醯 化之作用,可在人類Α431上皮癌細胞系中利用描述在ϋ. Trinks et al., J. Med. Chem. 37^, 1015 - 1027 (1994)中之酶連結之免疫 吸附測定(ELISA)測定。在該試驗(EGFR-EUSA)中,式⑴化合 物展現一 IC5。値大約爲0.001至ΙμΜ。 用EGF刺激靜止的BALB/C3T3細胞能迅速地誘發c-fos mRNA之表現。細胞在用EGF刺激前用式(I)化合物預處理能 在一大約0.001至Ο.ΙμΜ之IC5Q下抑制c-fos表現。該試驗程序 同樣描述在 U· Trinks et al·,J. Med. Chem. 37^7, 1015 - 1027 (1994)中。 在微摩爾範圍內,式(I)化合物亦抑制,例如,EGF-依 存之細胞系之細胞生長,例如表皮狀的BALB/c鼠角質細胞 系(參見 Weissmann,B.A.,and Aaronson,S.A.,Cell 32, 599 (1983))或 A431細胞系,其被確認爲有用之EGF-依存之上皮細胞之標 準來源(參見 Carpenter,G.,and Zendegni,J. Anal. Biochem. 153, 279 · 282(1985))。在一已知之試驗方法中(參見Meyer et al.,Int. J. Cancer 43, 851 (1989)),式(I)化合物之抑制活性係簡單地測定 如下:將BALB/MK細胞(10,000/微量滴定板孔)移至96-孔微量滴定板。加入一系列濃度(稀釋液系列)之試驗化 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(2丨〇 X 297公楚) (请先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 卜訂 472057 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明() 合物(溶於二甲亞砜(DMSO)中),加入之方式爲使二甲亞 磡之最後濃度不超過1%(體積/體積)。加入後,將板培 養三天,培養期間,不含試驗化合物之對照培養物可經歷 至少三個細胞分裂循環。MK細胞之生長係利用甲基藍染色 測定:培養後,將細胞用戊二醛固定,用水淸洗,並用 0.05%甲基藍染色。淸洗後,將染色物用3%HC1溶析,並使 用一 TitertekMultiskan儀器,在665塵米下測定每一微量滴定板 孔之光密度。IC5。値係利用一電腦輔助系統,使用下列公式 決定: iCso = [(OD微組-0D起娜)/(OD對照組-〇D起雛)]X 100。 那些實驗中之IC5。値定義爲導致細胞計數比使用不含抑 制劑之對照組得到之細胞數目少50%之測試化合物之濃度。 式(I)化合物在微摩爾範圍內展現抑制活性,例如1C5()大約爲 0.1 至 ΙμΜ。 式(I)化合物亦在活體內展現腫瘤生長之抑制,如下述 之試驗所示:試驗係基於人類表皮狀癌Α431植入雌性BALB /c無毛鼠內(Bomholtgard,丹麥)之生長抑制(ATCC編號 CRL 1555 ;美國菌種收集中心(American Type Culture Collection), Rockville,Maryland^ 美國;參見 Saftton^ J.B., et. al·, Cancer Research 46, 47Q1 - 4705 (1986)及 Ozawa^ S.,et al.,Int. J. Cancer 40, 706 - 710 (198乃)。該癌展現生長,其與EGF_受體之表現程度有關 聯。在實驗中,將活體內培養之大約1立方公分體積之腫瘤 從實驗動物中在無菌狀態下切除。將腫瘤粉碎並懸浮在10 體積(重量/體積)磷酸鹽緩衝之生理食鹽水中。將懸浮 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(2I0X297公釐) -12- 472057 經濟部中央標準扃員工消費合作社印製 Α7 Β7 五、發明説明() 液經皮下(0.2毫升/鼠,在磷酸鹽緩衝之生理食鹽水中) 注射至動物左側腹內。或者,注射取自體外培養物(在〇·2 毫升磷酸鹽緩衝之生理食鹽水中)之IX 1〇6個細胞。移植後 5或7天,當腫瘤之直徑達到4-5毫米時,開始用式(I)之測試 化合物處理。將測試化合物一天一次,連續注射15天(不 同動物組用不同劑量)。腫瘤生長係用沿著三個互相垂直 的軸向測量腫瘤直徑之方法決定。腫瘤體積係利用已知公 式 p X L X D2/6 計算(參見 Evans,B.D” et al” Brit. J· Cancer 45, 466~8 (1982))。結果係以處理/對照百分比(T/C x 100 = T/C %)表 示。在一3至50毫克/公斤有效成份之劑量下,發現明顯的 腫瘤生長抑制,例如T/C%値低於10,其表示腫瘤生長被強 烈抑制。 除了抑制EGF-受體酪胺酸蛋白質激酶之外,式⑴化合 物亦抑制涉及營養因子媒介之訊號傳送之其它酪胺酸蛋白 質激酶,例如abl激酶,特別是像v-abl激酶(如IC5e値由0.01 至5μΜ)、出自src激酶族之激酶,特別是像c-src激酶(如 IC50値由0·1至10 μΜ)及c-erbB2激酶(HER-2)、及絲胺酸/羥丁 胺酸激酶(例如蛋白質激酶C),所有的激酶涉及哺乳動物 細胞(包括人類細胞)之生長調節及轉形。 上述之v-abl酪胺酸激酶之抑制係利用李同(N.Lydon)等人 之方法測定(Oncogene Research 5, 161-173 (1990)及 J. F. Geissler et al., Cancer Research 52, 4492-4498 (1992)。在那些方法中,係使用 [Val5]-血管緊縮素II及[γ-32Ρ]-ΑΤΡ爲受質。 本紙张尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(2丨〇Χ297公婊) I 1 ; «11 - - -- - -- ........ 11- I -II —— - k 1.裝--- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ίτ—^----- -13 - 472057 A7 B7 五、發明説明() c-erbB2酪胺酸激酶(HER-2)之抑制作用可,例如,利甩 類似於EGF-R-TPK所用之方法測定(參見C. House et al.,Europ. J. Biochem. 140, 363-367 (1984) )。c-erbB2 激酶可利用本質上已知 之方案單離,並測定其活性,例如依照T.Akiyamaetal., Science 232, 1644 (1986)之方法。 因此,抑制表皮生長因子(EGF)之受體酪胺酸激酶活性 或前述其它酪胺酸蛋白質激酶之酪胺酸激酶活性之式(I)化 合物在,例如,治療良性或惡性腫瘤上有用。其可達成腫 瘤退化目的及預防腫瘤轉移之形成及微轉移之生長。其特 別可用於表皮高增殖之情況(牛皮癬)、治療上皮屬性之 腫瘤形成(例如乳癌)及治療白血病。此外,式(I)化合物 (特別是新穎化合物)可用於治療那些免疫系統之病症, 其中涉及數個或特別是各別酪胺酸蛋白質激酶及/或(更 進者)絲胺酸/羥丁胺酸蛋白質激酶;那些式(I)化合物亦 可用於治療那些中樞或周圍神經系統之病症,其中涉及數 個或特別是各別酪胺酸蛋白質激酶及/或(更進者)絲胺 酸/羥丁胺酸蛋白質激酶之訊號傳送。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作衽印製 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 通常,本發明亦有關式⑴化合物在抑制前述蛋白質激 酶上之用途。 本發明之化合物可單獨使用或與其它藥理活性化合物 一起使用,例如連同多胺合成酶之抑制劑、蛋白質激酶C 之抑制劑、其它酪胺酸之抑制劑、細胞素、負生長調節劑 (例如tgf_psifn_p)、芳酶抑制劑、抗雌激素及/或抑制 細胞之藥物。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家榡準(CNS ) Λ4規格(210 X2^7公释) -14- 472057 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製· Μ Β7 _ 五'發明説明() 在下文提到之偏愛之本發明主題中,適當及方便時, 一般定義可用開始時給定之更特定之定義取代。 優先選用者爲式⑴之化合物及其鹽,其中 q爲0或1, η爲1至3(q爲0時),或η爲0至3 ( q爲1時), R爲鹵素、低級烷基、羥基、低級烷醯氧基、低級烷氧 基、羧基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、N-低級烷-胺甲醯 基、N,N_二低級院-胺甲醯基、氰基、胺基、低級烷醯胺基、 低級烷胺基、N,N-二低級烷胺基或三氟甲基,當分子中存在 數個自由基R時,這些自由基可爲相同或不同, 各自獨立,爲被胺甲醯-甲氧基、羧-甲氧基、苄氧 幾-甲氧基、低級烷氧簾-甲氧基、苯基、胺基、低級烷醯胺 基、低級烷胺基、N,N-二低級烷胺基、羥基、低級烷醯氧 基、羧基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、N-低級烷·胺甲醯 基、N,N-二低級院-胺甲醯基、氰基或硝基取代之苯基、氫、 未被取代之或被鹵基或低級烷基取代之吡啶基、N-节-D比銳-2-基、萘基、氰基、羧基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、N-低 級院-胺甲醯基、N,N-二低級院-胺甲醯基、N-节-胺甲醯基、甲 醯基、低級烷醯基、低級烯基、低級烯氧基、或被鹵素、 胺基、低級烷胺基、六氫吡畊基、二低級烷胺基、羥基、 低級烷氧基、氰基、羧基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醸基、N_ 低級烷·胺甲醯基、N,N-二低級烷-胺甲醯基、锍基或一式r3-S(〇)m-之自由基(其中R3爲低級烷基及m爲0、1或2)取代之 低級垸基,或 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(2!0X 297公釐) ----:------裝-----,-訂--*---- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -15 - 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 472057 Λ7 B7 五、發明説明() b)q爲0時,自由基&及112中之一爲未被取代之低級烷基或 未被取代之苯基,而自由基1^及112中之另一個具有一在以 上a)中指定之意義,或 幻凡與私一起爲被胺基、低級院醯胺基、低級院胺基、n,N-二低級烷胺基、硝基、鹵素、羥基、低級烷醯氧基、羧 基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、N-低級院·胺甲醯基、N,N-二 低級院-胺甲醯基或氰基取代之CrC1()-l,4-伸烷二烯基,或爲有 多至9個碳原子之Π丫-l,4-伸烷二烯基,或 d)q爲1時,私及&各自獨立,爲未被取代之低級烷基或未 被取代之苯基,或具有在以上a)中指定之一意義,及 K爲氫、低級烷基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、N_低級烷-胺甲醯基或N,N-二低級院-胺甲醯基, 而式0)中之η爲0, q爲1,艮及心各爲氫及&爲甲基之化合 物除外。 優先選用者亦爲式(I)之化合物及其鹽,其中 q爲0或卜 η爲1至3(q爲0時),或η爲0至3 ( q爲1時), R爲齒素、低級烷基、羥基、低級烷醯氧基、低級烷氧 基、羧基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、N-低級烷-胺甲醯 基、N,N-二低級院_胺甲醯基、氰基、胺基、低級烷醸胺基、 低級烷胺基、N,N-二低級烷胺基或三氟甲基,當分子中存在 數個自由基R時,這些自由基可爲相同或不同, 爲氫及R2爲被胺甲醯-甲氧基、羧-甲氧基、苄氧幾-甲氧 基、低級烷氧羰-甲氧基、苯基、胺基、低級烷醯胺基、低 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(2丨OX297公雄) --------••裝-----Γ訂--,,----- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -16- 472057 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 Α7 Β7 五、發明説明() 級烷胺基、N,N-二低級烷胺基、羥基、低級烷醯氧基、羧 基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、N-低級院-胺甲醯基' RN-二 低級烷-胺甲醯基、氰基或硝基取代之苯基,爲未被取代之 或被鹵基或低級烷基取代之吡啶基、N-节比銳-2_基、萘基、 氰基、羧基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、N-低級烷-胺甲醯 基、N,N-二低級院-胺甲醯基、N-f-胺甲醯基、甲醯基、低級 烷醯基、低級烯基、低級烯氧基、或被鹵素、苯胺基(其 未被取代或在苯基部份被鹵素、低級烷基、羥基、低級烷 醯氧基、低級烷氧基、羧基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、 N-低級烷-胺甲醯基、N,N-二低級烷-胺甲醯基或三氟甲基取 代)、低級烷氧基、氰基、羧基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯 基、N-低級烷-胺甲醯基、N,N-二低級院·胺甲醯基、锍基或一 式R3-S(0)„r之自由基(其中R3爲低級烷基及m爲0、1或2)取 代之低級烷基,或 b)q爲0時,自由基&及心中之一爲未被取代之低級烷基或 未被取代之苯基,而自由基札及私中之另一個具有在以上a) 中指定之一意義(除了氫之外),或 (^&與^一起爲被低級烷醯胺基、硝基、齒素、羧基、低 級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、N-低級院-胺甲醯基、Ν,Ν-二低級院- 胺甲醯基或氰基取代之C4-C1(rl,4·伸烷二烯基,或爲有多至9 個碳原子之ηγ-ι,4-伸烷二烯基,或 d)q爲1時,R,爲氫及R2爲未被取代之苯基,及 R6爲氫、低級烷基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、N-低級烷- 胺甲醯基或Ν,Ν-二低級燒-胺甲醯基。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標攀(CNS ) Λ4規格(2丨OX 297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ’ve Γ -17- 472057 A7 B7 五、發明説明( 優先選用者亦爲式(la)之7H-B比咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶衍生物及其 鹽Produced by the staff of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs for consumer cooperation. Du V. Description of the invention () The compound of formula (I) has valuable pharmacologically useful properties. In particular, they exhibit specific inhibitory activity that is pharmacologically important. They are particularly effective inhibitors of tyrosine protein kinases and / or (further) inhibitors of serine / hydroxybutyrate protein kinases; they, for example, effectively inhibit the receptors of epidermal growth factor (EGF) And tyrosine kinase activity of oerbB2 kinase. Those receptor-specific enzyme activities play a key role in the signaling of many mammalian cells (including human cells), especially epithelial cells, immune system cells, and central and peripheral nervous system cells. For example, in various cell types, EGF-induced activation of receptor-associated tyrosine protein kinase (EGF-R-TPK) is a necessary condition for cell division and cell proliferation. Therefore, an increase in the number of 'EGF-receptor-specific tyrosine kinase inhibitors inhibits cell proliferation. The same applies to the other protein kinases mentioned above and below. In addition to inhibiting EGF-receptor tyrosine protein kinase, the compounds of formula (I) also inhibit to varying degrees other tyrosine protein kinases involved in the transmission of trophic factor mediators, such as abl kinase, especially v-abl kinase, Kinases from the src kinase family, in particular (; _ La kinase, ick, fine, other kinases of the EGF family (such as c-erbB2 kinase (HER-2), c-erbB3 kinase, c-erbB4 kinase, O'PDGF- Member of the receptor tyrosine protein kinase family (eg PDGF-receptor kinase, CSF-1 receptor kinase, Kit-receptor kinase, VEGF-receptor kinase (such as KDR and Flt-1)) and FGF-receptor kinase ), Insulin-like growth factor receptor kinases (IGF-1 kinases) and serine / hydroxybutyric acid kinases (such as protein kinase C or cdc kinase), all kinases grow in mammalian cells (including human cells) It plays a part in the adjustment and transformation. (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page.) The size of the paper is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) M specification (210X 297 mm) -10- 472057 Central Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the Bureau of Standards Consumer Cooperatives A7 B7 Five Description of the invention () The inhibitory effect of EGF-receptor-specific tyrosine protein kinase (EGF-R-TPK) can be confirmed by known methods, such as the intracellular region of the EGF-receptor using genetic recombination (EGF-RICD See, for example, E. McGlynn et al., Europ. J. Biochem. 207, 265-275 (1992)). Compared to a control group without an inhibitor, the compound of formula (I) can inhibit enzyme activity by 50% ( IC5.), For example, at a concentration of 0.0005 to 1 μM, especially 0.001 to 0.1 μM. The effect of compounds of formula (I) on EGF-stimulated cellular tyrosine phosphorylation in EGF-receptors may be in human A431 Epithelial cancer cell lines were measured using an enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) described in ϋ. Trinks et al., J. Med. Chem. 37 ^, 1015-1027 (1994). In this test (EGFR-EUSA ), The compound of formula 展现 exhibits an IC5. 値 is about 0.001 to 1 μM. Stimulation of resting BALB / C3T3 cells with EGF can rapidly induce the expression of c-fos mRNA. Cells are pre-stimulated with compounds of formula (I) before being stimulated with EGF Treatment can inhibit c-fos performance at an IC5Q of about 0.001 to 0.1 μM. This test procedure is also described in U. Trink et al., J. Med. Chem. 37 ^ 7, 1015-1027 (1994). In the micromolar range, compounds of formula (I) also inhibit, for example, cell growth of EGF-dependent cell lines, such as the epidermal BALB / c murine keratinocyte line (see Weissmann, BA, and Aaronson, SA, Cell 32 , 599 (1983)) or A431 cell line, which has been identified as a standard source of useful EGF-dependent epithelial cells (see Carpenter, G., and Zendegni, J. Anal. Biochem. 153, 279 · 282 (1985) ). In a known test method (see Meyer et al., Int. J. Cancer 43, 851 (1989)), the inhibitory activity of a compound of formula (I) is simply determined as follows: BALB / MK cells (10,000 / micro) Titration plate wells) to a 96-well microtiter plate. Add a series of concentrations (diluent series) to test. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (2 丨 〇X 297). (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page.) Order 472057 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention () Compound (dissolved in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO)), added in such a way that the final concentration of dimethyl sulfoxide does not exceed 1% (volume /volume). After the addition, the plates were cultured for three days. During the culture, the control culture containing no test compound could undergo at least three cycles of cell division. The growth of MK cells was determined using methyl blue staining. After culture, the cells were fixed with glutaraldehyde, washed with water, and stained with 0.05% methyl blue. After rinsing, the dyed matter was eluted with 3% HC1 and the optical density of each microtiter plate well was measured using a Titertek Multiskan instrument at 665 dust meters. IC5. The system is determined using a computer-aided system, using the following formula: iCso = [(OD micro-group-0D from Kina) / (OD control group-0D from the chick)] X 100. IC5 in those experiments.値 is defined as the concentration of the test compound that results in a cell count that is 50% less than the number of cells obtained using a control group without an inhibitor. The compound of formula (I) exhibits inhibitory activity in the micromolar range, for example, 1C5 () is about 0.1 to 1 μM. The compound of formula (I) also exhibits tumor growth inhibition in vivo, as shown in the following test: The test is based on the growth inhibition (ATCC) of human epidermal carcinoma A431 implanted into female BALB / c hairless mice (Bomholtgard, Denmark) No. CRL 1555; American Type Culture Collection, Rockville, Maryland ^ United States; see Saftton ^ JB, et. Al., Cancer Research 46, 47Q1-4705 (1986) and Ozawa ^ S., et al ., Int. J. Cancer 40, 706-710 (198 Nai). This cancer exhibits growth, which is related to the degree of expression of the EGF_receptor. In experiments, tumors of approximately 1 cubic centimeter volume were cultured in vivo. Removal from laboratory animals under sterile conditions. The tumor was pulverized and suspended in 10 volumes (weight / volume) of phosphate buffered saline. Suspended (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) This paper size applies China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2I0X297 mm) -12- 472057 Central Standard of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, printed by employee consumer cooperatives A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Liquid percutaneous (0.2ml / rat, in phosphorus Saline buffered saline) into the left peritoneum of the animal. Alternatively, IX 106 cells taken from in vitro culture (in 0.2 ml phosphate buffered saline) are injected. 5 or 7 days after transplantation When the tumor diameter reaches 4-5 mm, treatment with the test compound of formula (I) is started. The test compound is injected once a day for 15 consecutive days (different doses for different animal groups). Tumor growth lines are used along three The method of measuring the diameter of the tumor in the axial direction perpendicular to each other is determined. The tumor volume is calculated using the known formula p XLX D2 / 6 (see Evans, BD "et al" Brit. J · Cancer 45, 466 ~ 8 (1982). Results Expressed as the percentage of treatment / control (T / C x 100 = T / C%). At a dose of 3 to 50 mg / kg active ingredient, significant tumor growth inhibition is found, for example, T / C% 値 is less than 10 In addition to inhibiting EGF-receptor tyrosine protein kinase, compounds of formula (I) also inhibit other tyrosine protein kinases involved in the transmission of nutrient factor mediators, such as abl kinase, especially like v-abl kinase (Such as IC5e 値 from 0.01 to 5 μM), kinases from the src kinase family, especially c-src kinases (such as IC50 値 from 0.1 to 10 μM), c-erbB2 kinase (HER-2), and seramine Acid / hydroxybutyric acid kinases (such as protein kinase C), all kinases are involved in the growth regulation and transformation of mammalian cells (including human cells). The above-mentioned inhibition of v-abl tyrosine kinase was determined by the method of N. Lydon et al. (Oncogene Research 5, 161-173 (1990) and JF Geissler et al., Cancer Research 52, 4492-4498 (1992). In those methods, [Val5] -angiotensin II and [γ-32P] -ATP were used as the substrates. This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (2 丨 〇 × 297) ) I 1; «11-----........ 11- I -II ——-k 1. Install --- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) ίτ — ^ ----- -13-472057 A7 B7 V. Explanation of the invention () c-erbB2 tyrosine kinase (HER-2) can be inhibited, for example, the method similar to that used by EGF-R-TPK Assay (see C. House et al., Europ. J. Biochem. 140, 363-367 (1984)). The c-erbB2 kinase can be isolated using protocols known per se and its activity can be determined, for example according to T. Akiyamaetal ., Science 232, 1644 (1986). Therefore, compounds of formula (I) that inhibit the tyrosine kinase activity of the epidermal growth factor (EGF) receptor or the tyrosine kinase activity of the other tyrosine protein kinases previously described It is useful, for example, in the treatment of benign or malignant tumors. It can achieve the purpose of tumor degeneration and prevent the formation of tumor metastases and the growth of micrometastases. It is particularly useful in cases of high epidermal proliferation (psoriasis), treatment of tumor formation of epithelial properties ( Such as breast cancer) and the treatment of leukemia. In addition, compounds of formula (I) (especially novel compounds) can be used to treat those disorders of the immune system involving several or especially individual tyrosine protein kinases and / or (more advanced ) Serine / hydroxybutyrate protein kinases; those compounds of formula (I) can also be used to treat those disorders of the central or peripheral nervous system, involving several or especially individual tyrosine protein kinases and / or (more (Promoter) Signal transmission of serine / hydroxybutyric acid protein kinase. Printed by the Consumer Co-operation of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the notes on the back before filling this page). Generally, the present invention also relates to compounds of formula ⑴ Use in inhibiting the aforementioned protein kinases. The compounds of the present invention can be used alone or together with other pharmacologically active compounds, for example For example, together with inhibitors of polyamine synthase, inhibitors of protein kinase C, other inhibitors of tyrosine, cytokines, negative growth regulators (e.g. tgf_psifn_p), aromatase inhibitors, anti-estrogens and / or inhibitory cells Drugs. This paper size is applicable to China National Standards (CNS) Λ4 specifications (210 X2 ^ 7 public release) -14- 472057 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs · Β7_5 Description of Inventions () are mentioned below In the preferred subject matter of the invention, where appropriate and convenient, general definitions may be replaced by more specific definitions given at the outset. Preference is given to compounds of the formula 及其 and their salts, where q is 0 or 1, η is 1 to 3 (when q is 0), or η is 0 to 3 (when q is 1), and R is a halogen, lower alkane Base, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, lower alkoxy, carboxyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, N-lower alkyl-carbamoyl, N, N-di-lower amine-carbamoyl, Cyano, amine, lower alkylamino, lower alkylamino, N, N-di-lower alkylamino or trifluoromethyl, when there are several radicals R in the molecule, these radicals can be the same or They are different and are independent of each other. They are carbamoyl-methoxy, carboxy-methoxy, benzyloxy-methoxy, lower alkoxy curtain-methoxy, phenyl, amino, lower alkylamino, Lower alkylamino, N, N-di-lower alkylamino, hydroxyl, lower alkoxy, carboxyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, N-lower alkylaminocarbamyl, N, N-di Lower grades-carbamoyl, cyano or nitro substituted phenyl, hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted with halo or lower alkyl, pyridyl, N-node-D-pyridin-2-yl, naphthalene Cyano, cyano, carboxyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamate Fluorenyl, N-lower compound-carbamyl, N, N-di-lower compound-carbamyl, N-benzyl-carbamyl, formamyl, lower alkylsulfonyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkenyl Oxygen, or halogen, amine, lower alkylamino, hexahydropyridyl, di-lower alkylamino, hydroxyl, lower alkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, N_ Lower alkane · carbamoyl, N, N-di-lower alkane-carbamoyl, fluorenyl, or a radical of the formula r3-S (〇) m- (where R3 is lower alkyl and m is 0, 1 or 2) Replaced low-grade base, or this paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (2! 0X 297 mm) ----: ------ install -----,-order- -* ---- (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) -15-Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 472057 Λ7 B7 V. Description of the invention () b) When q is 0, free radicals one of & and 112 is an unsubstituted lower alkyl group or an unsubstituted phenyl group, and the other of the radicals 1 ^ and 112 has the meaning specified in a) above, or magic and private Amines, lower amines, lower amines Group, n, N-di-lower alkylamino, nitro, halogen, hydroxyl, lower alkanoyloxy, carboxyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamate, N-lower house · carbamate, N, N -Secondary lower grade-carbamoyl or cyano-substituted CrC1 ()-1,4-alkylene dienyl, or Πα-l, 4-alkylene dienyl having up to 9 carbon atoms , Or d) when q is 1, private and & are independent, and are unsubstituted lower alkyl or unsubstituted phenyl, or have the meaning specified in a) above, and K is hydrogen, lower Alkyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, N_lower alkyl-carbamoyl, or N, N-di-lower alkyl-carbamoyl, and η in formula 0) is 0, q is 1, That is, except for compounds in which each is hydrogen and & is methyl. Preferred compounds are also compounds of formula (I) and their salts, where q is 0 or η is 1 to 3 (when q is 0), or η is 0 to 3 (when q is 1), and R is a dentin. , Lower alkyl, hydroxyl, lower alkoxy, lower alkoxy, carboxyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, N-lower alkane-aminomethyl, N, N-di-lower home Fluorenyl, cyano, amine, lower alkylamino, lower alkylamino, N, N-di-lower alkylamino or trifluoromethyl. When there are several free radicals R in the molecule, these radicals can be Is the same or different, is hydrogen and R2 is amine formamidine-methoxy, carboxy-methoxy, benzyloxy-methoxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl-methoxy, phenyl, amine, lower alkyl醯 Amine-based, low-paper sizes are applicable to Chinese National Standards (CNS) Λ4 specifications (2 丨 OX297 male and male) -------- •• Installation ----- Γ Order-,, ----- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) -16- 472057 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Grade alkylamino, N, N-di-lower alkylamine, Hydroxyl, lower alkoxy, carboxy, lower alkoxy Phenyl, carbamoyl, N-lower alkyl-carbamoyl 'RN-di-lower alkyl-carbamoyl, cyano or nitro substituted phenyl, unsubstituted or halogenated or lower alkyl Pyridyl, N-benzyl-2-yl, naphthyl, cyano, carboxyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamate, N-lower alkyl-carbamate, N, N-di-lower Amino-aminomethylamino, Nf-aminomethylamino, methylamino, lower alkylamino, lower alkenyl, lower alkenyloxy, or halogen, aniline (which is unsubstituted or substituted in the phenyl moiety Halogen, lower alkyl, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, lower alkoxy, carboxyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, N-lower alkane-aminomethyl, N, N-di-lower alkane-amine (Formyl or trifluoromethyl substituted), lower alkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, N-lower alkyl-aminoformyl, N, N-di-lower amine Formamyl, fluorenyl or a radical of the formula R3-S (0) „r (where R3 is a lower alkyl group and m is 0, 1 or 2) substituted lower alkyl group, or b) when q is 0, free One of the radicals & is unsubstituted lower alkyl or Unsubstituted phenyl, and the other of the radicals and private has one of the meanings specified in a) above (other than hydrogen), or (^ & together with ^ is a lower alkylamino, Nitro, halide, carboxyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamate, N-lower house-carbamate, N, N-lower house-carbamate or cyano substituted C4-C1 (rl , 4 · alkanedienyl, or ηγ-ι, 4-alkanedienyl, having up to 9 carbon atoms, or d) When q is 1, R is hydrogen and R2 is unsubstituted Phenyl, and R6 are hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, N-lower alkyl-carbamoyl, or N, N-di-lower alkyl-carbamoyl. This paper size applies to China National Standards (CNS) Λ4 specifications (2 丨 OX 297 mm) (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) 've Γ -17- 472057 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (preferred selection) 7H-B pyrrolidine [2,3-d] pyrimidine derivative and its salt of formula (la)
(la) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 式(la)中 η爲1至3, R爲齒素、低級烷基、羥基、低級烷醯氧基、低級烷氧 基、羧基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、Ν-低級烷-胺甲醯 基、Ν,Ν-二低級院·胺甲醯基、氰基、胺基、低級烷醯胺基、 低級烷胺基、Ν,Ν-二低級烷胺基或三氟甲基,當分子中存在 數個自由基R時,這些自由基可爲相同或不同, a) &及私各自獨立,爲被苯基、胺基、低級院酸胺基、低 級烷胺基、N,N_二低級烷胺基、羥基、低級烷醯氧基、羧 基、低級垸氧羰基、胺甲醯基、N-低級院-胺甲醯基、N,N-二 低級烷-胺甲醯基、氰基或硝基取代之苯基,爲氫、未被取 代之或被鹵基或低級烷基取代之吡啶基、N-节4b淀-2-基、萘 基、氰基、羧基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、N-低級烷-胺 甲醯基、N,N_二低級院-胺甲醯基、甲醯基、低級烷醯基、低 級烯基、低級烯氧基,或被鹵素、胺基、低級烷胺基、六 氫吡阱基、二低級烷胺基、羥基、低級烷氧基、氰基、羧 基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、N-低級院-胺甲醯基、Ν,Ν·二 低級院-胺甲醯基、毓基或一式R3-S(0)m-之自由基(其中仏爲 低級烷基及m爲0、1或2)取代之低級烷基,或 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -T •-° 4 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(2丨〇'〆297公釐) 472057 經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作社印製 Α7 Β7 五、發明説明() b)自由基&及112中之一爲未被取代之低級烷基或未被取代 之苯基,而自由基札及仏中之另一個具有在以上a)中指定 之一意義(除了氫之外),或 (〇&與私一起爲被胺基、低級烷醯胺基、低級烷胺基、N,N-二低級烷胺基、硝基、齒素、羥基、低級烷醯氧基、羧 基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、N-低級院-胺甲醯基、N,N-二 低級院-胺甲醯基或氰基取代之C4-C1(rl,4-伸烷二烯基,或爲有 多至9個碳原子之H丫-1,4-伸烷二烯基。 非常特別優先選用者爲式(I)之化合物及其鹽,其中 η爲1至3及q爲0, R爲鹵素、低級烷基、羥基、低級烷醢氧基、低級烷氧 基、羧基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、N-低級烷-胺甲醯 基、N,N-二低級院-胺甲醯基、氰基、胺基、低級烷醯胺基、 低級烷胺基、N,N-二低級烷胺基或三氟甲基,當分子中存在 數個自由基R時,這些自由基可爲相同或不同,及 3)&及112各自獨立,爲被苯基、胺基、低級烷醯胺基、低 級烷胺基、N,N-二低級烷胺基、羥基、低級烷醯氧基、羧 基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、N-低級垸-胺甲醯基、Ν,Ν·二 低級院-胺甲醯基、氰基或硝基取代之苯基、未被取代之或 被鹵基或低級烷基取代之吡啶基、Ν-节-妣淀_2-基、萘基、氰 基、羧基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、Ν-低級烷-胺甲醯 基、Ν,Ν-二低級院·胺甲醸基、甲醯基、低級烷醯基、低級烯 基、低級烯氧基、或被鹵素、胺基、低級烷胺基、六氫吡 畊基、二低級烷胺基、羥基、低級烷氧基、氰基、羧基、 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(2丨0Χ 297公釐) I-------·裝-----Γ 訂--«----- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -19- 472057 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 Μ Β7 五、發明説明() 低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、N-低級烷·胺甲醯基、N,N-二低級 院-胺甲醯基、锍基或一式R3-S(0)m-之自由基(其中R3爲低級 烷基及m爲0、1或2)取代之低級烷基,或 b)自由基&及112中之一爲氫、未被取代之低級烷基或未被 取代之苯基,而自由基^及&中之另一個具有在以上a)中 指定之一意義(除了氫之外),或 幻&與&一起爲被胺基、低級烷醯胺基、低級烷胺基、N,N-二低級烷胺基、硝基、鹵素、羥基、低級烷醯氧基、羧 基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、N-低級院-胺甲醯基、N,N-二 低級院-胺甲醯基或氰基取代之C4-Cw-1,4·伸烷二烯基,或爲有 多至9個碳原子之Π丫-1,4-伸烷二烯基。 特別優先選用者爲式(I)之化合物及其鹽,其中 η爲1或2及q爲0, R爲鹵素,當分子中存在數個自由基R時,這些自由基可爲 相同或不同,及 3)&及&各自獨立,爲被苯基、胺基、羥基或硝基取代之 苯基,爲氫、吡啶基、N-f-U比錠-2-基、萘基、或被二低級烷 胺基取代之低級烷基,或 b)自由基1^及112中之一爲未被取代之低級烷基或未被取代 之苯基,而自由基札及^中之另一個具有在以上a)中指定 之一意義(除了氫之外),或 幻&與仏一起爲有多至9個碳原子之Π丫-1,4-伸烷二烯基。 特別優先選用者爲式(I)之化合物及其鹽,其中 η爲1或2及q爲0, 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(2丨0X297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ^衣· d -20- 472057 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印裝 Α7 Β7 五、發明説明() R爲鹵素,當分子中存在數個自由基R時,這些自由基可爲 相同或不同,及 a)Ri爲氫、或未被取代之或被二低級烷胺基取代之低級烷 基,及^爲被苯基、胺基、羥基或硝基取代之苯基,爲吡 啶基、N-节比錠-2-基或萘基,或 的氏與私一起爲有多至9個碳原子之Π丫-1,4-伸烷二烯基。 優先選用者亦爲式(I)之化合物及其鹽,其中 q爲1, η爲0至3, R爲鹵素、低級烷基、羥基、低級烷醯氧基、低級烷氧 基、羧基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、Ν-低級烷-胺甲醯 基、Ν,Ν-二低級院-胺甲醯基、氰基、胺基、低級烷醯胺基、 低級烷胺基、Ν,Ν-二低級烷胺基或三氟甲基,當分子中存在 數個自由基R時,這些自由基可爲相同或不同, 3)札及112各自獨立,爲被滕甲酿-甲氧基、竣-甲氧基、苄氧 簾·甲氧基、低級烷氧甲氧基、苯基、胺基、低級烷醯胺 基、低級烷胺基、Ν,Ν-二低級烷胺基、羥基、低級烷醯氧 基、羧基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、Ν-低級烷-胺甲醯 基、Ν,Ν-二低級烷-胺甲醯基、氰基或硝基取代之苯基,爲 氫、未被取代之或被鹵基或低級烷基取代之毗啶基、N-苄-吡錠-2-基、萘基、氰基、竣基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯 基、Ν-低級院-胺甲醯基、Ν,Ν-二低級院-胺甲醯基、Ν-苄-胺甲 醯基、甲醯基、低級烷醯基、低級烯基、低級烯氧基、或 被鹵素、胺基、低級烷胺基、六氫吡阱基、二低級烷胺 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(21〇Χ297公嫠) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -β Γ -21 - 472057 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 基、羥基、低級烷氧基、氰基、羧基、低級烷氧羰基、胺 甲醯基、N-低級垸-胺甲醯基、N,N-二低級院-胺甲醯基、锍基 或一式RrSWk-之自由基(其中R3爲低級烷基及m爲0、1或 2)取代之低級烷基,或 1>)111與&一起爲被胺基、低級烷醯胺基、低級烷胺基、N,N-二低級烷胺基、硝基、齒素、羥基、低級烷醯氧基、羧 基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、N-低級院_胺甲醯基、N,N-二 低級院-胺甲醯基或氰基取代之C4_C1(rl,4-伸烷二烯基、或有多 至9個碳原子之U丫-1,4-伸烷二烯基,或 幻&及112各自獨立,爲未被取代之低級烷基或未被取代之 苯基,或具有在以上a)中指定之一意義,及 Re爲氫、低級烷基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、N-低級烷-胺甲醯基或Ν,Ν-二低級院-胺甲醯基。 特別優先選用者亦爲式(I)之化合物及其鹽,其中 9爲〇或1, η爲1至2(q爲0時),或η爲0至2 ( q爲1時), R爲鹵素或低級烷基,當分子中存在數個自由基R時,這些 自由基可爲相同或不同,及 a)艮爲氫或未被取代之或被二低級烷胺基取代之低級烷 基,及R2爲被胺甲醯甲氧基、羧甲氧基、苄氧羰甲氧基、 低級烷氧羰甲氧基、低級烷氧羰基、羧基、N,N-二低級院-胺 甲醯基、苯基、胺基、低級烷胺基、二低級烷胺基、低級 烷醯胺基、羥基或硝基取代之苯基,爲羥-低級烷基、胺-低 級烷基、二低級烷胺·低級烷基、六氫吡阱-低級烷基、甲醯 本纸張又度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) n In ^in In HI In —1 n n^i It In 1^1 1^.1 ml m· m· (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -22- 472057 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 基、氰基、羧基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、ΝΜδ級院-胺甲 醯基、Ν,Ν-二低級院-胺甲醯基、吡啶基、Ν·节-胺甲醯基、Ν-苄-D比淀-2·基或萘基,或 b) 私與R2 —起爲1-Π丫-伸丁-1,3-二嫌-1,4-基,或 c) q爲1時,&及112各爲甲基,及 Re爲氫、甲基或低級烷氧羰基。 特別優先選用者亦爲式(I)之化合物及其鹽,其中 q爲〇或卜 η爲1至2(q爲0時),或η爲0至2(q爲1時), R爲鹵素,當分子中存在數個自由基R時,這些自由基可爲 相同或不同,及 a)札爲氫或未被取代之或被二低級烷胺基取代之低級烷 基,及R2爲被胺甲醯甲氧基、羧甲氧基、苄氧羰甲氧基、 甲氧羰甲氧基、乙氧羰基、羧基、苯基、胺基、乙醯胺 基、羥基或硝基取代之苯基,爲羧基、乙氧羰基、^M氏級院-胺甲醯基、吡啶基、N-节4比錠-2-基或萘基,或 的111與112—起爲有多至9個碳原子之0丫-1,4-伸烷二烯基,或 c)q爲1時,艮及私各爲甲基,及 心爲氫、甲基或低級烷氧羰基。 優先選用者尤其是實施例中描述之式(I)化合物及其醫 藥上可接受之鹽。 本發明亦有關化合物4-(3-氯·•苯胺)-嘧啶幷[4,5-b]吲哚(其 不在式(I)之範圍內,且係依照實施例(參考實施例)I5獲 得)及其醫藥上可接受之鹽。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(210Χ297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ^—、1τ .4 -23- 472057(la) Printed by the Consumer Standards Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (la) where η is 1 to 3, and R is a tooth element, a lower alkyl group, a hydroxyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a lower alkoxy group, a carboxyl group, and a lower alkyl group. Oxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, N-lower alkyl-carbamoyl, Ν, Ν-di-lower amine · carbamoyl, cyano, amine, lower alkylamino, lower alkylamino, N, N-di-lower alkylamino or trifluoromethyl, when there are several radicals R in the molecule, these radicals may be the same or different, a) & and each are independent, are phenyl, amine, Lower alkyl acid amine, lower alkyl amine, N, N-di-lower alkyl amine, hydroxyl, lower alkoxy, carboxyl, lower oxo carbonyl, carbamoyl, N-lower amine-carbamyl , N, N-di-lower alkyl-carbamoyl, cyano or nitro substituted phenyl, hydrogen, unsubstituted or pyridyl substituted with halo or lower alkyl, N-Section 4b 2-yl, naphthyl, cyano, carboxyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, N-lower alkane-carbamyl, N, N-di-lower compound-carbamoyl, formamyl, lower Alkyl, lower alkenes Base, lower alkenyloxy, or halogen, amine, lower alkylamino, hexahydropyridyl, dilower alkylamino, hydroxyl, lower alkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, aminomethyl Fluorenyl, N-lower compound-carbamoyl, N, N · di-lower compound-carbamoyl, aryl, or radicals of the formula R3-S (0) m- (where 仏 is lower alkyl and m 0, 1 or 2) substituted lower alkyl, or (please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) -T •-° 4 This paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (2 丨 〇 ' (〆297 mm) 472057 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () b) One of the radicals & 112 is an unsubstituted lower alkyl or unsubstituted phenyl And the other of the radicals and fluorene has one of the meanings specified in a) above (apart from hydrogen), or (〇 & together with a private amino group, a lower alkylamine group, a lower alkylamine Base, N, N-di-lower alkylamino, nitro, halide, hydroxyl, lower alkanoyloxy, carboxyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamate, N-lower compound -Carbamoyl, N, N-di-lower compound-carbamoyl or cyano-substituted C4-C1 (rl, 4-alkylene dienyl, or H-ha with up to 9 carbon atoms- 1,4-alkylene dienyl. Very particular preference is given to compounds of formula (I) and their salts, where η is 1 to 3 and q is 0, and R is halogen, lower alkyl, hydroxyl, lower alkyl Oxy, lower alkoxy, carboxyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, N-lower alkyl-carbamoyl, N, N-di-lower amine-carbamoyl, cyano, amine, lower Alkylamino, lower alkylamino, N, N-di-lower alkylamino or trifluoromethyl, when there are several radicals R in the molecule, these radicals may be the same or different, and 3) & And 112 are each independently phenyl, amine, lower alkylamino, lower alkylamino, N, N-di-lower alkylamino, hydroxyl, lower alkyloxy, carboxyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, amine Formamyl, N-lower amidine-aminoformamyl, N, N.-lower amidine-aminoformamyl, cyano or nitro substituted phenyl, unsubstituted or substituted with halo or lower alkyl Pyridyl, N-segment-fluoride_2-yl, naphthyl, Group, carboxyl group, lower alkoxycarbonyl group, carbamoyl group, N-lower alkane-carbamyl group, Ν, Ν-di-lower amine · carbamyl group, formamyl group, lower alkynyl group, lower alkenyl group, Lower alkenyloxy, or halogen, amine, lower alkylamino, hexahydropyridyl, di-lower alkylamino, hydroxyl, lower alkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, This paper is in accordance with Chinese national standards (CNS ) Α4 specification (2 丨 0 × 297 mm) I ------- · Installation ----- Γ Order-«----- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)- 19- 472057 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Β7. V. Description of the invention () Lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, N-lower alkane · carbamyl, N, N-di-lower institute-amine Formamyl, fluorenyl or radicals of the formula R3-S (0) m- (wherein R3 is lower alkyl and m is 0, 1 or 2) substituted lower alkyl, or b) radical & and 112 One of them is hydrogen, an unsubstituted lower alkyl group or an unsubstituted phenyl group, and the other of the radicals ^ and & has the meaning specified in a) above (apart from hydrogen), or &Amp; with & Amino, lower alkylamino, lower alkylamino, N, N-di-lower alkylamino, nitro, halogen, hydroxyl, lower alkyloxy, carboxyl, lower alkyloxycarbonyl, and carbamate , N-lower home-carbamyl, N, N-lower home-carbamyl or cyano-substituted C4-Cw-1,4 · alkanedienyl, or up to 9 carbons Atomium yah-1,4-alkanedienyl. Particularly preferred are compounds of formula (I) and their salts, where η is 1 or 2 and q is 0, and R is a halogen. When there are several radicals R in the molecule, these radicals may be the same or different. And 3) & and & are each independently a phenyl group substituted with a phenyl group, an amine group, a hydroxyl group, or a nitro group, a hydrogen group, a pyridyl group, a NfU group-2-yl group, a naphthyl group, or a di-lower alkane Amino-substituted lower alkyl, or b) one of radicals 1 ^ and 112 is an unsubstituted lower alkyl or unsubstituted phenyl, and the other of radicals 1 and 2 has a ), In addition to hydrogen, or 幻 &仏; together with 仏 is a Π-1,4-alkanedienyl group having up to 9 carbon atoms. Particularly preferred are the compounds of formula (I) and their salts, where η is 1 or 2 and q is 0. The paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2 丨 0X297 mm) (please read the back first) Please pay attention to this page and fill in this page) ^ clothing · d -20- 472057 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () R is halogen. When there are several free radicals R in the molecule, these The radicals may be the same or different, and a) Ri is hydrogen, or an unsubstituted or lower alkyl group substituted with a di-lower alkylamino group, and ^ is a benzene substituted with a phenyl, amine, hydroxyl, or nitro group The group is pyridyl, N-stilbene-2-yl, or naphthyl, or stilbene together with stilbene is π-1,4-alkanedienyl having up to 9 carbon atoms. Preferred are also compounds of formula (I) and their salts, where q is 1, η is 0 to 3, and R is halogen, lower alkyl, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, lower alkoxy, carboxy, lower Alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, N-lower alkyl-carbamoyl, N, N-di-lower alkyl-carbamoyl, cyano, amine, lower alkylamino, lower alkylamino, Ν , N-di-lower alkylamino or trifluoromethyl, when there are several free radicals R in the molecule, these free radicals may be the same or different, 3) Za and 112 are independent, and they are methano-methoxy Base, Jun-methoxy, benzyloxy curtain · methoxy, lower alkoxymethoxy, phenyl, amine, lower alkylamino, lower alkylamino, Ν, Ν-di-lower alkylamino, Substituted by hydroxyl, lower alkoxy, carboxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, N-lower alkyl-carbamoyl, N, N-di-lower alkyl-carbamoyl, cyano or nitro substituted Phenyl is hydrogen, pyridinyl, unsubstituted or substituted with halo or lower alkyl, N-benzyl-pyridin-2-yl, naphthyl, cyano, endyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, amine Formamyl, NR-lower school- Formamyl, N, N-di-lower amine-aminoformamyl, N-benzyl-aminoformamyl, formamyl, lower alkylamyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkenyloxy, or halogen, amine , Lower alkylamine, hexahydropyridyl, di-lower alkylamine This paper applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇 × 297 cm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) -β Γ -21-472057 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Group, hydroxyl, lower alkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamate, N-lower Fluorenyl-carbamoyl, N, N-di-lower compound-carbamoyl, fluorenyl or a radical of the formula RrSWk- (where R3 is lower alkyl and m is 0, 1 or 2) substituted lower alkyl , Or 1 >) 111 together with & are amine, lower alkylamino, lower alkylamino, N, N-di-lower alkylamino, nitro, dentin, hydroxyl, lower alkyloxy, Carboxyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, N-lower carbamoyl, N, N-di-lower melamine-carbamoyl, or cyano-substituted C4_C1 (rl, 4-butanediene Group, or U-I-1,4-alkanedienyl group with up to 9 carbon atoms, or p & and 112 are each independently unsubstituted lower alkyl or unsubstituted phenyl, or Has one of the meanings specified in a) above, and Re is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, N-lower alkyl-carbamoyl, or N, N-di-lower compound-amine醯 基. Particularly preferred are also compounds of formula (I) and their salts, where 9 is 0 or 1, η is 1 to 2 (when q is 0), or η is 0 to 2 (when q is 1), and R is Halogen or lower alkyl, when several radicals R are present in the molecule, these radicals may be the same or different, and a) lower alkyl which is hydrogen or unsubstituted or substituted with a di-lower alkylamine group, And R2 are carbamoylmethoxy, carboxymethoxy, benzyloxycarbonylmethoxy, lower alkoxycarbonylmethoxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carboxyl, N, N-di-lower compound-aminoformyl , Phenyl, amine, lower alkylamino, di-lower alkylamino, lower alkylamino, hydroxy or nitro substituted phenyl, hydroxy-lower alkyl, amine-lower alkyl, di-lower alkylamine · Lower alkyl, hexahydropyridine-lower alkyl, methyl form This paper is also applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) n In ^ in In HI In —1 nn ^ i It In 1 ^ 1 1 ^ .1 ml m · m · (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) -22- 472057 Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Basic, cyanide base, Base, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamate, NMδ-grade amine-carbamoyl, Ν, Ν- di-lower-grade carbamoyl, pyridyl, Ν · -carbamidine, Ν-benzyl- D is more than 2-yenyl or naphthyl, or b) is a 1-Πγ-butane-1,3-bis--1,4-yl, or c) when q is 1, And 112 are each methyl, and Re is hydrogen, methyl, or lower alkoxycarbonyl. Particularly preferred are also compounds of formula (I) and their salts, where q is 0 or η is 1 to 2 (when q is 0), or η is 0 to 2 (when q is 1), and R is halogen When there are several free radicals R in the molecule, these radicals may be the same or different, and a) a lower alkyl group which is hydrogen or unsubstituted or substituted with a di-lower alkylamino group, and R2 is substituted by an amine Formamylmethoxy, carboxymethoxy, benzyloxycarbonylmethoxy, methoxycarbonylmethoxy, ethoxycarbonyl, carboxy, phenyl, amine, acetamido, hydroxy or nitro substituted phenyl Is a carboxyl, ethoxycarbonyl, ^ M-grade carbamoyl group, pyridyl, N-section 4 than indan-2-yl or naphthyl, or 111 and 112, up to 9 carbons When the atom is 0-1,4-alkadienyl, or c) when q is 1, each is methyl, and the core is hydrogen, methyl, or lower alkoxycarbonyl. Preference is given in particular to the compounds of formula (I) and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts as described in the examples. The present invention also relates to the compound 4- (3-chloro ·· aniline) -pyrimidine hydrazone [4,5-b] indole (which is not within the scope of formula (I), and is obtained according to Example (Reference Example) I5 ) And its pharmaceutically acceptable salts. This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (210 × 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) ^ —, 1τ .4 -23- 472057
A7 B7 五、發明説明() 式(I)化合物及其鹽係利用本質上已知之方法製備。本 發明之方法包括 a)將一式(II)之吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶衍生物 (Π) (式(II)中X爲適當之離去基,Z爲氫或1-芳-低級烷基及其餘 之取代基如以上式(I)化合物之定義,必要時,自由基1^及 R2中存在之任何自由官能基被易去除之保護基保護)與一 式(III)之胺反應, ---------0. (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -裝. (R)nA7 B7 5. Description of the invention () The compound of formula (I) and its salts are prepared by a method known per se. The method of the present invention includes a) a pyrrolidine [2,3-d] pyrimidine derivative (II) of formula (II) (wherein X is a suitable leaving group, and Z is hydrogen or 1-aryl- Lower alkyl and other substituents are as defined for the compound of formula (I) above, and if necessary, any free functional group present in radicals 1 ^ and R2 is protected by an easily removable protecting group) and reacted with an amine of formula (III) , --------- 0. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) -Install. (R) n
(CHRe)—N (ΠΙ) •-訂 經濟部中央橾準扃員工消費合作社印製(CHRe) —N (ΠΙ) • -Order Printed by the Central Consumers ’Cooperative of the Ministry of Economy
(式(III)中R、R^、η及q如以上式(I)化合物之定義,必要 時,自由基R中存在之任何自由官能基被易去除之保護基 保護),並去除任何存在之保護基及(存在時)1-芳_低級 烷基自由基Z,或 b)在脫水劑及第三胺存在下,將一式(IV)之吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧陡-4-醒衍生物 (IV) (式(IV)中Z’爲1-芳-低級烷基,&及112如以上式(I)化合物之 定義’必要時,自由基&及&中存在之任何自由官能基被 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(210X297公漦) -24- 472057 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明() 易去除之保護基保護)與一以上之式(ΠΪ)胺反應,並去除任 何存在之保護基,或 c) 製備式⑴化合物(其中之札爲二甲胺-甲基及其餘之取代 基如以上式⑴化合物之定義者)時,使一相當於式(I)之化 合物(其中之&爲氫及其餘之取代基如以上式(I)化合物之 定義,必要時,自由基私及心中存在之任何自由官能基被 易去除之保護基保護者)與捵化N,N-二甲-亞甲亞銨反應,並 去除任何存在之保護基,或 d) 製備式《I)化合物(其中至少一個自由基R、1^及又2爲被羥 基取代之苯基,而其餘之取代基如以上式(I)化合物之定義 者)時,使一相當於式(1>之化合物(其中至少一個自由基 R、私及112爲被甲氧基取代之苯基,而其餘之取代基如以上 式(I)化合物之定義,必要時,自由基R、私及化中存在之任 何自由官能基被易去除之保護基保護者)與三溴化硼反 應,並去除任何存在之保護基,或 e) 製備式(I)化合物(其中至少一個自由基R、心及&2爲被胺 基取代之苯基,而其餘之取代基如以上式(I)化合物之定義 者)時,將一相當於式φ之化合物(其中至少—個自由基 R、艮及&爲被硝基取代之苯基,而其餘之取代基如以上式 ①化合物之定義,必要時,自由基R、&及狄2中存在之任何 自由官能基被易去除之保護基保護者)催化氫化,並去除 任何存在之保護基, (請先閲讀背面之注意事„ 1· 項再填. 裝— :寫本頁) -訂 Φ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(2IOX297公釐) -25 - 472057 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 且在實施方法a)至e)中之一方法後,必需製備鹽時,將形成 2 Θ (I) 2自由化合物轉化成鹽或,必需製備自由化合物 時’將形成之式(I)化合物之鹽轉化成自由化合物。 方法步驟之 以上之方法詳述如下(亦參見德國專利案號3036390, 公告曰期 1982 年 5 月 13 曰,及 A. Jorgensen et al., J. Heterocycl. Chem. 22, 859 [1985])。在接下來之更詳細描述中,除非另有說 明’ R、&及112以及η如式(I)化合物之定義。 一般要點: 式(I)終產物可含取代基,其亦可用作製備其它式(I)終 產物之起始原料中之保護基。除非文中另有說明,本文中 所用之 >保護基〃一詞僅代表易去除之基,其並非一特定 之所需式(I)終產物之組成份。 方法a) 在式(Π)之化合物中,適當之離去基X宜爲鹵素,像 溴、碘或特別是氯。1-芳-低級烷基z宜爲1-苯-低級烷基,像 特別是1-苯乙基或更特別是苄基。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 自由基&及112中存在之自由官能基(其必要時被易去 除之保護基保護)特別是胺基或低級烷胺基。 保護基及其引入及去除描述於,例如,"Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry”, Plenum Press, London^ New York 1973 及"Methoden der organischen Chemie", Houben-Weyl, 4th edition, Vol. 15/1, Georg-Thieme-Verlag^ Stuttgart 1974及 Theodora W. Greene, "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis”, John Wiley & Sons,New York 1981 中。保護基之特 本紙悵尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(210X297公釐) -26- 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 472057 A7 B7____ 五、發明説明() 徵爲其可輕易去除(即不會發生不要之副反應),例如利 用溶劑分解、還原、光解或在生理條件下。 被保護之胺基可,例如,以易分裂之醯胺基、芳甲胺 基、醚化之锍胺基或2-酸遗級嫌胺基形式存在。 在此一醯胺基中,醯基爲有例如多至18個碳原子之有 機羧酸之醯基自由基,特別是一未被取代之或被取代之 (例如被_基或芳基取代)烷羧酸或未被取代之或被取代 之(例如被鹵基、低級烷氧基或硝基取代)苯甲酸之醯基 自由基、或碳酸半酯之醯基自由基。此酿基爲,例如,低 級烷醯基(像甲醯基、乙醯基或丙醯基)、鹵-低級烷醯基 (像2-鹵乙醯基,特別是2-氯-、2-溴-、2-碘-、2,2,2-三氟-或 2,2,2,三氯·乙醯基)、未被取代之或被取代之(例如被齒 基、低級烷氧基或硝基取代)苄醸基(例如苄醯基、4-氯苄 醯基、4-甲氧苄醯基或4-硝苄醯基),或在低級烷基自由基 之1-位有分枝或在1-或2-位被適當取代之低級烷氧羰基,特 別是第三低級烷氧羰基(例如第三丁氧羰基)、有一或二 個芳基自由基之芳甲氧羰基(芳基自由基宜爲未被取代之 或單或多取代之苯基,例如被低級烷基,特別是第三低級 烷基(像第三丁基)、低級烷氧基(像甲氧基)、羥基、 鹵素(例如氯)及/或硝基取代之苯基),像未被取代之 或被取代之苄氧羰基(例如4_硝苄氧羰基)或被取代之二苯 甲氧羰基(例如二苯甲氧羰基或二(4_甲氧苯)甲氧羰基)、 芳醯甲氧幾基,其中之芳醯基宜爲节酿基,其未被取代或 被取代,例如被鹵素(像溴)取代(例如苯醯氧羰基)、2- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公婕) --------0 装----->1·訂:------Φ. (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -27- 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 472057 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 國·®級烷氧羰基(例如2,2,2-三氯乙氧羰基、2-溴乙氧羰基或 2-碘乙氧羰基)、或2-(三取代之矽烷基>乙氧羰棊,其中之 取代基各自獨立,爲有多至15個碳原子之未被取代之或被 取代之(例如被低級烷基、低級烷氧基、芳基、鹵基或硝 基取代)脂烴-、芳脂烴-、環脂烴-或芳烴自由基,像相當之 未被取代之或被取代之低級烷基、苯_低級烷基、環烷基或 苯基,例如2-三低級烷矽院·乙氧羰基(像2-三甲矽烷乙氧_ 基或2-(二正丁-甲·矽院)乙氧羰基),或2-三芳矽烷乙氧羰基 (像2-三苯矽烷乙氧羰基)。 在芳甲胺基(其爲單·、二-或特別是三-芳甲胺基)中·, 芳基自由基特別是未被取代之或被取代之苯基自由基。此 基爲,例如,节-、二苯甲·及特別是三苯甲-胺基。 保護胺基中之醚化锍基特別爲芳硫基或芳-低級烷硫 基,其中之芳基特別是未被取代之或被取代之苯基,例如 被低級烷基(像甲基或第三丁基)、低級烷氧基(像甲氧 基)、鹵素(像氯)及/或硝基取代之苯基。相當之胺基 保護基爲,例如,4-硝苯硫基。 在可用作胺基保護基之2-酿-低級燦-1-基自由基中,醯基 爲’例如,低級烷羧酸之相當自由基、未被取代之或被取 代之(例如被低級烷基(像甲基或第三丁基)、低級烷氧 基(像甲氧基)、鹵素(像氯)及/或硝基取代)苯甲酸 之相當自由基或特別是碳酸半酯(像碳酸低級烷半酯)之 相當自由基。相當之保護基特別爲μ低級烷醸·丙小烯_2·基 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(2IOX297公犛) ---------— mu n I nn *、5心 —^n —4——· 1·11 n # (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -28- 472057 A7 B7 經濟部中央標隼局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明() (像1-乙醯-丙-1-燦-2-基)或1-低級烷氧鑛-丙-1-嫌-2-基(例如1- 乙氧羰-丙-1-烯-2-基)。 偏愛之胺基保護基爲碳酸半酯之醯基自由基,特別是 第三丁氧羰基、未被取代之或被取代之(如上述)苄氧羰 基(例如4-硝-节氧羰基)或二苯甲氧羰基、或2-鹵-低級烷氧 羰基(像2,2,2-三氯乙氧羰基)以及三苯甲基或甲醯基。 式(II)衍生物與式(III)胺間之反應發生在適當之惰性極 性溶劑中,特別是醇,例如低級烷醇(像甲醇、丙醇、異 丙醇或特別是乙醇或正丁醇)。在一些情況,加入溶解化 劑(像1,3-二甲-3,4,5,6-四氫·2(1Η)-嘧啶酮(DMPU))是有利的。 反應發生在高溫下,例如在一從70至150°C之溫度範圍內, 較適宜者爲在迴流狀態下。 若式(Π)化合物中之Z爲1-芳-低級烷基,該自由基要從形 成之式(I)化合物之先質(用Z取代氮上之氫原子者)中去 除。其係,例如,在20°C至150°C之高溫及適當時在水存在 下,用質子酸(像鹽酸、磷酸或多磷酸)處理達成(其特 別爲Z=卜苯乙基時之偏愛方法);或最好是在芳烴溶劑 (特別是苯/或甲苯)中,在高溫下(特別是在迴流 下),用路易士酸(特別是A1C13)處理〔其特別爲Z =苄基 時之偏愛方法;亦參見Chem. Pharm. Bull. 39(5),1152 (1991)中之 類似方法〕。 非希望之式⑴終產物之組成份之保護基之去除係利用 本質上已知之方法達成,例如利用溶劑分解,特別是水 — «jut m m —ί 一 nn V V,Jtii 4H n dn nn (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(2丨OX297公t ) • 29- 472057 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印聚 A7 五、發明説明() 解、醇解或酸解,或利用還原反應,特別是氫解或化學還 原,適當時逐步或同時進行。 被保護之胺棊係以本質上已知之方法及依照保護基之 性質利用各種方式釋出,較適宜者爲利用溶劑分解或還原 反應。2-鹵-低級烷氧羰胺基(適當時,在2-溴-低級烷氧羰胺 基轉化成2-碘·低級烷氧羰胺基之後)、芳醯甲氧羰胺基或4-硝苄氧羰胺基可,例如,在一適當之羧酸(像乙酸水溶 液)存在下,用一適當之化學還原劑(像鋅)處理而分 裂。芳醯甲氧羰胺基亦可用一親核試劑,較適宜者爲成鹽 試劑(像硫酚鈉)處理而分裂,及4·5肖苄氧羰胺基亦可用一 鹼金屬二硫亞磺酸鹽(例如二硫亞磺酸鈉)處理而分裂。 未被取代之或被取代之二苯甲氧羰胺基、第三低級烷氧羰 胺基或2-三取代之矽烷乙氧羰胺基可用一適當之酸(例如甲 酸或三氟乙酸)處理而分裂;未被取代之或被取代之苄氧 羰胺基可,例如,利用氫解而分裂,即在一適當氫化觸媒 (像鈀觸媒)存在下,用氫處理而分裂;未被取代之或被 取代之三芳甲胺基或甲醯胺基可,例如,用一酸,像礦物 酸(例如鹽酸)或有機酸(例如甲酸、乙酸或三氟乙 酸),適當時在水存在下處理而分裂;及被一有機矽烷基 保護之胺基可,例如,利用水解或醇解釋出。被2-鹵乙醯基 (例如2-氯乙醯基)保護之胺基可在一鹼存在下,用硫脲處 理,或用一硫脲之硫羥酸鹽(像鹸金屬硫羥酸鹽)處理, 接著將形成之縮合產物溶劑分解(像醇解或水解)而釋 --------裝-----Γ 訂--------9 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(2丨〇><2()7公雄) -30- 472057 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印裂 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 出。被2-取代之矽烷乙氧羰基保護之胺基亦可用一產生氟陰 離子之氫氟酸之鹽轉化成自由胺基。 方法b) 式(IV)化合物中之1-芳-低級烷基Z’特別爲1-苯乙基以及 苄基。 式(IV)化合物係在互變異構平衡狀態(內醯胺/內醯亞 胺形式),內醯胺形式(式(IV))應是主要的形式。式(IV) 係用於表示兩種可能的平衡形式。 內醯亞胺形式有式(IVa)之結構,(R, R ^, η and q in the formula (III) are as defined for the compound of the formula (I) above, and if necessary, any free functional group present in the radical R is protected by a protective group that can be easily removed), and any existing Protecting group and (in the presence of) 1-aryl_lower alkyl radical Z, or b) in the presence of a dehydrating agent and a third amine, a pyrrolidine [2,3-d] pyrimidine of formula (IV)- 4-Xing derivatives (IV) (Z 'in formula (IV) is 1-aryl-lower alkyl, & and 112 are as defined for the compound of formula (I) above, if necessary, radicals & and & Any free functional groups that exist are printed by the Chinese standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (210X297 gigabytes) of this paper size -24- 472057 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention () Easy to remove protection Group protection) with one or more amines of the formula (ΠΪ) and removing any existing protecting groups, or c) preparing a compound of the formula (wherein dimethylamine-methyl and the remaining substituents are the compounds of the formula 以上) When it is defined, a compound corresponding to formula (I) (wherein & is hydrogen and the remaining substituents is as shown in formula (I) above The definition of the substance, when necessary, the free radicals and protectors of any free functional groups that are easily removed in the heart are protected by protective groups) and tritiated N, N-dimethyl-methyleneimmonium, and remove any existing protective groups Or d) when preparing a compound of the formula "I" (wherein at least one of the radicals R, 1 ^ and 2 is a phenyl group substituted by a hydroxyl group, and the remaining substituents are as defined for the compound of formula (I) above), A compound corresponding to the formula (1) (wherein at least one of the radicals R, P, and 112 is a phenyl group substituted by methoxy, and the remaining substituents are as defined for the compound of formula (I) above. R, protector of any free functional group that is easily removed in the protection group) reacts with boron tribromide and removes any protective group present, or e) prepare a compound of formula (I) (at least one of which is free When R, Xin and & 2 are phenyl substituted by amine, and the remaining substituents are as defined above for the compound of formula (I), a compound corresponding to formula φ (at least one of which is a radical R, Gen and & are phenyl substituted by nitro, and the rest The radical is as defined for the compound of formula ① above, and if necessary, any free functional groups present in the radicals R, & and Di 2 are protected by an easily removable protective group), and the protective group is removed by catalytic removal, (please First read the notes on the back „1 · Item and fill in. Pack —: Write this page)-Order Φ This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (2IOX297 mm) -25-472057 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () And after implementing one of the methods a) to e), when it is necessary to prepare a salt, the 2 Θ (I) 2 free compound is converted into a salt, or when it is necessary to prepare a free compound, 'formula (I) will be formed Compound salts are converted into free compounds. The above method steps are detailed below (see also German Patent Case No. 3036390, published on May 13, 1982, and A. Jorgensen et al., J. Heterocycl. Chem. 22, 859 [1985]). In the following more detailed description, unless otherwise specified, ' R, & and 112 and η are as defined for a compound of formula (I). General points: The end product of formula (I) may contain substituents and it may also be used as a protecting group in the starting materials for the preparation of other end products of formula (I). Unless otherwise stated herein, the term " protecting group " as used herein only represents an easily removable base and is not a constituent of a particular desired end product of formula (I). Method a) In the compounds of formula (Π), the appropriate leaving group X is preferably a halogen such as bromine, iodine or especially chlorine. The 1-aryl-lower alkyl z is preferably 1-benzene-lower alkyl, such as particularly 1-phenethyl or more particularly benzyl. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Free radicals & and free functional groups present in 112 (protected by an easily removable protective group if necessary), especially amines Or lower alkylamino. Protective groups and their introduction and removal are described in, for example, " Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry ", Plenum Press, London ^ New York 1973 & " Methoden der organischen Chemie ", Houben-Weyl, 4th edition, Vol. 15/1 Georg-Thieme-Verlag ^ Stuttgart 1974 and Theodora W. Greene, " Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis ", John Wiley & Sons, New York 1981. The protective paper's special paper scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (210X297 mm) -26- Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 472057 A7 B7____ 5. Description of the invention () It can be easily removed ( That is, unwanted side reactions do not occur), such as the use of solvolysis, reduction, photolysis or under physiological conditions. The protected amine group may exist, for example, in the form of a cleavable sulfonylamino group, an arylmethylamine group, an etherified sulfonylamine group, or a 2-acidylamino group. In this monoamine group, the fluorenyl group is a fluorenyl radical of an organic carboxylic acid having, for example, up to 18 carbon atoms, especially an unsubstituted or substituted (for example, substituted by a radical or an aryl group) Alkyl carboxylic acids are either unsubstituted or substituted (eg, substituted with halo, lower alkoxy, or nitro) fluorenyl radicals of benzoic acid, or fluorenyl radicals of half carbonate. This alkynyl group is, for example, a lower alkylfluorenyl group (such as methylamino, ethylfluorenyl, or propionyl), a halogen-lower alkylfluorenyl group (such as 2-haloethylfluorenyl, especially 2-chloro-, 2- Bromo-, 2-iodo-, 2,2,2-trifluoro- or 2,2,2, trichloro · ethylfluorenyl), unsubstituted or substituted (for example, dentyl, lower alkoxy Or nitro-substituted) benzamidine (such as benzamidine, 4-chlorobenzyl, 4-methoxybenzyl, or 4-nitrobenzyl), or a component at the 1-position of a lower alkyl radical Branch or lower alkoxycarbonyl group appropriately substituted at the 1- or 2-position, especially a third lower alkoxycarbonyl group (such as a third butoxycarbonyl group), an arylmethoxycarbonyl group having one or two aryl radicals (aryl The radical is preferably an unsubstituted or mono- or poly-substituted phenyl group, such as a lower alkyl group, especially a third lower alkyl group (like a third butyl group), a lower alkoxy group (like a methoxy group), Hydroxyl, halogen (such as chlorine) and / or nitro-substituted phenyl), like unsubstituted or substituted benzyloxycarbonyl (such as 4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl) or substituted diphenyloxycarbonyl (such as Dibenzomethoxycarbonyl or di (4-methoxybenzene Methoxycarbonyl), aryl methoxymethyl, of which the aryl fluorenyl group is preferably a benzyl group, which is unsubstituted or substituted, such as by halogen (such as bromine) (such as benzyloxycarbonyl), 2-benzyl Paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 male Jie) -------- 0 Pack ----- > 1 · Order: ------ Φ. (Please read the back first Please pay attention to this page, please fill in this page) -27- Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 472057 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Country-grade alkoxycarbonyl (such as 2,2,2-trichloroethoxycarbonyl) , 2-bromoethoxycarbonyl or 2-iodoethoxycarbonyl), or 2- (trisubstituted silyl group)> ethoxycarbonylsulfonium, wherein the substituents are independent of each other, and are unsubstituted with up to 15 carbon atoms. Substituted or substituted (for example, by lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, aryl, halo, or nitro) aliphatic-, aralipha-, cycloaliphatic-, or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals, as equivalent Substituted or substituted lower alkyl, benzene_lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, or phenyl, such as 2-tri-lower-silicon-silylethoxycarbonyl (like 2-trimethylsilylethoxy- or 2- ( Di Zhengding- · Silicon Academy) ethoxycarbonyl), or 2-triarylsilane ethoxycarbonyl (like 2-triphenylsilane ethoxycarbonyl). In arylmethylamino (which is mono-, di-, or especially tri-arylmethylamine) In the group), aryl radicals are in particular unsubstituted or substituted phenyl radicals. This group is, for example, m-, dibenzyl, and especially triphenyl-amine. Protected amine The etherified fluorenyl group is particularly an arylthio group or an aryl-lower alkylthio group, in which the aryl group is particularly an unsubstituted or substituted phenyl group, such as a lower alkyl group (such as methyl or a third butyl group). ), Lower alkoxy (like methoxy), halogen (like chlorine), and / or nitro-substituted phenyl. The equivalent amine protecting group is, for example, 4-nitrophenylthio. In 2-amino-lower can-1-yl radicals that can be used as amine protecting groups, the fluorenyl group is' e.g., a fairly free radical of a lower alkanecarboxylic acid, unsubstituted or substituted (e.g., by a lower Equivalent free radicals of alkyl (like methyl or third butyl), lower alkoxy (like methoxy), halogen (like chlorine) and / or nitro substituted or benzoic acid half (like Carbonyl lower alkyl half ester) is quite free radical. The equivalent protective group is μ lower alkyl alkene · propene _2. The basic paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2IOX297 cm) ---------— mu n I nn * 、 5 hearts — ^ n —4—— · 1 · 11 n # (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) -28- 472057 A7 B7 Printed by the Staff Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs ) (Like 1-acetamidine-prop-1-can-2-yl) or 1-lower alkoxide-prop-1-an-2-yl (such as 1-ethoxycarbonyl-prop-1-ene-2 -base). Preferred amine protecting groups are the fluorenyl radicals of hemicarbonate, especially tertiary butoxycarbonyl, unsubstituted or substituted (as described above) benzyloxycarbonyl (such as 4-nitro-benzyloxycarbonyl) or Dibenzyloxycarbonyl, or 2-halo-lower alkoxycarbonyl (like 2,2,2-trichloroethoxycarbonyl) and trityl or formamyl. The reaction between the derivative of formula (II) and the amine of formula (III) takes place in a suitable inert polar solvent, in particular an alcohol such as a lower alkanol (like methanol, propanol, isopropanol or especially ethanol or n-butanol ). In some cases, it may be advantageous to add a solubilizing agent (such as 1,3-dimethyl-3,4,5,6-tetrahydro · 2 (1Η) -pyrimidone (DMPU)). The reaction takes place at a high temperature, for example in a temperature range from 70 to 150 ° C, preferably under reflux. If Z in the compound of formula (Π) is a 1-aryl-lower alkyl group, the radical is removed from the precursor of the compound of formula (I) (wherein Z is substituted for a hydrogen atom on the nitrogen). This is achieved, for example, by treatment with a protonic acid (such as hydrochloric acid, phosphoric acid or polyphosphoric acid) at a high temperature of 20 ° C to 150 ° C and, where appropriate, in the presence of water (its particular preference when Z = phenylethyl) Method); or preferably in an aromatic hydrocarbon solvent (especially benzene / or toluene) at high temperature (especially under reflux) and treated with a Lewis acid (especially A1C13) [when especially Z = benzyl Preferred method; see also Chem. Pharm. Bull. 39 (5), 1152 (1991) for a similar method]. The removal of the protective groups of the components of the undesired formula ⑴ end product is achieved by a method known per se, such as the use of solvolysis, especially water — «jut mm — ί nn VV, Jtii 4H n dn nn (Please first Read the notes on the reverse side and fill out this page) This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (2 丨 OX297g t) • 29- 472057 Employees' Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Printed Poly A7, V. Invention Description ( ) Hydrolysis, alcoholysis or acidolysis, or the use of reduction reactions, especially hydrogenolysis or chemical reduction, may be performed stepwise or simultaneously as appropriate. The protected amine hydrazone is released in various ways by a method known per se and according to the nature of the protecting group, and it is more appropriate to use a solvent decomposition or reduction reaction. 2-halo-lower alkoxycarbonylamino group (after conversion of 2-bromo-lower alkoxycarbonylamino group to 2-iodine · lower alkoxycarbonylamino group, if appropriate), arsenylmethoxycarbonylamino group or 4- Nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl can be cleaved, for example, by treatment with a suitable chemical reducing agent (like zinc) in the presence of a suitable carboxylic acid (like aqueous acetic acid). Aryl methoxycarbonylamide can also be cleavable with a nucleophile, more suitable for salt formation reagents (such as sodium thiophenolate) and split, and 4 · 5 Benzyloxycarbonylamino can also be used with an alkali metal dithiosulfinate Acid salt (such as sodium dithiosulfinate) to split. Unsubstituted or substituted dibenzyloxycarbonylamino, third lower alkoxycarbonylamino, or 2-trisubstituted silylethoxycarbonylamino may be treated with a suitable acid, such as formic acid or trifluoroacetic acid. And split; unsubstituted or substituted benzyloxycarbonyl can be split, for example, by hydrogenolysis, that is, split by treatment with hydrogen in the presence of a suitable hydrogenation catalyst (like a palladium catalyst); Substituted or substituted triarylmethylamine or formamidine can be used, for example, with an acid such as a mineral acid (e.g. hydrochloric acid) or an organic acid (e.g. formic acid, acetic acid or trifluoroacetic acid) in the presence of water where appropriate Cleavage by processing; and amine groups protected by an organosilyl group can be explained, for example, by hydrolysis or alcohol. An amine group protected by a 2-haloethylfluorenyl group (e.g., 2-chloroethylfluorenyl) can be treated with thiourea in the presence of a base, or a thiouric acid salt of a thiourea (such as a sulfonium metal thiolate) ) Treatment, followed by solvolysis (such as alcoholysis or hydrolysis) of the formed condensation product to release -------- install ----- Γ order -------- 9 (Please read the back first Please pay attention to this page and fill in this page again) This paper size applies Chinese National Standards (CNS) Λ4 specifications (2 丨 〇 < 2 () 7 males) -30- 472057 Employees' Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs print A7 B7 Fifth, the description of the invention (). An amine group protected by a 2-substituted silane ethoxycarbonyl group can also be converted to a free amine group using a hydrofluoric acid salt which generates a fluoride anion. Process b) The 1-aryl-lower alkyl Z 'in the compound of formula (IV) is especially 1-phenethyl and benzyl. The compound of formula (IV) is in a tautomeric equilibrium state (in the form of lactam / imide), and the form of lactam (formula (IV)) should be the main form. Formula (IV) is used to represent two possible forms of equilibrium. The form of internal imine has the structure of formula (IVa),
式(IVa)中之自由基如式(IV)化合物之定義。 本發明同樣有關式(IV)及(IVa)之新穎化合物。 本方法特別使用強化學脫水劑作爲脫水劑,特別是五 氧化磷(P4〇1())。 適合作爲第三胺者特別爲被三個各自獨立之由烷基, 特別是低級烷基(像甲基或乙基)及有3至7個碳原子之環 烷基,特別是環己基組成之一組中選出之自由基取代之 氨,例如Ν,Ν-二甲-Ν-環己胺、Ν-乙-Ν,Ν-二異丙胺或三乙胺, 或爲吡啶、Ν-甲嗎啉或4-二甲胺吡啶。 式(IV)吡咯幷嘧啶酮與式(III)胺間之反應係在高溫下, 例如在200至250°C下發生。 方法c) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS } Λ4+現格(210X297公t ) 裝-----.~~ 訂--1 —--- (请先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -31 - 472057 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7____ 五、發明説明() 反應係在排除水份下,在一適當之惰性溶劑(例如適 當之醚,像環醚,特別是像四氫呋喃)中,在高溫下’最 好是在迴流下進行。 方法d)Free radicals in formula (IVa) are as defined for compounds of formula (IV). The invention also relates to novel compounds of formulae (IV) and (IVa). This method specifically uses a strong chemical dehydrating agent as the dehydrating agent, especially phosphorus pentoxide (P4001 ()). Suitable as the third amine is especially composed of three independent alkyl groups, especially lower alkyl groups (such as methyl or ethyl) and cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 7 carbon atoms, especially cyclohexyl Selected free radically substituted ammonia in a group, such as N, N-dimethyl-N-cyclohexylamine, N-ethyl-N, N-diisopropylamine or triethylamine, or pyridine, N-methylmorpholine Or 4-dimethylamine pyridine. The reaction between pyrrolimidinone of formula (IV) and the amine of formula (III) occurs at high temperature, for example, at 200 to 250 ° C. Method c) This paper size applies the Chinese national standard (CNS) Λ4 + current grid (210X297g t) installed -----. ~~ Order--1 —--- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page ) -31-472057 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7____ V. Description of the invention () The reaction is based on the exclusion of water in a suitable inert solvent (such as a suitable ether, like cyclic ether, especially like Tetrahydrofuran), at elevated temperatures, preferably under reflux. Method d)
反應係在排除水份下,在一適當之情性溶劑(例如適 當之鹵化烴,特別是像二氯甲烷)中,在大約-2〇°C至+50°C 之溫度下,最好是在冰冷卻下或室溫下進行。 方法e) 氫化反應係在高壓下或最好是在常壓下,在一適當之 氫化觸媒(特別是像雷氏鎳)存在下,在惰性溶劑或溶劑 混合物(特別是像一適當之環醚及適當之低級烷醇之混合 物,最好是像一四氫呋喃及甲醇之混合物)中,在大約〇°C 至+50°C之溫度下,最好是在室溫下進行。 起始原料: 式(II)之起始原料爲新穎的,且本發明亦有關此起始原 料。其可利用類似於那些在德國專利案號2818676 ( 1979年11 月8日公告)及德國專利案號3036390 ( 19S2年5月13曰公 告)中描述之方法製備。 式(II)之起始原料(其中之X爲氯者)係,例如,以一 類似於式(Π)之化合物(其中之X爲羥基者)爲起始原料, 在排除水份及迴流溫度下,與氧氯化磷(磷醯氯, P(=0)C13)反應獲得。需要時,如是得到之式(II)之起始原料 (其中之X爲氯者)可與一式(III)之胺在相同容器內進行進 一步反應,即單鍋反應。爲此目的,一旦與氧氯化磷之反 本紙悵尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(2丨OX297公趙) ---------,_裝-----Γ1Τ----------Φ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -32- 472057 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 應完全,將該反應之反應混合物蒸發濃縮至乾,用一適當 之溶劑(像正丁醇)調製成懸浮液’並進一步與式(πι)之胺 反應。 一類似於式(II)之化合物(其中之X爲羥基者)係’例 如,以一式(V)之化合物爲起始原料, (V) (式(V).中之符號如上定義),適當時在惰性溶劑(像二甲 基甲醯胺)存在下,在高溫下,例如在80°c至沸點之溫度 下,與甲酸(其最好是使用過量,例如10:30摩爾過量,相 對於式(V)化合物)反應獲得。 或者,一類似於式(II)之化合物(其中之X爲羥基及其 餘之符號如上定義者)係,例如,以一式(VI)之化合物爲起 始原料,The reaction is carried out with the exclusion of water in a suitable emotional solvent (such as a suitable halogenated hydrocarbon, especially like dichloromethane) at a temperature of about -20 ° C to + 50 ° C, preferably It is carried out under ice cooling or at room temperature. Method e) The hydrogenation reaction is carried out under high pressure or preferably at atmospheric pressure in the presence of a suitable hydrogenation catalyst (especially like nickel), in an inert solvent or solvent mixture (particularly like a suitable ring A mixture of an ether and a suitable lower alkanol, such as a mixture of tetrahydrofuran and methanol, is preferably carried out at a temperature of about 0 ° C to + 50 ° C, preferably at room temperature. Starting materials: The starting materials of formula (II) are novel, and the invention also relates to such starting materials. It can be prepared using methods similar to those described in German Patent No. 2818676 (published November 8, 1979) and German Patent No. 3036390 (published May 13, 19S2). The starting material of the formula (II) (where X is chlorine) is, for example, a compound similar to the formula (II) (where X is a hydroxyl group) is used as the starting material. The moisture content and the reflux temperature are excluded. It was obtained by reaction with phosphorus oxychloride (phosphonium chloride, P (= 0) C13). If necessary, if the starting material of formula (II) (where X is chlorine) is obtained, it can be further reacted with an amine of formula (III) in the same container, that is, a single pot reaction. For this purpose, once the paper is inversely sized with phosphorus oxychloride, the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (2 丨 OX297 male Zhao) ---------, _ 装 ----- Γ1Τ- --------- Φ (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) -32- 472057 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () It should be complete. The reaction mixture of the reaction is evaporated to dryness. A suitable solvent (like n-butanol) is prepared as a suspension 'and further reacted with an amine of formula (πm). A compound similar to formula (II) (where X is a hydroxyl group) is' for example, using a compound of formula (V) as a starting material, (V) (the symbol in formula (V). Is as defined above), as appropriate When in the presence of an inert solvent (such as dimethylformamide), at high temperature, for example at a temperature of 80 ° C to the boiling point, with formic acid (which is preferably used in excess, such as 10:30 molar excess, relative to Compound of formula (V)). Alternatively, a compound similar to formula (II) (where X is a hydroxyl group and the rest of the symbols are as defined above) is, for example, a compound of formula (VI) is used as a starting material,
(VI) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) (式(VI)中之R4爲低級烷基(特別是像乙基)及其餘之符號 如上定義者),在一無水二甲基甲醯胺及甲酸之混合物 中,與大過量之甲醯胺反應獲得。反應係在高溫下,例如 在l〇〇°C至150°C下,及最好是在一保護氣體下進行。 本發明亦有關式(V)及(VI)之新穎起始原料。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(2丨0X297公楚) 33 - 472057 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 用作中間體之式(V)之1-(Ζ’)-2-胺-3-氰-吡咯可利用本質上 已知且已公開之方法以高產率地製備〔參見,例如,Roth, H.J., and Eger, K., Arch. Pharmaz. 308, 179 (1975)]。爲此目的,例 如,先將一式(VII)之化合物 (νπ), 與一式z'-nh22胺反應成一式(νιπ)之化合物 ζ'\ ΝΗ(VI) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) (R4 in formula (VI) is a lower alkyl group (especially ethyl) and the rest of the symbols are as above Defined), obtained by reacting a large excess of formamidine with a mixture of anhydrous dimethylformamide and formic acid. The reaction is carried out at a high temperature, for example, 100 ° C to 150 ° C, and preferably under a protective gas. The invention also relates to novel starting materials of formulae (V) and (VI). This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (2 丨 0X297). 33-472057 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Formula (V) used as intermediate 1- (Z ')-2-amine-3-cyano-pyrrole can be prepared in a high yield by a method known per se and published [see, for example, Roth, HJ, and Eger, K., Arch. Pharmaz 308, 179 (1975)]. For this purpose, for example, a compound of formula (VII) (νπ) is first reacted with a formula of z'-nh22 to form a compound of formula (νιπ) ζ '\ ΝΗ
然後將其用式CH2(CN)2之丙二腈轉化成所需之式(V)之中間 體。詳言之,與胺z'-NH22反應係在慣用之縮合條件下,例 如在催化量之強酸(例如鹽酸或對甲苯磺酸)存在下,在 高溫下(較適宜者爲在沸點下),在適當之溶劑(例如苯 或甲苯)中,在排除水份下進行,形成式(νίπ)之各(X-胺基 酮。其並未單離而立即以加熱及進一步去除水,必要時, 在加入少量鹼(像六氫吡啶)方式用丙二腈縮合,得到式 (V)之化合物。 用作中間體之式(VI)之化合物(其中之R2爲Ν-节-吡錠-2-基及其餘之符號如上定義者)係,例如,將一式(VI)之化合 物(其中之私爲氫及其餘之符號如上定義者),在適當溶 劑(像齒化烴,特別是像二氯甲烷)中,與溴化N-节-2-溴-啦 錠反應獲得。反應最好在一保護氣體下,在黑暗及無水狀 態下,在室溫或高溫下(例如在20°C至80°C下.),及在2,6- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(2!0X297公趁) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 -34- 472057It is then converted with the malononitrile of formula CH2 (CN) 2 to the desired intermediate of formula (V). In detail, the reaction with the amine z'-NH22 is under conventional condensation conditions, such as in the presence of a catalytic amount of a strong acid (such as hydrochloric acid or p-toluenesulfonic acid), at high temperature (preferably at the boiling point), It is carried out in a suitable solvent (such as benzene or toluene) under the exclusion of water to form each (X-amino ketone of the formula (νίπ). It is not isolated but immediately heated and further removed by water, if necessary, Compounds of formula (V) are obtained by condensing with malononitrile by adding a small amount of base (like hexahydropyridine). Compounds of formula (VI) (wherein R2 is N-section-pyridine-2- And the other symbols are as defined above, for example, a compound of formula (VI) (wherein hydrogen is private and the remaining symbols are as defined above) in a suitable solvent (such as a dentified hydrocarbon, especially like dichloromethane) ), Obtained by reaction with bromide N-benz-2-bromo-prodox. The reaction is best under a protective gas, in a dark and anhydrous state, at room temperature or high temperature (for example, 20 ° C to 80 ° C.), and the national paper standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (2! 0X297) while the paper size is 2,6- (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Order -34- 472057
〇 X〇 X
1¾ 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 Λ7 B7 五、發明説明() 二甲-B比啶(2,6-二甲吡啶)存在下進行。其餘之式(VI)化合 物係,例如,將一式(IX)之2-甲脉-乙酸低級烷酯 (IX) (式(IX)中之R4如上定義)與一式(X)之2-X-l-R2-乙-1-酮衍生 物反應獲得, (X) (式(X)中之符號如上定義)。離去基X宜爲溴。反應開始 前,利用等當量之鹼(特別是像乙醇鈉),在冰冷卻下, 將式(IX)之2-甲脒-乙酸低級烷酯從其酸加成鹽(特別是像其 氫氯化物)中釋出。反應係在適當之溶劑(特別是像低級 烷醇,最好是像乙醇)中,在0°C至50°C之偏愛溫度下,特 別是在室溫下進行。 一般方法條件: 依照本方法得到之有成鹽性質之式(I)自由化合物可利 用本質上已知之方法轉化成其鹽,例如用酸或其適當之衍 生物處理,例如將適當之酸加入溶於適當溶劑(例如醚, 像環醚,特別是二Of烷或更特別是四氫呋喃)之式(I)化合 物中。 依照本發明得到之異構物混合物可利用本質上已知之 方法分離成個別異構物,消旋物可,例如,利用與光學上 純成鹽試劑形成鹽之方法及分離如是得到之非鏡像異構物 混合物而分離,例如利用分段結晶。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(210X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)1¾ Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Λ7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Dimethyl-B-pyridine (2,6-dimethylpyridine) is carried out. The remaining compounds of formula (VI) are, for example, 2-methyl vein-lower alkyl acetate (IX) of formula (IX) (R4 in formula (IX) is as defined above) and 2-Xl- of formula (X) R2-ethyl-1-one derivative is obtained by reaction (X) (the symbol in formula (X) is as defined above). The leaving group X is preferably bromine. Before starting the reaction, using an equivalent amount of a base (especially like sodium ethoxide) under ice cooling, the 2-formamidine-lower alkyl acetate of the formula (IX) is added from its acid addition salt (especially its hydrogen chloride) Compound). The reaction is carried out in a suitable solvent (especially a lower alkanol, preferably ethanol), at a preferred temperature of 0 ° C to 50 ° C, especially at room temperature. General process conditions: The salt-forming free compound of formula (I) obtained according to this method can be converted into its salt by methods known per se, such as treatment with an acid or a suitable derivative thereof, such as adding a suitable acid to a solvent Compounds of formula (I) in a suitable solvent (e.g. ether, like cyclic ether, in particular di Ofane or more particularly tetrahydrofuran). The mixture of isomers obtained in accordance with the present invention can be separated into individual isomers by methods known per se, and the racemates can be formed, for example, by using a method and separation of salts with optically pure salt-forming reagents, and the non-mirror isomers obtained as such. The structure mixture is separated, for example, by fractional crystallization. This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (210X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)
-35- 472057 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印裂 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 上述之反應可在本質上已知之反應條件下進行,可不 使用或習慣上使用溶劑或稀釋劑(其最好是對使用之試劑 爲惰性者且其爲溶劑),可不使用或使用觸媒、縮合劑 (例如五氧化磷)或中和劑(例如鹼,特別是氮鹼,像氫 氯化三乙胺),視反應及/或反應物之性質而定,可在低 溫、常溫或高溫下,例如在大約-80°C至大約200°C,較適宜 者爲大約-20°C至大約150°C之溫度範圍內(例如在所用溶劑 之沸點下),在一大氣壓下或密閉容器內,適當時在壓力 下及/或一惰性氣壓下(例如在一氮氣壓下)實施。 每一情況中規定之特定反應條件爲偏愛者。 溶劑及稀釋劑爲,例如,水、醇,例如低級烷基氫氧 化物(像甲醇、乙醇、丙醇或特別是丁醇)、二醇(像乙 二醇)、三醇(像甘油)或芳醇(像酚)、醯胺,例如羧 醯胺(像二甲基甲醯胺、二甲基乙醯胺或1,3-二甲-3,4,5,6·四氫 -2(1H)-嘧啶酮(DMPU))、羧酸,特別是甲酸或乙酸、無機酸 之醯胺(像六甲磷三醯胺)、醚,例如環醚(像四氫呋喃 或二〇§烷)或非環醚(像乙醚或乙二醇二甲醚)、鹵化 烴,像鹵-低級烷(例如二氯甲烷或氯仿)、酮(像丙 酮)、腈(像乙腌)、酸酐(像乙酸酐)、酯(像乙酸乙 酯)、雙烷亞碱(像二甲亞砜)、含氮雜環化合物(像吡 啶)、烴,例如低級烷烴(像戊烷)或芳族化合物(像 苯、甲苯或二甲苯),或這些溶劑之混合物,每一情況可 選擇適合上述反應之溶劑。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標隼(CNS ) Λ4規格(2丨〇><297公廣) 裝---„---^~ 訂—«----- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -36- 472057 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 所得之式⑴化合物或其鹽之後續處理使用慣用之方 法,例如過量試劑之溶劑分解、再結晶、層析術(例如分 配層析術、離子層析術或凝膠層析術)、無機與有機溶劑 相間之分配、一次或多次萃取,特別是在酸化或提高鹸度 或鹽含量之後、經由吸水性鹽乾燥、消化、過濾、淸洗、 溶解、蒸發濃縮(必要時在眞空中或在高眞空下)、蒸 餾、結晶(例如以油狀得到之化合物之結晶或從母液中結 晶,亦可用終產物晶體接種)或二或多個提到之後續處理 步驟之結合(其亦可重覆使用)等等。 起始原料及中間體可以純形式使用(例如在剛提到之 後續處理之後),以部份純化形式使用,或也可,例如, 直接以粗產物形式使用。 鑑於自由形式之式(I)化合物與其鹽形式間之緊密關 係,上文及下文中提到之任何自由化合物及其鹽當然亦分 別包括其相當之鹽及自由化合物,適當及方便時,倘若化 合物含成鹽基。 化合物(包括其鹽)亦可以水合物形式獲得,或其晶 體可包含,例如,用於結晶之溶劑。 在本發明之方法中,所用之起始原料偏愛爲那些在開 始時描述爲形成特別有價値之式(I)之新穎化合物者。 本發明亦有關那些形式之方法,其中在任何階段得到 之中間產物被用作起始原料並進行其餘之步驟,或起始原 料在反應條件下生成或以其衍生物(例如其鹽)形式使 用。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標隼^呢)八4規格(210'乂297公焚) ---------|^裂-----rtr—------^w. (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -37- 472057 A7 經濟部中央標準局員工消f合作社印袋 五、發明説明() 本發明特別有關一製備式(Ia)之比略幷[2,3-d]喃陡衍生 物(其在式(I)之範圍內)或其鹽之方法’(la), 式(la)中 η爲1至3, R爲氫、鹵素、低級烷基、羥基、低級烷醯氧基、低級烷 氧基、羧基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、Ν-低級院-胺甲醯 基、Ν,Ν-二低級院-胺甲醯基、氰基、胺基、低級烷醯胺基、 低級烷胺基、Ν,Ν-二低級烷胺基或三氟甲基’當分子中存在 數個自由基R時,這些自由基可爲相同或不同, a)R,及R2各自獨立,爲被苯基、胺基、低級烷醯胺基、低 級烷胺基、N,N-二低級烷胺基、羥基、低級烷醸氧基、羧 基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、N-低級院-胺甲醯基、N,N-二 低級院-胺甲醯基、氰基或硝基取代之苯基,爲氫、未被取 代之或被鹵基或低級烷基取代之吡啶基,爲N-节-妣錬-2-基、 萘基、氰基、羧基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、N-低級烷-胺甲醯基、N,N-二低級院-胺甲醯基、甲釀基、低級烷醯基、 低級烯基、低級烯氧基、或被鹵素、胺基、低級烷胺基、 六氫吡阱基、二低級烷胺基、羥基、低級烷氧基、氰基、 羧基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醢基、N-低級院-胺甲醯基、Ν,Ν-二低級烷-胺甲醯基、巯基或一式RrSiOV-之自由基(其中私 爲低級烷基及m爲0、1或2)取代之低級烷基,或-35- 472057 A7 B7, Consumer Cooperative of Employees of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the People's Republic of China 5. Description of the Invention () The above reactions can be performed under essentially known reaction conditions. Solvents or diluents (which are the best) It is inert to the reagents used and it is a solvent), it is not necessary to use or use a catalyst, a condensing agent (such as phosphorus pentoxide) or a neutralizing agent (such as a base, especially a nitrogen base, such as triethylamine hydrochloride) Depending on the nature of the reaction and / or the reactant, it can be at low temperature, normal temperature or high temperature, for example, about -80 ° C to about 200 ° C, more preferably about -20 ° C to about 150 ° C. It is carried out within a temperature range (for example, at the boiling point of the solvent used), under atmospheric pressure or in a closed container, and under appropriate pressure and / or under an inert gas pressure (for example, under a nitrogen pressure). The specific reaction conditions specified in each case are preferences. Solvents and diluents are, for example, water, alcohols, such as lower alkyl hydroxides (like methanol, ethanol, propanol or especially butanol), glycols (like ethylene glycol), triols (like glycerol), or Aromatic alcohols (like phenol), amidines, such as carboxamide (like dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, or 1,3-dimethyl-3,4,5,6 · tetrahydro-2 (1H ) -Pyrimidinone (DMPU)), carboxylic acids, especially formic acid or acetic acid, ammonium amines (like hexamethylphosphonium trioxamine), ethers, such as cyclic ethers (like tetrahydrofuran or dioxane) or acyclic ethers (Like ether or ethylene glycol dimethyl ether), halogenated hydrocarbons like halogen-lower alkanes (such as dichloromethane or chloroform), ketones (like acetone), nitriles (like ethyl salt), acid anhydrides (like acetic anhydride), esters (Like ethyl acetate), dialkylene bases (like dimethyl sulfoxide), nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compounds (like pyridine), hydrocarbons such as lower alkanes (like pentane) or aromatic compounds (like benzene, toluene or dioxane) Toluene), or a mixture of these solvents, a solvent suitable for the above reaction can be selected in each case. This paper size is applicable to China National Standards (CNS) Λ4 specifications (2 丨 〇 > < 297). Packing -------- ^ ~ Order-«----- (Please read the note on the back first Please fill in this page for further information) -36- 472057 Printed by A7 B7, Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention () The subsequent treatment of the compound of formula 或其 or its salt obtained using conventional methods, such as solvent decomposition of excess reagents , Recrystallization, chromatography (e.g., partition chromatography, ion chromatography, or gel chromatography), partitioning between inorganic and organic solvents, one or more extractions, especially when acidifying or increasing alkalinity or salt After content, drying, absorbing, filtering, rinsing, dissolving, evaporating and concentrating (if necessary in the air or under high air) via water-absorbent salt, distillation, crystallization (for example, crystallization of compounds obtained as oil or from mother liquor) Crystallization, which can also be seeded with final product crystals) or a combination of two or more of the subsequent processing steps mentioned (which can also be used repeatedly), etc. The starting materials and intermediates can be used in pure form (such as in the just mentioned After subsequent processing It can be used in partially purified form, or it can be used, for example, directly as a crude product. In view of the close relationship between the free form compound of formula (I) and its salt form, any of the free compounds mentioned above and below and The salts, of course, also include their equivalent salts and free compounds, respectively, where appropriate and convenient, provided the compounds contain a salt group. Compounds (including their salts) can also be obtained in the form of hydrates, or their crystals can contain, for example, for crystallization Solvents. In the method of the present invention, the starting materials used are those which are described in the beginning as forming novel compounds of formula (I) of particular value. The present invention also relates to those forms of the method, in which at any stage The obtained intermediate product is used as the starting material and the remaining steps are performed, or the starting material is formed under reaction conditions or used in the form of its derivative (such as its salt). 4 Specifications (210 '乂 297 Public Incense) --------- | ^ Crack ----- rtr ------- ^ w. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page ) -37- 472057 A7 Employees of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the People's Republic of China F. Cooperative cooperatives' printing bags V. Description of the invention () The present invention is particularly related to a ratio of the formula (Ia) 幷 [2,3-d] Range) or a salt thereof '(la), wherein η is 1 to 3, and R is hydrogen, halogen, lower alkyl, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, lower alkoxy, carboxy, lower Alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, N-lower amine-carbamyl, N, N-di-lower amine-carbamyl, cyano, amine, lower carbamoylamine, lower alkylamine, Ν , N-di-lower alkylamino or trifluoromethyl 'When there are several free radicals R in the molecule, these radicals may be the same or different, a) R, and R2 are independent, and are phenyl, amine , Lower alkylamino, lower alkylamino, N, N-di-lower alkylamino, hydroxyl, lower alkyloxy, carboxyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, N-lower alkyl-amine formamidine Phenyl, N, N-di-lower amine-carbamoyl, cyano or nitro substituted phenyl is hydrogen, unsubstituted or pyridyl substituted with halo or lower alkyl, is N-section- Fluoren-2-yl, naphthyl, cyanide Group, carboxyl group, lower alkoxycarbonyl group, carbamoyl group, N-lower alkane-carbamyl group, N, N-di-lower amine-carbamyl group, methyl group, lower alkynyl group, lower alkenyl group, Lower alkenyloxy, or halogen, amine, lower alkylamino, hexahydropyridyl, dilower alkylamino, hydroxyl, lower alkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl , N-lower compound-carbamoyl, N, N-di-lower alkyl-carbamoyl, mercapto or a radical of the formula RrSiOV- (wherein the lower alkyl group and m is 0, 1 or 2) Lower alkyl, or
(請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) :裝 it 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(210X297公釐) -38- 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 472057 A7 B7___ 五、發明説明() b)自由基&及&中之一爲未被取代之低級烷基或未被取代 之苯基,而自由基R,及R2中之另一個具有在以上a)中指定 之一意義(除了氫之外),或 幻^與^一起爲被胺基、低級烷醯胺基、低級烷胺基、Ν,Ν-二低級烷胺基、硝基、鹵素、羥基、低級烷氧基、低級烷 醯氧基、羧基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、Ν-低級烷-胺甲 醯基、Ν,Ν-二低級院-胺甲醯基或氰基取代之〇C1(rl,4_伸烷二 烯基,或爲有多至9個碳原子之Π丫-1,4·伸烷二烯基, 該方法包括 a)將一式(II)之吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶衍生物(Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page): Install it This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (210X297 mm) -38- Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 472057 A7 B7___ 5 2. Description of the invention (b) one of the radicals & and & is an unsubstituted lower alkyl group or an unsubstituted phenyl group, and the other of the radicals R and R2 has the above a) Specify one meaning (other than hydrogen), or ^ and ^ together are amine, lower alkylamino, lower alkylamino, N, N-di-lower alkylamino, nitro, halogen, hydroxyl, Lower alkoxy, lower alkoxy, carboxyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, N-lower alkyl-carbamoyl, N, N-di-lower alkyl-carbamoyl or cyano substituted 〇C1 (rl, 4-alkylene dienyl, or Πα-1,4 · alkylene dienyl having up to 9 carbon atoms, the method includes a) a pyrrolidine of formula (II) [ 2,3-d] pyrimidine derivatives
(式(II)中之X爲適當之離去基,Z爲氫或1_芳_低級烷基及其 餘之取代基如以上式(la)化合物之定義,必要時,自由基札 及心中存在之任何自由宫能基被易去除之保護基保護)與 一式(Ilia)之胺衍生物反應, (R)n (Ilia) (式(Ilia)中之R及η如以上式(la)化合物之定義,必要時,自 由基R中存在之任何自由官能基被易去除之保護基保 護),並去除任何存在之保護基及(存在時)1-芳-低級烷 基自由基Z,或 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(2丨0'乂297公漦) ---------裝------—訂—------ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -39- 472057 A7 B7 五、發明说明() b)在脫水劑及第三胺存在下,將一式(IV)之吡咯幷[2,3-d]嚼陡-4-酮衍生物(X in formula (II) is an appropriate leaving group, Z is hydrogen or 1-aryl_lower alkyl group and the rest of the substituents are as defined above for the compound of formula (la). Any free radical is protected by an easily removable protecting group) with an amine derivative of the formula (Ilia), (R) n (Ilia) (R and η in the formula (Ilia) are the same as those of the compound of the formula (la) above Definition, if necessary, any free functional group present in the radical R is protected by a protective group that can be easily removed), and any protective group present and (where present) 1-aryl-lower alkyl radical Z, or this paper Standards are applicable to Chinese National Standards (CNS) Λ4 specifications (2 丨 0 '乂 297mm) --------- installation -------- order ------- (Please read the back first Please note this page and fill in this page again) -39- 472057 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () b) In the presence of a dehydrating agent and a tertiary amine, pyrrolidine [2,3-d] of formula (IV) is chewed steeply- 4-keto derivatives
經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印^ (式(IV)中Z’爲1-芳-低級烷基,艮及&如以上式(⑻化合物之 定義,必要時,自由基&及私中存在之任何自由官能基被 易去除之保護基保護)與一以上之式(ΠΙ)之苯胺反應,並去 除任何存在之保護基,或 c) 製備式(la)化合物(其中之札爲二甲胺·甲基及其餘之取代 基如以上式(la)化合物之定義者)時,將一相當於式(la)之化 合物(其中之心爲氫及其餘之取代基如以上式(la)化合物之 定義,必要時,自由基私及私中存在之任何自由官能基被 易去除之保護基保護者)與捵化HN-二甲-亞甲亞銨反應,並 去除任何存在之保護基,或 d) 製備式(la)化合物(其中至少一個自由基R、&及&爲被 羥基取代之苯基,而其餘之取代基如以上式(la>化合物之定 義者)時,將一相當於式(la)之化合物(其中至少一個自由 基R、&及^爲被甲氧基取代之苯基,而其餘之取代基如以 上式(la)化合物之定義,必要時,自由基R、私及心中存在 之任何自由官能基被易去除之保護基保護者)與三溴化硼 反應’並去除任何存在之保護基,或 e) 製備式(la)化合物(其中至少一個自由基R、艮及心爲被胺 基取代之苯基,而其餘之取代基如以上式(Ia)^合物之定義 本紙张尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210Χ 297公釐) 〈請先閲讀背面之注意事_ 4 項再填· 裝— :寫本頁) •訂 ,φ. -40- 472057 五、發明説明() 者)時,將一相當於式(la)之化合物(其中至少一個自由基 R、&及&爲被硝基取代之苯基,而其餘之取代基如以上式 (la)化合物之定義,必要時,自由基R、私及R2中存在之任 何自由官能基被易去除之保護基保護者)催化氫化,並去 除任何存在之保護基, 且在實行方法a)至e)中之一方法後’必需製備鹽時’將形成 之式(la)之自由化合物轉化成鹽或’必需製備自由化合物 時,將形成之式(⑻化合物之鹽轉化成自由化合物。 本發明亦有關式(Ua)之吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶衍生物 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -裝.Printed by the Consumers 'Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (wherein Z' is a 1-aryl-lower alkyl group in formula (IV), and & as defined in the above formula (⑻ compound, if necessary, radical & Any free functional group present is protected by an easily removable protective group) and reacted with more than one aniline of formula (II), and any protective group present is removed, or c) a compound of formula (la) (wherein Z When the amine methyl group and other substituents are as defined for the compound of formula (la) above, a compound corresponding to formula (la) (wherein the heart is hydrogen and the remaining substituents are as for the compound of formula (la) above) The definition, if necessary, any free functional group present in the free radicals and protected by protective groups that can be easily removed) reacts with tritiated HN-dimethyl-methyleneimmonium, and remove any protective groups present, or d) when preparing a compound of formula (la) (wherein at least one of the radicals R, & and & is a phenyl group substituted by a hydroxyl group, and the remaining substituents are the same as those defined by the compound of the formula (la >), a Compounds of formula (la) (wherein at least one of the radicals R, & and ^ are Methoxy substituted phenyl, and the rest of the substituents are as defined for the compound of formula (la) above, if necessary, the free radical R, the protector of any free functional group present in the heart can be easily removed) and three Boron bromide reacts and removes any protective groups present, or e) prepare a compound of formula (la) (wherein at least one of the free radicals R, R and R is a phenyl group substituted with an amine group, and the remaining substituents are as above formula Definition of (Ia) ^ compound This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 × 297 mm) <Please read the notes on the back _ 4 items before filling and packing —: write this page) • order, φ. -40- 472057 5. In the description of the invention (1), a compound corresponding to formula (la) (at least one of the radicals R, & and & is a phenyl group substituted by a nitro group, and the rest The substituents are as defined for the compound of formula (la) above. When necessary, any free functional groups present in the free radicals R, R and R2 are protected by a protective group that can be easily removed), and any protective groups present are removed, And after implementing one of the methods a) to e) When a salt is prepared, 'the free compound of the formula (la) formed is converted into a salt, or when a free compound is necessary to be prepared, the salt of the compound of the formula (VII) is converted into a free compound. The present invention also relates to pyrrole of the formula (Ua) [2,3-d] pyrimidine derivatives (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) -pack.
式(11a)中之χ,爲羥基或離去基, Ζ爲氫或1-芳-低級烷基,及 &)&及厌2各自獨立,爲被胺甲醯_甲氧基、羧_甲氧基、苄氧 凝·甲氧基、低級烷氧幾-甲氧基、苯基、胺基、低級烷醯胺 基、低級烷胺基、Ν,Ν_二低級烷胺基、羥基、低級烷醯氧 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 基、竣基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、Ν-低級烷-胺甲醯 基、Ν’Ν'二低級院-胺甲醯基、氰基或硝基取代之苯基,爲 氫未被取代之或被鹵基或低級烷基取代之吡啶基,爲Ν_ 吡錠4甚 基、费、豢基、氰基、羧基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯 、&低級垸-胺甲醯基、Ν,Ν·二低級烷-胺甲醯基、义苄_胺甲 酿基、由fcfe 醚基 '低級烷醯基、低級烯基、低級烯氧基,或 素胺基、低級烷胺基、六氫吡阱基、二低級烷胺 .本纸張尺巧"用- -41 - 472057 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 基、苯胺基(其未被取代或在苯基部份被鹵素、低級烷 基、羥基、低級烷醯氧基、低級烷氧基、羧基、低級烷氧 羰基、胺甲醯基、N-低級烷-胺甲醯基、N,N-二低級烷-胺甲 醯基、氰基、胺基、低級烷醯胺基、低級烷胺基、N,N-二低 級烷胺基或三氟甲基取代)、羥基、低級烷氧基、氰基、 羧基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、N_低級院·胺甲酿基、N,N-二低級院-胺甲醯基、酼基或一式R3-S(0)m-之自由基(其中R3 爲低級烷基及m爲0、1或2)取代之低級烷基,或 b)自由基&及&中之一爲未被取代之低級烷基或未被取代 之苯基,而自由基私及&中之另一個具有在以上a)中指定 之一意義(除了氫之外),或 £〇111與112—起爲未被取代之或被胺基、低級烷醯胺基、低 級烷胺基、N,N-二低級烷胺基、硝基、齒素、羥基、低級烷 氧基、低級烷醯氧基、羧基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、 N-低級烷-胺甲醯基、Ν,Ν-二低級烷-胺甲醯基或氰基取代之C4-C1(rl,4_伸烷二烯基,或爲有多至9個碳原子之B丫-1,4-伸烷二烯 基,及有關4_酮基衍生物(其爲式(Ila)化合物(其中之X’爲 羥基者)之互變異構物)及這些化合物之鹽。 本發明特別有關式(Ua)之吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶衍生物, 其中之X’爲羥基或離去基, Z爲氫或1-芳-低級烷基,及 3)&及112各自獨立,爲被苯基、胺基、低級烷醯胺基、低 級烷胺基、N,N-二低級烷胺基、羥基、低級烷醯氧基、羧 基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、N-低級院-胺甲醯基、N,N-二 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(2丨〇:<297公楚) la— ml mV ·λ1— ·ΚΒΙ— tua— ^^ΒΒ— nn nn m>——J. nn ·11 ml i km (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -42- 472057 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 低級烷-胺甲醯基、氰基或硝基取代之苯基,爲氫、未被取 代之或被鹵基或低級烷基取代之吡啶基,爲N·节-U比銳基、 萘基、氰基、羧基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、N-低級烷-胺甲醯基、N,N-二低級院•胺甲醯基、甲醯基、低級烷醯基、 低級烯基、低級烯氧基、或被鹵素、胺基、低級烷胺基、 六氫吡阱基、二低級烷胺基、羥基、低級烷氧基 '氰基、 羧基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、N-低級院-胺甲醯基、N,N-二低級院-胺甲醸基、锍基或一式RrSiOl-之自由基(其中R3 爲低級烷基及m爲0、1或2)取代之低級烷基,或 b)自由基比及&中之一爲未被取代之低級烷基或未被取代 之苯基,而自由基&及112中之另一個具有在以上a)中指定 之一意義(除了氫之外),或 幻111與112—起爲未被取代之或被胺基、低級烷醯胺基、低 級烷胺基、N,N-二低級烷胺基、硝基、鹵素、羥基、低級烷 氧基、低級烷醯氧基、羧基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、 低級院-胺甲醯基、N,N-二低級院·胺甲酿基或氰基取代之C4-C1(rl,4-伸烷二烯基,或爲有多至9個碳原子之11丫-1,4>伸烷二烯 基,及有關4-酮基衍生物(其爲式(na)化合物(其中之X·爲 羥基者)之互變異構物)及這些化合物之鹽。 式(Ila)化合物及4-酮基衍生物(其爲式(na)化合物(其 中之X’爲羥基者)之互變異構物)可用作上述之式(Π)、(IV) 及(IVa)之起始原料,且係利用類似於製備那些起始原料之 方法製備。 本發明亦有關式(XI)之吡咯衍生物及這些化合物之鹽, 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事 裝— ,項再填寫本頁) -丁、 -一° 經濟部中央標準局負工消費合作社印裝 -43 - 472057In the formula (11a), χ is a hydroxyl group or a leaving group, Z is hydrogen or a 1-aryl-lower alkyl group, and &) & _Methoxy, benzyloxy methoxy, lower alkoxy-methoxy, phenyl, amine, lower alkylamino, lower alkylamino, N, N_di-lower alkylamino, hydroxyl 、 Printed base, finished base, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, N-lower alkane-aminoformamyl, N'N 'second-lower institute-amine form Amidino, cyano, or nitro-substituted phenyl is pyridyl which is unsubstituted by hydrogen or substituted by halo or lower alkyl, and is N-pyridine, 4-methyl, fluorenyl, fluorenyl, cyano, carboxyl, Lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, & lower fluorenyl-carbamyl, Ν, Ν · di-lower alkane-carbamyl, benzyl-carbamyl, fcfe ether group, lower alkynyl, Lower alkenyl, lower alkenyloxy, or amine, lower alkylamino, hexahydropyridyl, di-lower alkylamine. This paper is fine " for use--41-472057 Employees of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by a cooperative A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () group, aniline group (which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, lower alkyl group, hydroxyl group, lower alkoxy group, lower alkoxy group, carboxyl group, lower alkoxycarbonyl group, Carbamate, N-lower alkyl-carbamate, N, N-di-lower alkyl-carbamate, cyano, amine, lower carbamate, lower alkylamine, N, N-la Lower alkylamino or trifluoromethyl substituted), hydroxyl, lower alkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, N_lower house · aminomethyl, N, N-secondary -Aminomethyl, fluorenyl, or radicals of the formula R3-S (0) m- (wherein R3 is lower alkyl and m is 0, 1 or 2) substituted lower alkyl, or b) free radical & And one of & is an unsubstituted lower alkyl group or an unsubstituted phenyl group, and the other of the radicals and & has the meaning specified in a) above (apart from hydrogen) , Or £ 〇111 and 112—unsubstituted or substituted by amine, lower alkylamino, lower alkylamino, N, N-di-lower alkylamino, nitro, halide, hydroxyl, lower alkyl Oxygen, lower alkane Oxo, carboxyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, N-lower alkyl-carbamoyl, N, N-di-lower alkyl-carbamoyl or cyano substituted C4-C1 (rl, 4_ Alkylenedienyl, or Bamma-1,4-alkylenedienyl having up to 9 carbon atoms, and related 4-keto derivatives (which are compounds of formula (Ila) (where X ' Tautomers) and salts of these compounds. The present invention relates particularly to pyrrole [2,3-d] pyrimidine derivatives of formula (Ua), where X 'is a hydroxyl group or a leaving group, Z Is hydrogen or 1-aryl-lower alkyl, and 3) & and 112 are each independently phenyl, amine, lower alkylamino, lower alkylamino, N, N-di-lower alkylamino, Hydroxyl, lower alkoxyl, carboxyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, N-lower amine-carbamyl, N, N- two paper sizes are applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (2 丨〇: < 297 Gongchu) la— ml mV · λ1— · ΚΒΙ— tua— ^^ ΒΒ— nn nn m > —— J. Nn · 11 ml i km (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page ) -42- 472057 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Lower alkanes- Formyl, cyano, or nitro-substituted phenyl is hydrogen, unsubstituted or pyridyl substituted with halo or lower alkyl, and is N · n-Ubyl, naphthyl, cyano, Carboxyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, N-lower alkane-carbamyl, N, N-di-lower amine • carbamoyl, formamyl, lower alkanoyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkenyl Oxy, or halogen, amine, lower alkylamino, hexahydropyridyl, di-lower alkylamino, hydroxyl, lower alkoxy 'cyano, carboxyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamate, N -Lower grades-carbamoyl, N, N-di-lower grades-carbamoyl, fluorenyl or radicals of the formula RrSiOl- (where R3 is lower alkyl and m is 0, 1 or 2) substituted lower Alkyl, or b) one of the radical ratios and & is an unsubstituted lower alkyl or unsubstituted phenyl, and the other of the radicals & and 112 has the one specified in a) above Meaning (other than hydrogen), or phantoms 111 and 112 are unsubstituted or amine, lower alkylamino, lower alkylamino, N, N-di-lower alkylamino, nitro, Halogen, hydroxyl Lower alkoxy, lower alkoxy, carboxyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, lower amine-carbamyl, N, N-lower amine · carbamyl or cyano substituted C4- C1 (rl, 4-alkylene dienyl, or 11A-1,4 > alkylene dienyl having up to 9 carbon atoms, and related 4-keto derivatives (which are of formula (na) Tautomers of compounds (wherein X is a hydroxyl group) and salts of these compounds. Compounds of formula (Ila) and 4-keto derivatives (which are tautomers of compounds of formula (na) (where X 'is a hydroxyl group)) can be used as the formulae (Π), (IV), and ( IVa) starting materials and are prepared using methods similar to those used to prepare those starting materials. The present invention also relates to pyrrole derivatives of formula (XI) and salts of these compounds. The size of this paper is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (210X297 mm) (This page) -Ding, -1 ° Printed by the Consumers' Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs -43-472057
A7 B7 五、發明説明() (XI), 式(XI)中之Z爲氫或1-芳-低級烷基, 3)艮及112各自獨立,爲被胺甲醯·甲氧基、羧-甲氧基、苄氧 親-甲氧基、低級烷氧羰-甲氧基、苯基、胺基、低級烷醯胺 基、低級烷胺基、N,N-二低級烷胺基、羥基、低級烷醯氧 基、羧基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、N-低級烷-胺甲醯 基、N,N-二低級烷-胺甲醯基、氰基或硝基取代之苯基,爲 氫、未被取代之或被鹵基或低級烷基取代之吡啶基,爲Ν-〒· 吡錠-2-基、萘基、氰基、羧基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯 基、Ν-低級院-胺甲醯基、Ν,Ν-二低級烷-胺甲醯基、Ν-节-胺甲 醯基、甲醯基、低級烷醯基、低級烯基、低級烯氧基、或 被鹵素、胺基、低級烷胺基、六氫吡阱基、二低級烷胺 基、苯胺基(其未被取代或在苯基部份被鹵素、低級烷 基、羥基、低級烷醯氧基、低級烷氧基、羧基、低級烷氧 羰基、胺甲醯基、Ν-低級烷-胺甲醯基、Ν,Ν-二低級烷-胺甲 醯基、氰基、胺基、低級烷醯胺基、低級烷胺基、Ν,Ν-二低 級烷胺基或三氟甲基取代)、羥基、低級烷氧基、氰基、 羧基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、Ν-低級院-胺甲醯基、Ν,Ν-二低級院-胺甲醯基、锍基或一式RrSP)™-之自由基(其中R3 爲低級烷基及m爲0、1或2)取代之低級烷基,或 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(210X297公漦) tt nn nn ji 1^1 nn nn In nnj ·11· i (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 -44 - 472057A7 B7 5. Description of the invention () (XI), Z in the formula (XI) is hydrogen or 1-aryl-lower alkyl, 3) Gen and 112 are independent of each other, and are amine formamidine · methoxy, carboxy- Methoxy, benzyloxy-methoxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl-methoxy, phenyl, amine, lower alkylamino, lower alkylamino, N, N-di-lower alkylamino, hydroxyl, Lower alkoxyl, carboxyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamate, N-lower alkane-carbamoyl, N, N-di-lower alkane-carbamoyl, cyano or nitro-substituted phenyl , Is hydrogen, unsubstituted or pyridyl substituted by halo or lower alkyl, is N-〒 · pyridin-2-yl, naphthyl, cyano, carboxyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamate , NR-lower amine-carbamyl, Ν, Ν-di-lower alkane-carbamyl, NH-benzyl-carbamyl, formamyl, lower carbamyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkenyloxy Or by halogen, amine, lower alkylamino, hexahydropyridyl, di-lower alkylamino, aniline (which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, lower alkyl, hydroxyl, lower alkyl in the phenyl moiety Oxy, lower alkoxy, carboxyl, lower alkoxy Carbonyl, carbamoyl, N-lower alkyl-carbamoyl, N, N-di-lower alkyl-carbamoyl, cyano, amine, lower alkylamino, lower alkylamino, Ν, Ν -Di-lower alkylamino or trifluoromethyl substituted), hydroxyl, lower alkoxy, cyano, carboxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamate, N-lower house-carbamate, N, N- Second lower grade-Aminomethyl, fluorenyl or RrSP) ™-free radical (where R3 is lower alkyl and m is 0, 1 or 2) substituted lower alkyl, or the Chinese standard is applicable to this paper (CNS) Λ4 specification (210X297) 漦 tt nn nn ji 1 ^ 1 nn nn In nnj · 11 · i (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Printed by the Staff Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs -44 -472057
經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印I A7 B7__五、發明説明() b)自由基&及112中之一爲未被取代之低級烷基或未被取代 之苯基,而自由基私及112中之另一個具有在以上a)中指定 之一意義(除了氣之外),或 幻!11與&一起爲未被取代之或被胺基、低級烷醯胺基、低 級烷胺基、N,N-二低級烷胺基、硝基、鹵素、羥基、低級烷 氧基、低級烷醯氧基、羧基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、 N-低級烷-胺甲醯基、Ν,Ν-二低級院-胺甲醯基或氰基取代之C4-C10-l,4-伸烷二烯基,或爲有多至9個碳原子之11丫-1,4-伸烷二烯 基, d)q爲1時,札及112各自獨立,爲未被取代之低級烷基或未 被取代之苯基,或具有一在以上a)中指定之意義,及 r5爲氰基或低級烷氧羰基。 本發明特別有關式(XI)之吡咯衍生物及這些化合物之 鹽, 其中之Z爲氫或1-芳-低級烷基, 3)凡及112各自獨立,爲被苯基、胺基、低級烷醯胺基、低 級烷胺基、N,N-二低級烷胺基、羥基、低級烷醯氧基、羧 基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、N_低級院-胺甲醯基、Ν,Ν-二 低級院胺甲醯基、氰基或硝基取代之苯基,爲氫、未被取 代之或被鹵基或低級烷基取代之吡啶基,爲Ν-节-舭锭-2-基、 蒂基、氰基、羧基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、Ν-低級烷-胺甲醯基、Ν,Ν-二低級焼-胺甲醯基、甲醯基、低級烷醯基、 低級烯基、低級烯氧基、或被鹵素、胺基、低級烷胺基、 六氫吡畊基、二低級烷胺基、羥基、低級烷氧基、氰基、 ^n- mm·· m· ϋ n —^^1 In I In I nn **一 h tft^— 1m Φ. (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(2丨0X297公釐) -45- 472057Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs I A7 B7__V. Description of the Invention () b) One of the radicals & 112 is an unsubstituted lower alkyl group or an unsubstituted phenyl group, and the radical private And the other of 112 has one of the meanings specified in a) above (other than gas), or is magical! 11 together with & is unsubstituted or amine, lower alkylamine, lower alkylamine Group, N, N-di-lower alkylamino, nitro, halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, lower alkoxy, carboxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, N-lower alkyl-amine formamidine , N, N-di-lower-Cyclomethylamino or cyano-substituted C4-C10-l, 4-alkanedienyl, or 11A-1,4- with up to 9 carbon atoms Butanedienyl, d) when q is 1, z and 112 are each independently unsubstituted lower alkyl or unsubstituted phenyl, or have the meaning specified in a) above, and r5 is Cyano or lower alkoxycarbonyl. The present invention particularly relates to pyrrole derivatives of the formula (XI) and salts of these compounds, in which Z is hydrogen or 1-aryl-lower alkyl, 3) each of 112 and 112 is independently phenyl, amine, or lower alkyl Fluorenylamino, lower alkylamino, N, N-di-lower alkylamino, hydroxyl, lower alkoxy, carboxyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, N_lower compound-carbamoyl, Ν , N-di-lower amido, cyano, or nitro-substituted phenyl is hydrogen, unsubstituted or pyridyl substituted with halo or lower alkyl, is N-segment-fluorene-2 -Yl, decyl, cyano, carboxyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, N-lower alkyl-carbamoyl, N, N-di-lower fluorenyl-carbamoyl, formamyl, lower alkyl Fluorenyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkenyloxy, or halogen, amine, lower alkylamino, hexahydropyridyl, dilower alkylamino, hydroxyl, lower alkoxy, cyano, ^ n- mm ·· m · ϋ n — ^^ 1 In I In I nn ** One h tft ^ — 1m Φ. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (2 丨 0X297 mm ) -45- 472057
經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印裝 五、發明説明() 羧基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、N-低級院-胺甲醯基、N,N-二低級院-胺甲醯基、锍基或一式RrS(0)„r之自由基(其中R3 爲低級烷基及m爲0、1或2)取代之低級烷基,或 b)自由基&及112中之一爲未被取代之低級烷基或未被取代 之苯基,而自由基&及^中之另一個具有在以上a)中指定 之一意義(除了氫之外),或 幻艮與&一起爲未被取代之或被胺基、低級烷醯胺基、低 級烷胺基、N,N-二低級烷胺基、硝基、鹵素、羥基、低級烷 氧基、低級烷醯氧基、羧基、低級烷氧羰基、胺甲醯基、 N-低級院-胺甲醯基、N,N-二低級院-胺甲醯基或氰基取代之C4-C10-l,4-伸烷二烯基,或爲有多至9個碳原子之Π丫-1,4-伸烷二烯 基, R5爲氰基或低級烷氧羰基。 式(XI)之吡咯衍生物可用作上述之式(V)及(VI)之起始原 料,且係利用類似於製備那些起始原料之方法製備。 本發明亦有關式(Ila)及(XI)之中間體,其中之取代基之 定義係以得到申請專利範圍第1項之式(I)化合物爲原則。 醫藥組成物、其製備及本發明之式(Π化合物及含這些 化合物爲有效成份之組成物之用途 本發明亦有關醫藥組成物,其含一式(I)化合物爲有效 成份,且可特別用於治療開始時提到之疾病。特別偏愛之 醫藥組成物爲溫血動物(包括人類)用之經腸,像鼻用、 頰用、直腸用或特別是口服組成物,及非經腸組成物,像 靜脈注射、肌內注射或皮下注射組成物。組成物單獨含有 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) :裝· 訂 Φ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS > Λ4規格(2丨〇><297公处) -46- 472057 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 效成份或最好是連同醫藥上可接受之載體。有效成份之劑 量視要治療之疾病及物種、其年齡、體重及個別狀態、藥 物動力學數據、要治療之疾病以及服用方式而定。 本發明亦有關醫藥組成物在醫療人體或動物體之方法 上之用途、其製備方法(特別是以治療腫瘤之組成物形 式)及治療腫瘤疾病(特別是那些以上提到之腫瘤疾病) 之方法。 優先選用者爲適合施予罹患對蛋白質激酶抑制起反應 之疾病(例如牛皮癣或腫瘤)之溫血動物(特別是人類) 之醫藥組成物,其含一有效抑制蛋白質激酶量之式(I)化合 物或其鹽(成鹽基存在時),連同至少一醫藥上可接受之 載體。 醫藥組成物含大約1%至大約95%有效成份,單劑劑型 宜含大約20%至大約90%有效成份,非單劑劑型宜含大約5% 至大約20%有效成份。單劑型爲,例如,糖衣錠、錠劑、安 瓿、藥水瓶、栓劑或膠囊。其它劑型爲,例如,軟膏、乳 劑、糊劑、泡沬劑、酊劑、唇膏、滴劑、噴劑、懸浮劑等 等。實例爲膠囊,其含大約0.05克至大約1.0克有效成份。 本發明之醫藥組成物係利用本質上已知之方法製備, 例如利用傳統之混合、製粒、製糖劑、溶解或冷凍乾燥方 法。 優先選用者爲使用有效成份之溶液以及懸浮液或分散 液,特別是等滲壓水溶液、分散液或懸浮液,其,例如, 在單獨含有效成份或連同一載體(例如甘露糖醇)之凍乾 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(2丨〇><297公犛) m HBH tm It ϋ·- 1 雷 ί nn mu mi n^— m、一If -J I— it m· (請先閱讀背面之注意事項存填寫本頁) -47- 472057 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 組成物情況,可在使用前調製。醫藥組成物可經滅菌處理 及/或可含輔劑,例如防腐劑、安定劑、增濕劑及/或乳 化劑、溶解化劑、調節滲透壓之鹽及/或緩衝劑,且係利 用本質上已知之方法製備,例如利用傳統之溶解及冷凍乾 燥方法。上述之溶液或懸浮液可含增黏物質,像羧甲基纖 維素鈉、羧甲基纖維素、聚葡萄糖、聚乙烯吡咯酮或明 膠。 油懸浮液含作爲油成份之注射用植物油、合成或半合 成油。在此特別提出液體脂酸酯,其含一作爲酸成份之具 有8到22,特別是12到22個碳原子之長鏈脂脂酸,例如月桂 酸、十三酸、肉豆蔻酸、十五酸、棕櫚酸、珠光脂酸、硬 脂酸、花生油酸、蘿酸、或相當之不飽和酸,例如油酸、 反油酸、芥子酸、蕓苔酸或亞麻油酸,需要時,加入抗氧 化劑,例如維他命Ε、β-胡蘿蔔素或3,5-二-第三丁冰經甲苯。 這些脂酸酯之醇成份具有最多6個碳原子,且爲一單-或多-氫醇,例如一單-、二-或三-氫醇,例如甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、 丁醇或戊醇或其異構物,特別是乙二醇或甘油。因此提出 下列脂酸酯實例:油酸乙酯、肉豆蔻酸異丙酯、棕櫚酸異 丙酯、'"拉普拉費爾(Labrafil) Μ 2375"(聚氧乙烯甘油三油 酸酯,格特福希(Gattefoss6),巴黎)、^米蓋爾(Miglyolpl〗’ (鍵長爲C8到C12之飽和脂酸之二甘油醋,Chemische Werke Witten/Ruhr,德國),特別爲植物油,像棉子油、杏仁油、 橄欖油、蓖麻油、芝麻油、黃豆油,及更特別者爲花生 油。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(2丨〇X2()7公雄) I - n n n n n - (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) •裝- -訂 -48- 472057 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 注射組成物係在無菌狀態下利用慣用方法製備;亦在 相同無菌狀態下,將組成物裝入安剖或藥水瓶中並密封 之。 口服醫藥組成物可,例如,結合有效成份與一或二個 固體載體而得,需要時,將形成之混合物製粒,且,需要 或必要時,加入額外輔劑,將混合物或顆粒加工成錠劑或 糖衣錠核。 適合之載體特別爲塡充劑,像糖(例如乳糖、蔗糖、 甘露糖醇或葡萄糖醇)、纖維素製品及/或磷酸鈣(例如 磷酸三鈣或磷酸氫鈣),以及結合劑,像澱粉(例如玉 米、小麥、米或馬鈴薯澱粉)、甲基纖維素、羥丙基甲基 纖維素、羧甲基纖維素鈉及/或聚乙烯吡咯酮,及/或, 需要時,分散劑,像上述之澱粉,及羧甲基澱粉、交聯之 聚乙烯吡咯酮、海藻酸或其一鹽(像海藻酸鈉)。額外輔 劑特別爲流量調節劑及潤滑劑,例如矽酸、滑石、硬脂酸 或其鹽(像硬脂酸鎂或硬脂酸鈣)及/或聚乙二醇或其衍 生物。 糖衣錠核可塗覆適當的,選擇性地腸溶塗膜,尤其是 使用濃糖溶液,其可含阿拉伯膠、滑石、聚乙烯吡咯酮、 聚乙二醇及/或二氧化鈦,或溶於適當有機溶劑或溶劑混 合物中之塗膜溶液,或,爲了製備腸溶塗膜,使用適當纖 維素製品之溶液,像酞酸乙醯纖維素或酞酸羥丙基甲基纖 維素。染料或顏料可加入錠劑或糖衣錠膜中,例如作爲識 別之用,或標示不同劑量之有效成份。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(21〇X2〔)7公婊) I--------0^-----^ 丨-訂一^----,9. (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -49- 472057 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準扃員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明() 口服醫藥組成物亦包括明膠製成之乾塡充膠囊,以及 明膠與助塑劑(像甘油或葡萄糖醇)製成之軟密封膠囊。 乾塡充膠囊可含顆粒狀有效成份,例如摻合塡充劑(像玉 米澱粉)、結合劑及/或潤滑劑(像滑石或硬脂酸鎂), 及選擇性地含安定劑。在軟膠囊中,有效成份宜溶解或懸 浮在適當液體輔劑(像脂肪油、石臘油或液體聚乙二醇或 乙二醇或丙三醇之脂酸酯)中,其亦可加入安定劑及淸潔 劑(例如聚氧乙烯葡萄糖醇脂酸酯型淸潔劑)。 其它口服劑型爲,例如,利用慣用方法製備之糖漿, 其含,例如,懸浮形式且大約5%至20%,較適宜者爲大約 10%之濃度或提供適當單劑之類似濃度(例如,以5或10毫 升容量施藥時)之有效成份。亦爲適合之劑型爲,例如, 製備混劑(例如在乳液中)之粉狀或液體濃縮液。此濃縮 液亦可單劑量包裝。 適當直腸用醫藥組成物爲,例如,由一有效成份與栓 劑基材結合物組成之栓劑。適當之栓劑基材爲,例如,天 然或合成三甘油酯、石蠟烴、聚乙二醇或高級烷醇。 對非經腸施藥,特別是使用適當之水溶性形式(例如 水溶性鹽形式)之有效成份水溶液或含增黏物質(例如羧 甲基纖維素鈉、葡萄糖醇及/或聚葡萄糖)及,需要時, 含安定劑之水溶性注射懸浮液。有效成份,選擇性地連同 輔劑,亦可爲凍乾物形式,且可在非經腸施藥前,加入適 當溶劑製成溶液。 I--------装-- {請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) •丁 -55 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4現格(21〇Χ2ι)7公趁) -50- 472057 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明() 溶液,像用於,例如,非經腸施藥之溶液亦可以輸液 溶液形式使用。 偏愛之防腐劑爲,例如,抗氧化劑(像抗壞血酸)或 殺微生物劑(像山梨酸或苯甲酸)。 軟膏爲油水型乳液,其含高至70%,但較適宜者爲20% 至50%水或水相。適合作爲脂相者特別爲烴類,例如石油膠 凍、石蠟油或硬石蠟,其,爲了增進水結合量,宜含適當 之羥基化合物,像脂醇或其酯,例如鯨蠟醇或羊毛蠟醇, 像羊毛蠟。 乳化劑爲相當之親脂性物質,像山梨聚糖脂酸酯 (Spans公司),例如山梨聚糖油酸酯及/或山梨聚糖異硬 脂酸酯。水相之添加劑爲,例如,潤濕劑,像多醇類,例 如甘油、丙二醇、葡萄糖醇及/或聚乙二醇,以及防腐劑 及香料。 油性軟膏爲無水軟膏,且所含之基底特別爲烴類,例 如石蠟、石油膠凍或石蠟油,以及天然或部份合成油脂 (例如椰子脂酸甘油三酯)或較適宜者爲硬化油(例如氫 化之花生油或蓖麻油)及甘油之脂酸部份酯(例如甘油單· 及/或二-硬脂酸酯,以及,例如,提高吸水性之脂醇、乳 化劑及/或有關軟膏提到之添加劑。 乳劑爲含超過50%水之油水型乳液。用作油性基底者特 別爲脂醇(例如月桂醇、鯨蠟醇或硬脂醇)、脂酸(例如 棕櫚酸或硬脂酸)、液體至固體蠟(例如肉豆蔻酸異丙 酯、羊毛蠟或蜜蠟)及/或烴類(例如石油膠凍(石蠘 --------裝-----^ —-訂 — U---- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(210X 297公發) 472057 經濟部中央標隼局員工消費合作社印製 Λ7 B7 五、發明説明() 脂)或石蠟油)。適合之乳化劑爲有優越親水性質之界面 活性劑,像相當之非離子乳化劑,例如多醇之脂酸酯或其 氧化乙烯加成物,像多甘油脂酸酯或聚氧乙烯山梨聚糖脂 酸酯(吐溫(Tweens)),以及聚氧乙烯脂醇醚或脂酸酯、或 相當之離子乳化劑,像硫酸脂醇之鹼金屬鹽,例如硫酸月 桂酯鈉、硫酸鯨蠟酯鈉或硫酸硬脂酯鈉,其通常在脂醇 (例如鯨蠘醇或硬脂醇)存在下使用。水相之添加劑特別 爲降減乳劑乾掉劑,例如多醇類,像甘油、葡萄糖醇、丙 二醇及/或聚乙二醇,以及防腐劑及香料。 糊劑爲有吸收分泌物之粉末組成份之乳劑及軟膏,像 金屬氧化物(例如氧化鈦或氧化鋅)以及滑石及/或砂酸 鋁,其目的爲結合任何存在之水份或分泌物。 泡沬劑係從加壓容器施藥,且爲氣溶膠形式之液胃_ 水型乳液;鹵化之烴類(像氯氟基-低級烷烴,钢j如二氣^二 氟甲烷及二氯四氟乙烷)或較適宜者爲非_彳七之氣相煙 類、空氣、Ν,Ο或二氧化碳係用作推進氣體。用作油相者特 別爲那些在以上軟膏及乳劑情況中使用者; 況中提到之添加劑。 酊劑及溶液通常有一水性-乙醇性基底, % _中特別加 入多醇類(例如甘油、二醇及/或聚乙二醇)/ ’ 作爲減少蒸 發之潤濕劑,及修補脂肪物質(像有低分子| … ^乙二醇之 脂酸酯),即溶於水性混合物中之親脂性物愈^ 一 θ作爲皮膚上 被乙醇去除之脂肪物質之取代,及,必要時> 碰, ft劑及添加 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標隼(CNS ) Λ4規格(210X297公t ) ---------0^— (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 、一$ -52- 472〇57 ΚΙ B7 五、發明説明() 本發明亦有關治療上述之病理症狀’特別是那些對蛋 白質激酶抑制起反應之症狀之方法。在預防或醫療上’式(1) 化合物可單獨或以醫藥組成物形式,最好是以有效對抗1上 述疾病之量,施予需要治療之溫血動物(例如人類)’化 合物特別是以醫藥組成物形式使用。在大約70公斤體重個 體之情況,每日施予劑量爲大約0.1克至大約5克’較適宜 者爲大約0.5克至大約2克之本發明化合物。 以下之實施例用來說明本發明,但不限制其範圍° 使用之簡寫及縮寫有以下之定義: (梯度): 高壓液相層析術(HPLC)梯度: 20分鐘內,20% — 100% a)在b)中之溶液。 溶折液a):乙腈+ 0.05% TFA ;溶析液b):水+ 0.05% TFA。塡滿 &相材料Ci8_Nucle〇sil®(5微米平均粒徑,與十八矽烷共價衍 生之矽膠,Macherey&Nagel,Duren,德國)之管柱(25〇x4.6毫 °利用254塵米下之紫外線(UV)吸收檢測。停留時間(tRet) 爲單位。流率:1毫米/分。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 abs. brine DEPc DMF DMs〇 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 絕對(無水) 氯化鈉飽和溶液 焦碳酸二乙酯(二碳酸二乙酯) 二甲基甲醯胺 1,3-二甲-3,4,5,6-四氫-2(1印-嘧啶酮 二甲亞砜 本.氏張尺;、4;钟_家料(c八4規格 (2丨0X297公釐) -53- 472057 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明() EI-MS 電子衝擊離子化質譜術 FAB-MS 快速原子撞擊直譜術 HPLC 高壓液相層析術 HY 高眞空 min 分 m.p. 熔點 MS 質譜術 RT 室溫 TFA 三氟乙酸 THF 四氫呋喃 TLC 薄層層析圖 TLC-Rf 薄層層析術之Rf値 TPTU 四氟硼酸〇-(1>二氫_2_氧-1-吡啶)·Ν,Ν,Ν·,Ν’_四甲銾 核磁共振(NMR)光譜數據中使用之縮寫 b 寬 d 二重峰 J 耦合常數 m 多重峰 q 四重峰 S 單峰 t 三重峰 注意事項: '"己烷〃單獨代表己烷異構物之混合物。,丁醇,單獨代 表w正丁醇〃。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(2!ΟΧ297公篼) m- m I ϋϋ nn UK In— (m i nn m J. nn An tm HI In (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -54· 472057 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 實施例1 : 4-(3-氯-苯胺)-6-(吡啶-2-基)-7H-吡咯幷丨2,3-d~|嘧啶 在一氬氣壓下,將40毫升DMPU加入6.53克(28.3毫摩 爾)4-氯-6-(吡啶-2-基)-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶及4.6毫升(42.5毫 摩爾)3-氯-苯胺溶於90毫升正丁醇之溶液φ ,,,並在,1卯°{:, 下,將反應混合物攪拌12小時。將深棕色懸浮液冷卻及過 濾。進一步產物可從母液中,用1〇〇毫升水沉澱而得。用乙 醇/四氫呋喃消化產生標題化合物:熔點>300°C ; W-NMR (360 ΜΗ* DMSO-de): 12.49 及 9.66 (2s,2H), 8.63 (d, J = 5, 1H),8.40 及 8.25 (2s, 2H), 7.91 (m, 2H), 7.84 (d, J = 8, 1H), 7.57 (s, 1H), 7.33 (m, 2H), 7-06 (d,J = 8, 1H) ; HPLC: tRet (Grad2。) = 10.1 分鐘;MS: (M)+ = 32 卜 起始原料係製備如下: 步驟1.1 .漠化2-(5-胺~4-乙氧幾-1H-B比咯-2-基)-N-卞-B比淀 在一氬氣壓下,將658毫克(2.0毫摩爾)溴化N-苄-2-溴-此錠(製備方法參見:J. Heterocyclic Chem. 28, 1083 (1991))加入 20毫升絕對二氯甲烷中,並將308毫克(2.0毫摩爾)2-胺-η比 略_3_竣酸乙酯〔製備方法參見:J. Heterocyclic Chem. 23, 1555 (1986)〕加入其中。將反應混合物在沒有光線下攪拌2天。 由於反應未完全,加入232微升(2毫摩爾)2,6-二甲吡啶及 另一 0.20毫摩爾之2-胺-吡咯-3-竣酸乙酯。再攪拌12小時後, 將反應混合物蒸發濃縮,並將剩餘物在異丙醇中消化。過 濾,用己烷淸洗及乾燥,產生標題化合物,其,根據其1H-NMR光譜,仍然含有大約10%溴化N-苄-2-溴-Π比錠;ifi-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d^): 11.45 (1H), 8.70 (d, J = 7, 1H), 8.38 (t, J = 7, 1H), 8.00 (d, J = 7, 1H), 7.67 (t, J - 7, 1H), 7.42 (m, 3H), 7.14 (d, J = 7, 2H), 6.85 (d, J = 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(210X 297公犛) —--------裝-----^--ITI,---- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -55 - 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 472057 A7 B7__ 五、發明説明() 3, 1H), 6.45 (sb, 2H), 5.91 (s, 2H), 4.13 (q, J = 7, 2H), 1.19 (t, J = 7, 3H); FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 322 ° 步驟1.2:6-(卩比啶-2-基)-7私吡咯幷丨2,3-(1〗嘧啶-4-醇 在一保護氣體下,將27.07克溴化2-(5-胺-4·乙氧羯-ΙΗ-吡咯-2-基)-N-〒_D比錠溶於195毫升甲醯胺之溶液與97.6毫升DMF (經 由4A分子篩乾燥)及48.8毫升甲酸在150°C加熱16小時。當 深棕色反應混合物在一冰浴中冷卻時,結晶出標題化合 物,且可過濾出,並用異丙醇及乙醚淸洗;h-NMRGOOMHz, DMSO-de): 12.5 R 11.9 (2s, 2H), 8.60 (d, J = 7, 1H), 8.05 - 7.8 (m, 3H), 7.28 (dd,J, = 7, J2 = 9, 1H), 7.20 (s, 1H) ; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 213。 步驟1.3 : 4-氯-6-(吡啶-2-基)-7H-吡咯幷丨2,3-d〗嘧啶 在排除水份下,將7.05克(33.2毫摩爾)6-(B比陡-2-基)-7H-吡略幷[2,3-d]嘧啶·4-醇及70毫升氧氯化磷沸騰加熱2小時。將 深棕色懸浮液蒸發濃縮成20毫升之剩餘體積。將剩餘物逐 份加入水中,用固體NaHC03中和,並將0.2升乙酸乙酯加入 其中。過濾及用熱THF淸洗,產生標題化合物;^H-NMRpOO MHz, DMSO-d6): 13.2 (sb, 1H), 8.72 (d, J = 7,. 1H), 8.63 (s, 1H), 8.23 (d, J = 11,1H),7.97 (U = 11,1H), 7.46 (d| J, = 7, J2 = 11,1H),7.35 (s,1H)。進 一步產物可從濾液及THF淸洗溶液中單離,將其蒸發濃縮, 在乙酸乙酯/水間分配,並在乙酸乙酯/乙醚中消化而 得。 實施例2 :氫氯化4-(3-氯-苯胺)-6-(吡啶-2-基)-7H-吡咯幷丨2,3-由嘧 啶 匕: 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(210X 297公釐) AWI 訂 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -56- 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印1i 472057 A7 B7 ___ 五、發明説明() 將1.48克(4.6毫摩爾)4-(3-氯-苯胺)-6-(吡啶-2-基)-7H-吡咯 幷[2,3-d]嘧啶(參見實施例1)懸浮在115毫升二噚烷中;在 冷卻下,加入46毫升之0.1NHC1溶液(0.1當量鹽酸溶液), 並在室溫下,將反應懸浮液攪拌2.5小時。將懸浮液蒸發濃 縮,並將剩餘物在400毫升熱甲醇中攪拌及過濾。將濾液趁 熱經由活性炭過濾,蒸發濃縮,並在冷乙醇中消化;熔 點:276 - 278°C ; W-NMR (200 MHz,DMSO~d«): 13.1 及 10·7 (2s,2H), 87.1 (4 J = 5, 1Η),8.45 及 8.08 (2s,2Η),8.00 (取 2Η),7.76 (cU = 8, 1Η), 7.68 (s,1H),7.50 (<U = 8, 1H),7.42 (nUH),7.27 (土 J = 8, 1H)。 實施例3 : 4-(3-氯-苯胺)-5-二甲胺甲-6-(吡啶-2-基)-7H-吡略幷『2,3-dl 嘧啶 在排除水份下,將60.1毫克( 0.325毫摩爾)碘化N,N-二 甲-亞甲亞銨(Fluka公司;Buchs/瑞士)加入80.4毫克(0.25 毫摩爾)4-(3-氯-苯胺)-6·(吡啶-2-基K7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶(參見 實施例1)溶於3毫升絕對四氫呋喃之溶液中,並將反應混 合物迴流沸騰3天。將反應混合物在乙酸乙酯與Na2C03飽和 溶液間分配,並將無機相分離出,用2份乙酸乙酯萃取。將 有機相用水淸洗3次及用鹽水淸洗1次,用河8804乾燥並蒸 發濃縮。用乙酸乙酯/乙醚消化,產生標題化合物;熔 點:247 - 251。(: ; W-NMR (300 MH& DMSO-de): 12.8 及 12.2 (2s,2H), 8.71 (吼 1H),8.37 及 8.23 (2s,2H),7.93 (吼 1H),7.80 (<U = 8, 1H),7.47 (表 J = 8, 1H), 7.37 (m, 2H), 7.03 (d, J = 8, 1H), 4.18 (s, 2H), 2.40 (s, 6H) ; MS: (M)+ = 378。 實施例4 · 4-(3-氛-4-氣-苯胺)-6-(P比陡-2-基)-7H-H比略幷丨2,3-d~|喃陡 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4规格(2Ι0Χ 297公犛) ---------ΦΓ^.|丨 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 -57- 472057 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 在一保護氣體下,將2〇毫克(〇.〇9毫摩爾)6-(fl比淀-2-基)-7H-B比咯幷[2,3-d]嘧陡-4-醇(參見步驟1.2)與1毫升氧氯化磷沸 騰加熱30分鐘。將反應混合物蒸發濃縮至乾,並在1毫升正 丁醇中調製成懸浮液。加入16.4毫克(0.108毫摩爾)3-氯-4· 氟-苯胺,並將懸浮液迴流沸騰2小時。然後將深棕色懸浮液 蒸發濃縮,並將剩餘物溶於甲醇中。加入矽膠後乾燥。將 粉末裝入一矽膠管柱中,並用乙酸乙酯溶析,產生標題化 合物;W-NMR (400 MHz,DMS0-4): 12.5 (sb, HN),9.64 (s,HN),8.64 (d, J = 5, 1H), 8.38 (s, 1H), 8.35 (dd, J! = 7, J2 = 3, 1H), 7.92 (m, 2H), 7.83 (m, 1H), 7.53 (s, 1H), 7.41 (t, J = 9, 1H), 7.33 (m, 1H) ; HPLC: tRet (Grad2〇) = 10.4 ; MS: (M)+ = 339。 實施例5 : 4-(3-氯-苯胺)-5-甲-6-(吡啶-2-基)-7H-吡咯幷丨2,3-d〗嘧啶及 溴化4-(3-氯-苯胺)-5-甲-6-(N-苄-吡錠-2-基)-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d〗嘧啶 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 在排除空氣下,將529微升(5.0毫摩爾)3-氯-苯胺加入 大約1.2毫摩爾4-氯-5-甲-6-(N-苄-吡錠-2-基)_7H-吡略幷[2,3-d]嘧啶 溶於10毫升異丙醇之溶液中,並將反應混合物迴流沸騰3小 時。將反應混合物蒸發濃縮,並將剩餘物經由矽膠層析。 用二氯甲烷/乙醇(7:3)及二氯甲烷/甲醇(7:3)溶析,先產生 4-(3-氯-苯胺)-5-甲-6-(吡啶-2-基>7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶(A),然後產 生溴化4-(3-氯-苯胺>5-甲-6-(N-苄-吡錠-2-基)-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶 (B)。(A)亦可由(B)加熱而得。(A):熔點:251 - 252°C ; W-NMR (200 MHz^ DMSO-d^): 12.75 及 9.25 (2sb), 8·75 (<U = 5, 1H), 8.35 (s,1H), 8.05 - 7.85 (m, 3H), 7.66 (d, J - 8, 1H), 7.45 (m, 2H), 7.29 (d, J = 8, 1H), 2.84 (s, 3H) ; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 336。(B):熔點:171 - 172°C (強烈發 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(2l〇X297公釐) -58- 472057 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員Η消費合作社印製 五、發明説明() 泡);h-NMR (200 MH& DMSO-山): 12.65 (sb), 9.48 (丨 J = 6, 1H),8.80 (t, J = 8, 1H), 8.59 (sb, 1H), 8.43 (s, 1H), 8.3 (m, 2H), 7.94 (m, 1H), 7.72 (d, J =8, 1H), 7.40 (t, J = 8, 1H), 7.28 (m, 3H), 7.17 (d, J = 8, 1H), 6.94 (m, 2H), 5.93 (s,2H), 2.27 (s,3H) ; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 426。 起始原料係製備如下: 步驟5.1 :湟化2-(5-胺冰氰-3-甲-1Η·Ρ比咯-2-基)-N-苄-吡錠 在氬氣壓下,將1.81克(5.5毫摩爾)溴化N-节-2-溴·Ι此錠 〔製備方法參見 J. Heterocyclic Chem. 28, 1083 (1991)〕加入 605.5 毫 克(5.0毫摩爾)2-胺-3-氰4-甲-吡咯〔製備方法參見Synthesis (1976),51〕溶於40毫升二氯甲烷及639微升(5.5毫摩爾)二 甲吡啶之溶液中。在室溫下攪拌5.5小時後,將反應混合物 蒸發濃縮成大約原來體積的一半。將懸浮液過濾,並用二 氯甲烷/乙酸乙酯(1:1)及乙酸乙酯/己烷(〗:1)淸洗,產生標 題化合物;1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de): 10.83 (s,1H),9.10 (4 J = 7, 1H), 8.49 (t, J = 7, 1H), 7.96 (m, 2H), 7.30 (m, 3H), 6.95 (m, 2H), 6.57 R 5.80 (2s ’ 各爲 2H), 1.76 (s,3H) ; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 289。 愛_^5·2 : 5-甲-6-ΓΝ-苄-吡錠_2-基)-7H-吡咯幷丨2,3-dl嘧啶·4-醇 在一保護氣體下,將1.182克(3.2毫摩爾)溴化2-(5-胺_4_ 氰-3-甲-1H·吡咯-2-基苄-吡錠溶於12毫升甲酸之溶液在1 l〇°C 下加熱90分鐘。將反應混合物蒸發濃縮,將剩餘物從水中 冷凍乾燥,最後從含少量水之二Of烷中冷凍乾燥兩次,產 生標題化合物;1H-NMR (200 MHa DMSO~d«): 12.0 (sb),9.40 (d,J = 8, !Η), 8.73 (t, J = 8, 1H), 8.25 (m, 2H), 7.98 (s, 1H), 7.27 (m, 3H), 6.90 (m, 2H), 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(21 OX 297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事_ —0. •項再填. 裝— :寫本頁) 訂 -59- 4 , „472057 第85108440號專利申請案 中文說明書修正頁(88年7月) '^;-"1";:;:霄内$ 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明() 5.92 (s,2H),2_04 (s,3H) ; HPLC tRet(20) = 5.8 分鐘;FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 317。 步驟5.3 : 4-氯-5-甲-6-(N-f-P比淀-2-基HH-卩比咯幷丨2J-dl嘧啶 在排除水份下,將500毫克(1.2毫摩爾)5-甲-6-(N-苄-吡 淀基>7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶各醇及15毫升氧氯化磷沸騰加熱2 小時。將反應混合物蒸發濃縮,產生標題化合物;HPLC: tRet(Grad2〇) = 8.8 ; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 335 ^ 實施例6 ♦ 4-(3-氛~4-氣-本胺)-5-甲-6-(卩比陡-2-基)-7Η-ί!比略幷丨2,3-d|喷 藍 標題化合物係利用實施例5之方法,用3-氯氟-苯胺製 得;熔點:277-278°C ; W-NMR (300MHz,DMSO〇 9.3 (sb),8.73 (d, J = 5, 1H), 8.33 (s, 1H), 7.96 (m, 2H), 7.88 (d, J = 8, 1H), 7.67 (m, 1H), 7.52 (t, J = 9, 1H), 7.40 (% 1H),2.83 (s, 3H) ; MS: (M)+ = 353。 參考實施例7 : 4-(3-氣-苯胺)-7H-吡咯并『2,3-dl嘧啶 將133毫克(0.866毫摩爾)4-氯-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶〔製 備方法參見:Chem. Ber. 112, 3526 (1979)〕及 136 微升(1.3 毫摩 爾)3_氯-苯胺在4毫升正丁醇中沸騰加熱90分鐘。將深綠色 反應溶液用乙醇稀釋,並趁熱經由活性炭過濾。利用蒸發 濃縮’在異丙醇中攪拌,過濾及從含少量乙醇之熱異丙醇 中再結晶,產生標題化合物;溶點:230 - 233°C ; 12.5及10.7 (2sb, 2H), 8.42 ^7.97 (2s, 2H), 7.67 (d, J = 8, 1H), 7.48 (t, J = 8, 1H), 7.43 (m, 1H), 7.29 (d, J = 8, 1H), 6.93 (sb, 1H) ; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 245 = 實施例8 : 4-(3-氯-苯胺)-6-(聯苯_4-基V7H-吡咯幷丨2,3-dl嘧啶 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再本頁) -裝· 訂 本紙悵尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4说格(llOXW公炝) -60- 472057 Α7 Β7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明() 將一 220毫克(0·72毫摩爾)4-氯-6-(聯苯-4-基K7H-吡咯幷 [2,3-d]嘧啶及151微升(1.44毫摩爾)3-氯-苯胺溶於5毫升丁 醇之懸浮液沸騰加熱過夜。冷卻,過濾及用少量乙醇淸 洗,最後用己烷淸洗,產生標題化合物;W-NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-de): 12.46 (sb, 1H), 9.6 (s, 1H), 8.40 (s, 1H), 8.28 (m, 1H), 7.98 (d, J = 8, 2H), 7.8 (吼 5H),7.52 及 7.38 (2t J = 8,各爲 2H),7.30 (s,1H), 7.08 (db,J =8, 1H) ; MS: (M)+ = 397。 起始原料係製備如下: 步驟8· 1 : 2·胺-3-乙氧羰-5-(聯苯·4-基)-1Η·吡略 在氬氣壓下,將1.65克(10毫摩爾)氫氯化2-甲脒-乙酸 乙酯〔製備方法參見:Liebigs Ann. Chem.,1895 (19"77)〕加入 10 毫升乙醇中,並在0-5°C下,將0.73克(10毫摩爾)乙醇鈉 加入其中。將亮黃色懸浮液攪拌20分鐘,然後將1.4克(5 毫摩爾)2-溴-1-(聯苯-4-基>乙-1-酮(2-溴-4’-苯-苯乙酮;Aldircli 公司;密爾瓦基/美國)加入其中。在室溫下攪拌48小時 後,將反應混合物蒸發濃縮,並將剩餘物溶入乙酸乙酯 中,並用3份水及鹽水淸洗。將水相用乙酸乙酯萃取兩次, 並將有機相經由1^8804乾燥及蒸發濃縮。實施管柱層析術 (Si02 ;乙酸乙酯/己烷[1:1]),並在異丙醚/己烷中攪 拌,產生標題化合物;熔點:186- 188°C ; TLC-Rr=0.17 (乙酸 乙酯/己烷[1:1]) ; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 306。 步驟8.2 : 6-(聯苯斗基)-7H-吡咯幷丨2,3-山嘧啶冬醇 在150°C下,將7從毫克(2·5毫摩爾)2-胺各乙氧羰-5-(聯 苯·4-基)·1Η-吡咯在5毫升甲醯胺、2.5毫升DMF及1.25毫升甲 ---------·裝-----,—ITJ·-----Φ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210'乂2们公釐〉 -61 - 472057 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 酸中攪拌20小時。將反應混合物用異丙醇稀釋及過濾。用 異丙醇及己烷淸洗,產生標題化合物;熔點>300°C ; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 288 ° 步驟8.3 : 4-氯-6-(聯苯-4-基)-7H-吡咯幷丨2,3-d〗嘧啶 在一保護氣體下,將430.5毫克(1.5毫摩爾)6-(聯苯《4-基)-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧陡*4-醇溶於6毫升氧氯化磷之溶液沸騰 加熱4小時。反應混合物倒入冰水及乙酸乙酯中。將水相分 離出,並用乙酸乙酯萃取。將有機相蒸發濃縮,並將剩餘 物在熱THF/異丙醇中攪拌,產生標題化合物;熔點:295 _ 300°C (分解);FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 306。 實施例9 : 4-(3-氯-苯胺)~6-(萘-2-基>7H-吡咯幷丨2,3~dl嘧啶 將98毫克(0.35毫摩爾)4·氯木(蒂-2-基>7iWl比咯幷[2,3-d]嘧 啶及73微升(0.7毫摩爾)3_氯-苯胺溶於8毫升丁醇之溶液 沸騰加熱5小時。冷卻,過濾及用異丙醇及己烷淸洗,產生 標題化合物;熔點:278-284°C ; TLC-Rf=0.5(乙酸乙酯/己 烷[1:1]) ; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 37】。 起始原料係製備如下: 步驟9.1 : 2-胺-3-乙氬羰-5-(蒂基V1H-吡咯 在氬氣壓下,將834毫克(5毫摩爾)氫氯化2-甲脒-乙 酸乙醋〔製備方法參見:Liebigs Ann. Chem·,1895 (1977)〕加入10 毫升乙醇中,並在0-5°C下,將358毫克(5毫摩爾)乙醇鈉 加入其中。將亮黃色懸浮液攪拌15分鐘,然後將623毫克 (2.5毫摩爾)2_溴-1-(萘-2-基乙-1-酮(2-溴-2,-萘乙酮;Aldirch 公司;密爾瓦基/美國)加入其中。在室溫下攪拌3天後, 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公淹) ΜΗΜΒ ΜΜΗΒΒ -*Ji tLW—· n n (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -62- 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 472057 A7 B7__ 五、發明说明() 將反應混合物蒸發濃縮。將剩餘物溶入乙酸乙酯/水中及 過濾,並將有機相分離出,用3份水及鹽水淸洗。將水相用 乙酸乙酯萃取’並將有機相經由MgS04乾燥及蒸發濃縮。實. 施管柱層析術(Si〇2;乙酸乙酯/己烷[1:1]),並在乙醚/ 己烷中攪拌,產生標題化合物;熔點:149-151°C ; TLC-Rf = 0.5 (乙酸乙酯/己烷[1:1]) ; FAB-MS·· (M+H)+ = 281。 步驟9.2 : 6-(萘·2-基)-7H-吡咯幷丨2.3-dl嘧啶斗醇 在150°C下,將420毫克(1.5毫摩爾)2-胺-3-乙氧幾-5-(蒙-2-基)-1Η-Ι此咯在3毫升甲醯胺、1.5毫升DMF及0.75毫升甲酸中 攪拌22小時。將反應混合物用大約1毫升異丙醇稀釋及過 濾。用乙醇、異丙醇及己烷淸洗,產生標題化合物;熔點> 300°C ; ^-NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-^): 12.2 (sb), 8.39 (s, 1H), 8.0 (m, 2H), 7.9 (吼 3H), 7.53 (取 2H), 7.11 (s,1H) » 步驟9.3 : 4-氯-6·(萘~2-基)-7H-吡咯幷丨2,3-dl嘧啶 在一保護氣體下,將198.5毫克(0.76毫摩爾)6·(蒙 7Η-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧陡4-醇溶於3毫升氧氯化磷之溶液沸騰加熱 5小時。反應混合物倒入冰水中,並攪拌1小時使反應完 全。將晶體過濾出,並用水淸洗。將粗產物溶於THF/甲醇 中,經由活性炭過濾,將濾液蒸發濃縮,將剩餘物在異丙 醇中攪拌,並用己烷淸洗,產生標題化合物;熔點:268 -269°C (分解);FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 280。 實施例10 :氤逋化4-(3-氯-苯胺V6-(2-經-苯)-7H-吡咯幷丨2,3-dl嘧啶 在一乾設備中,在氬氣壓下,將6·72克(19.16毫摩爾) 4-(3-氯-苯胺>6-(2-甲氧-苯>7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶加入150毫升二 本紙悵尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS )八4規格(2丨OX297公釐) I I» n 裝 —L —^w_^ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -63- 472057Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 5. Description of the invention () Carboxyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, N-lower institute-aminoformamyl, N, N-second lower institute-amineformamyl , Fluorenyl or a radical of the formula RrS (0) „r (where R3 is a lower alkyl group and m is 0, 1 or 2) a substituted lower alkyl group, or one of b) free radicals & 112 is unsubstituted A substituted lower alkyl group or an unsubstituted phenyl group, and the other of the radicals & and ^ has one of the meanings specified in a) above (other than hydrogen), or together with & Unsubstituted or substituted by amine, lower alkylamino, lower alkylamino, N, N-di-lower alkylamino, nitro, halogen, hydroxyl, lower alkoxy, lower alkoxy, carboxyl, Lower alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, N-lower amine-carbamyl, N, N-di-lower amine-carbamyl, or cyano-substituted C4-C10-1,4-butanedienyl , Or a γ-1,4-alkylene dienyl group having up to 9 carbon atoms, and R5 is a cyano group or a lower alkoxycarbonyl group. A pyrrole derivative of the formula (XI) can be used as the above formula (V ) And (VI), and It is prepared by a method similar to the preparation of those starting materials. The present invention also relates to the intermediates of formula (Ila) and (XI), wherein the definition of the substituents is to obtain the compound of formula (I) in the first patent application scope as Principles. Pharmaceutical compositions, their preparation and uses of the compounds of formula (Π) and compositions containing these compounds as active ingredients The present invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions that contain a compound of formula (I) as an active ingredient and can be particularly For the treatment of the diseases mentioned at the beginning. Particularly preferred pharmaceutical compositions are the enteral for warm-blooded animals (including humans), such as nasal, buccal, rectal or especially oral compositions, and parenteral compositions Materials, such as intravenous, intramuscular, or subcutaneous injection. The composition is contained separately (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page): Binding and ordering Φ This paper size applies to Chinese national standards (CNS > Λ4 specifications) (2 丨 〇 > < 297 Public Office) -46- 472057 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () The effective ingredients may preferably be combined with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The dosage of the active ingredient depends on the disease and species to be treated, its age, weight and individual status, pharmacokinetic data, the disease to be treated and the mode of administration. The invention also relates to the use of the pharmaceutical composition in the method of treating human or animal body, its preparation method (especially in the form of a composition for treating tumors) and a method for treating tumor diseases (especially those mentioned above) . Preferred is a medicinal composition suitable for administering a warm-blooded animal (especially a human) suffering from a disease (such as psoriasis or tumor) that responds to protein kinase inhibition, which contains a compound of formula (I) that is effective in inhibiting protein kinase Or a salt thereof (when a salt-forming group is present), together with at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The pharmaceutical composition contains about 1% to about 95% active ingredients. Single-dose dosage forms preferably contain about 20% to about 90% active ingredients. Non-single-dose dosage forms preferably contain about 5% to about 20% active ingredients. Single-dose forms are, for example, sugar-coated tablets, lozenges, ampoules, potions, suppositories or capsules. Other dosage forms are, for example, ointments, creams, pastes, foam tinctures, tinctures, lipsticks, drops, sprays, suspensions, and the like. An example is a capsule containing from about 0.05 grams to about 1.0 grams of active ingredient. The pharmaceutical composition of the present invention is prepared by a method known per se, such as a conventional mixing, granulating, sugar-making, dissolving or freeze-drying method. Preference is given to using solutions and suspensions or dispersions of the active ingredient, in particular isotonic aqueous solutions, dispersions or suspensions, which, for example, are frozen in the presence of the active ingredient alone or in the same carrier (such as mannitol) Dry paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2 丨 〇 > < 297 public 牦) m HBH tm It ϋ ·-1 Lei nn mu mi n ^ — m 、 一 If -JI— it m · (Please read the precautions on the back and fill in this page first) -47- 472057 Economy Printed by the Consumer Standards Cooperative of the Ministry of Standards, Ministry of Standards, A7 and B7 V. Description of Invention () The composition can be adjusted before use. The pharmaceutical composition may be sterilized and / or may contain adjuvants, such as preservatives, stabilizers, moisturizers and / or emulsifiers, solubilizers, salts and / or buffering agents that regulate osmotic pressure, and utilize the essence It is prepared by a method known above, for example, using a conventional dissolution and freeze-drying method. The above solutions or suspensions may contain viscosifying substances such as sodium carboxymethylcellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, polydextrose, polyvinylpyrrolidone or gelatin. Oil suspensions contain vegetable oils for injection, synthetic or semi-synthetic oils as an oil component. A liquid fatty acid ester is particularly proposed here, which contains a long-chain fatty acid having 8 to 22, especially 12 to 22 carbon atoms, as an acid component, such as lauric acid, tridecanoic acid, myristic acid, fifteen Acid, palmitic acid, pearlic acid, stearic acid, arachidic acid, rosic acid, or equivalent unsaturated acids, such as oleic acid, oleic acid, erucic acid, brassic acid, or linoleic acid. An oxidant, such as vitamin E, β-carotene or 3,5-di-tert-butyl ice, is passed through toluene. The alcohol component of these fatty acid esters has up to 6 carbon atoms and is a mono- or poly-hydroalcohol, such as a mono-, di-, or tri-hydroalcohol, such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, or pentyl alcohol. Alcohol or its isomers, especially ethylene glycol or glycerol. The following examples of fatty acid esters are therefore proposed: ethyl oleate, isopropyl myristate, isopropyl palmitate, " Labrafil M 2375 " (polyoxyethylene glycerol trioleate, Gattefoss6, Paris), ^ Miglyolpl '(saturated fatty acid diglycerol with a bond length of C8 to C12, Chemische Werke Witten / Ruhr, Germany), especially vegetable oils, like cotton Seed oil, almond oil, olive oil, castor oil, sesame oil, soybean oil, and more particularly peanut oil. This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (2 丨 〇2 () 7 male male) I-nnnnn- (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) • Packing--Order -48- 472057 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () The injection composition is used under sterile conditions. It is prepared by the method; also in the same aseptic state, the composition is filled into an ampoule or a medicine bottle and sealed. The oral pharmaceutical composition can be obtained, for example, by combining an active ingredient with one or two solid carriers. Formed mixture Granules, and, if necessary or necessary, additional adjuvants are added to process the mixture or granules into lozenges or dragee cores. Suitable carriers are especially fillers, such as sugars (such as lactose, sucrose, mannitol or glucositol) , Cellulose products and / or calcium phosphate (such as tricalcium phosphate or dibasic calcium phosphate), and binding agents such as starch (such as corn, wheat, rice, or potato starch), methyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose , Sodium carboxymethylcellulose and / or polyvinylpyrrolidone, and / or, if necessary, dispersants, such as the above-mentioned starches, and carboxymethyl starch, cross-linked polyvinylpyrrolidone, alginic acid or a salt thereof (Like sodium alginate). Additional adjuvants are in particular flow regulators and lubricants, such as silicic acid, talc, stearic acid or its salts (like magnesium stearate or calcium stearate) and / or polyethylene glycol Or a derivative thereof. The sugar-coated tablet core may be coated with a suitable, selectively enteric coating, especially using a concentrated sugar solution, which may contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyethylene glycol, and / or titanium dioxide, Or dissolved in a suitable organic solvent or Coating solution in agent mixture, or, for the preparation of enteric coatings, use a solution of appropriate cellulose products, such as ethyl cellulose phthalate or hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose phthalate. Dyes or pigments can be added in lozenges Or sugar-coated tablets, for example, for identification purposes, or to indicate the effective ingredients of different doses. This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (21〇X2 [) 7 meters) I -------- 0 ^ ----- ^ 丨 -Order one ^ ----, 9. (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) -49- 472057 A7 B7 Printed by the Central Standard of the Ministry of Economics 扃 Printed by the Staff Consumer Cooperative 2. Description of the invention () Oral pharmaceutical composition also includes dried filling capsules made of gelatin, and soft sealed capsules made of gelatin and plasticizers (such as glycerol or glucosyl alcohol). Dry capsules can contain granular active ingredients, such as blended tinctures (like corn starch), binders and / or lubricants (like talc or magnesium stearate), and optionally stabilizers. In soft capsules, the active ingredient should be dissolved or suspended in a suitable liquid adjuvant (such as fatty oil, paraffin oil or liquid polyethylene glycol or glycol or glycerol fatty acid esters). Detergents and detergents (such as polyoxyethylene gluconate fatty acid type detergents). Other oral dosage forms are, for example, syrups prepared by conventional methods, containing, for example, a suspended form at about 5% to 20%, more preferably at a concentration of about 10% or a similar concentration providing a suitable single dose (for example, in 5 or 10 ml). Also suitable formulations are, for example, powder or liquid concentrates for the preparation of mixtures (for example in emulsions). This concentrate can also be packaged in single doses. Suitable pharmaceutical compositions for rectal use are, for example, suppositories consisting of a combination of an active ingredient and a suppository base. Suitable suppository substrates are, for example, natural or synthetic triglycerides, paraffin hydrocarbons, polyethylene glycols or higher alkanols. For parenteral administration, in particular the use of a suitable aqueous solution of the active ingredient in a water-soluble form (such as a water-soluble salt form) or a viscosity-increasing substance (such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, glucose alcohol and / or polydextrose) and, When needed, water-soluble injection suspensions containing stabilizers. The active ingredients, optionally together with adjuvants, can also be in the form of lyophilisate, and can be made into a solution by adding appropriate solvents before parenteral administration. I -------- Installation-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) • Ding-55 This paper size applies Chinese National Standards (CNS) Λ4 grid (21〇 × 2ι) 7 males ) -50- 472057 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 5. Description of the Invention () Solution, like, for example, a solution for parenteral administration can also be used as an infusion solution. Preferred preservatives are, for example, antioxidants (like ascorbic acid) or microbicides (like sorbic acid or benzoic acid). Ointments are oil-water type emulsions, which contain up to 70%, but more preferably 20% to 50% water or water phase. Those suitable as the lipid phase are especially hydrocarbons, such as petroleum jelly, paraffin oil or hard paraffin, which, in order to increase the water binding amount, should suitably contain an appropriate hydroxy compound, such as a fatty alcohol or an ester thereof, such as cetyl alcohol or wool wax. Alcohol, like wool wax. Emulsifiers are comparable lipophilic substances, such as sorbitan fatty acid esters (Spans), such as sorbitan oleate and / or sorbitan isostearate. Additives to the water phase are, for example, wetting agents, like polyols, such as glycerol, propylene glycol, dextrose and / or polyethylene glycol, and preservatives and fragrances. Oily ointments are anhydrous ointments, and the substrates they contain are particularly hydrocarbons, such as paraffin, petroleum jelly, or paraffin oil, and natural or partially synthetic oils and fats (such as coconut triglycerides) or more suitably hardened oils ( Such as hydrogenated peanut oil or castor oil) and glycerol fatty acid partial esters (such as glycerol mono and / or di-stearate), and, for example, fatty alcohols, emulsifiers and / or related ointment extracts to increase water absorption The emulsion is an oil-water type emulsion containing more than 50% water. Those used as oily bases are especially fatty alcohols (such as lauryl alcohol, cetyl alcohol or stearyl alcohol), and fatty acids (such as palmitic acid or stearic acid). , Liquid-to-solid waxes (such as isopropyl myristate, wool wax or beeswax) and / or hydrocarbons (such as petroleum jelly (Shijie -------- 装 ----- ^ --- Order — U ---- (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) This paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (210X 297 issued) 472057 Printed by the Staff Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs Preparation Λ7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Fat) or paraffin oil). Suitable milk Agents are surfactants with superior hydrophilic properties, like comparable nonionic emulsifiers, such as polyalcohol fatty acid esters or their ethylene oxide adducts, like polyglycerol fatty acid esters or polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters. (Tweens), and polyoxyethylene fatty alcohol ethers or fatty acid esters, or equivalent ionic emulsifiers, like alkali metal salts of stearyl sulfate, such as sodium lauryl sulfate, cetyl sulfate sodium, or hard sulfate Sodium fatty esters, which are usually used in the presence of fatty alcohols (such as cetyl alcohol or stearyl alcohol). The additives in the aqueous phase are in particular emulsifier-reducing agents such as polyhydric alcohols, such as glycerol, dextrose, propylene glycol and / or Polyethylene glycol, as well as preservatives and fragrances. Pastes are emulsions and ointments with powder components that absorb secretions, such as metal oxides (such as titanium oxide or zinc oxide) and talc and / or aluminum oxalate. To bind any existing water or secretions. Foam tincture is administered from a pressurized container and is a liquid aerosol in the form of an aerosol_ water emulsion; halogenated hydrocarbons (like chlorofluoro-lower alkanes, steel j Such as digas ^ difluoromethane and dichlorotetrafluoroethane ) Or more suitable gas phase smoke, air, N, 0 or carbon dioxide which is not __7 is used as the propelling gas. Those used as the oil phase are especially those users in the case of the above ointments and emulsions; Tinctures and solutions usually have an aqueous-ethanolic base. Polyols (such as glycerol, glycols, and / or polyethylene glycols) are especially added to% _ as a wetting agent to reduce evaporation, and to repair fat. Substances (like low-molecular-weight | ^ fatty acid esters of ethylene glycol), that is, lipophilic substances dissolved in an aqueous mixture ^ θ as a substitute for fatty substances removed from the skin by ethanol, and, if necessary > Touch, ft agent and the size of this paper are applicable to China National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (210X297g t) --------- 0 ^ — (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page), One $ -52- 472〇57 KI B7 V. Description of the invention () The present invention also relates to a method for treating the above-mentioned pathological symptoms, especially those that respond to protein kinase inhibition. In terms of prevention or medical treatment, the compound of formula (1) may be used alone or in the form of a pharmaceutical composition, preferably in an amount effective against the above diseases, and administered to a warm-blooded animal (such as a human) in need of treatment. Use as a composition. In the case of a body weight of about 70 kg, a daily dose of about 0.1 g to about 5 g 'is more preferably about 0.5 g to about 2 g of a compound of the present invention. The following examples are used to illustrate the present invention, but the scope is not limited. The abbreviations and abbreviations used have the following definitions: (Gradient): High pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) gradient: within 20 minutes, 20%-100% a) the solution in b). Solvent solution a): acetonitrile + 0.05% TFA; eluate solution b): water + 0.05% TFA. Columns of Ci8_NucleOsil® (5 micron average particle size, covalently derived from octadecane silane, Macherey & Nagel, Duren, Germany) column (25 × 4.6 millimeters using 254 dust meters) The detection of ultraviolet (UV) absorption. Retention time (tRet) is the unit. Flow rate: 1mm / min. Printed by abs. Brine DEPc DMF DMs of the Central Consumers Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back first) Refill this page) Absolute (anhydrous) saturated solution of sodium chloride diethyl pyrocarbonate (diethyl dicarbonate) dimethylformamide 1,3-dimethyl-3,4,5,6-tetrahydro- 2 (1 India-Pyrimidinone dimethyl sulfoxide Ben's Zhang ruler ;, 4; Zhong _ house materials (c 8 4 specifications (2 丨 0X297 mm) -53- 472057 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () EI-MS Electron Impact Ionization Mass Spectrometry FAB-MS Fast Atomic Impact Spectroscopy HPLC High Pressure Liquid Chromatography HY High Hollow Min Min mp Melting Point MS Mass Spectrometry RT Room Temperature TFA Trifluoroacetic Acid THF tetrahydrofuran TLC thin layer chromatography TLC-Rf TLC Rf 値 TPTU tetrafluoroborate 0- (1 > Hydrogen_2_oxy-1-pyridine) · N, N, N ·, N'_ Abbreviations used in nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectral data b broad d doublet J coupling constant m multiplet q quadruple Peak S Singlet t Triplet Note: "" Hexane〃 stands for a mixture of hexane isomers alone. Butanol, w stands for n-butanol 单独. This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specifications (2! 〇Χ297 公 篼) m- m I ϋϋ nn UK In— (mi nn m J. nn An tm HI In (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) -54 · 472057 Staff of the Central Standards Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by Consumer Cooperative A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Example 1: 4- (3-Chloro-aniline) -6- (pyridin-2-yl) -7H-pyrrole 幷 2,3-d ~ | Under an argon pressure, 40 ml of DMPU was added to 6.53 g (28.3 mmol) of 4-chloro-6- (pyridin-2-yl) -7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine and 4.6 ml (42.5 mmol) ) 3-Chloro-aniline was dissolved in 90 ml of n-butanol solution φ, and the reaction mixture was stirred for 12 hours at 1 °° {:,. The dark brown suspension was cooled and filtered. Further products can be obtained from In the mother liquor, use 100 It was obtained by precipitation in ml of water. Digestion with ethanol / tetrahydrofuran yielded the title compound: melting point> 300 ° C; W-NMR (360 MHz * DMSO-de): 12.49 and 9.66 (2s, 2H), 8.63 (d, J = 5 , 1H), 8.40 and 8.25 (2s, 2H), 7.91 (m, 2H), 7.84 (d, J = 8, 1H), 7.57 (s, 1H), 7.33 (m, 2H), 7-06 (d , J = 8, 1H); HPLC: tRet (Grad2. ) = 10.1 minutes; MS: (M) + = 32. The starting material was prepared as follows: Step 1.1. Desertification of 2- (5-amine ~ 4-ethoxy-1H-B than pyr-2-yl)- The N-fluorene-B ratio was 658 mg (2.0 mmol) of N-benzyl-2-bromo-bromide (refer to J. Heterocyclic Chem. 28, 1083 (1991)) under an argon pressure. Add 20 ml of absolute dichloromethane, and add 308 mg (2.0 mmol) of 2-amine-η ratio slightly_3_ ethyl carboxylic acid [for the preparation method, see: J. Heterocyclic Chem. 23, 1555 (1986)] among them. The reaction mixture was stirred in the absence of light for 2 days. Since the reaction was incomplete, 232 µl (2 mmol) of 2,6-lutidine and another 0.20 mmol of ethyl 2-amine-pyrrole-3-carbinate were added. After stirring for another 12 hours, the reaction mixture was concentrated by evaporation and the residue was digested in isopropanol. Filtration, washing with hexane and drying gave the title compound, which, according to its 1H-NMR spectrum, still contained approximately 10% bromide N-benz-2-bromo-Π ratio ingot; ifi-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO -d ^): 11.45 (1H), 8.70 (d, J = 7, 1H), 8.38 (t, J = 7, 1H), 8.00 (d, J = 7, 1H), 7.67 (t, J-7 , 1H), 7.42 (m, 3H), 7.14 (d, J = 7, 2H), 6.85 (d, J = Chinese paper standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (210X 297 cm)) --- ------ Equipment ----- ^-ITI, ---- (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) -55-Printed by the Staff Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 472057 A7 B7__ 5. Description of the invention () 3, 1H), 6.45 (sb, 2H), 5.91 (s, 2H), 4.13 (q, J = 7, 2H), 1.19 (t, J = 7, 3H); FAB-MS : (M + H) + = 322 ° Step 1.2: 6- (pyridin-2-yl) -7-pyrrolidine 2,3- (1) Pyrimidin-4-ol under a protective gas, 27.07 Gram 2- (5-amine-4 · ethoxyfluorenyl-1I-pyrrole-2-yl) -N-fluorenyl-D ratio solution of 195 ml formamidine and 97.6 ml DMF (dried through 4A molecular sieve) And 48.8 ml of formic acid were heated at 150 ° C for 16 hours. When the dark brown reaction mixture was When cooling in the bath, the title compound crystallized, which was filtered off and washed with isopropanol and ether; h-NMRGOOMHz, DMSO-de): 12.5 R 11.9 (2s, 2H), 8.60 (d, J = 7, 1H), 8.05-7.8 (m, 3H), 7.28 (dd, J, = 7, J2 = 9, 1H), 7.20 (s, 1H); FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 213. Step 1.3: 4-Chloro-6- (pyridin-2-yl) -7H-pyrrole, 2,3-d, pyrimidine. With the exclusion of water, 7.05 g (33.2 mmol) of 6- (B is steeper than- 2-Hydroxy) -7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine · 4-ol and 70 ml of phosphorus oxychloride were boiled and heated for 2 hours. The dark brown suspension was evaporated to a remaining volume of 20 ml. The residue was added portionwise to water, neutralized with solid NaHC03, and 0.2 liter of ethyl acetate was added thereto. Filtration and rinsing with hot THF gave the title compound; ^ H-NMRpOO MHz, DMSO-d6): 13.2 (sb, 1H), 8.72 (d, J = 7 .. 1H), 8.63 (s, 1H), 8.23 (d, J = 11, 1H), 7.97 (U = 11, 1H), 7.46 (d | J, = 7, J2 = 11, 1H), 7.35 (s, 1H). Further product can be isolated from the filtrate and THF washing solution, evaporated and concentrated, partitioned between ethyl acetate / water, and digested in ethyl acetate / ether. Example 2: Hydrochloric 4- (3-chloro-aniline) -6- (pyridin-2-yl) -7H-pyrrole 幷 2,3-by pyrimidine: This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (210X 297mm) AWI order (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) -56- Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 1i 472057 A7 B7 ___ 5. Description of the invention () 4.6 mmol) 4- (3-chloro-aniline) -6- (pyridin-2-yl) -7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine (see Example 1) suspended in 115 ml of dioxane ; Under cooling, 46 ml of a 0.1NHC1 solution (0.1 equivalent hydrochloric acid solution) was added, and the reaction suspension was stirred at room temperature for 2.5 hours. The suspension was concentrated by evaporation and the residue was stirred and filtered in 400 ml of hot methanol. The filtrate was filtered through activated carbon while hot, concentrated by evaporation, and digested in cold ethanol; melting point: 276-278 ° C; W-NMR (200 MHz, DMSO ~ d «): 13.1 and 10.7 (2s, 2H), 87.1 (4 J = 5, 1Η), 8.45 and 8.08 (2s, 2Η), 8.00 (take 2Η), 7.76 (cU = 8, 1Η), 7.68 (s, 1H), 7.50 ( < U = 8, 1H), 7.42 (nUH), 7.27 (soil J = 8, 1H). Example 3: 4- (3-Chloro-aniline) -5-dimethylamine methyl-6- (pyridin-2-yl) -7H-pyrrolidine [2,3-dl pyrimidine 60.1 mg (0.325 mmol) of iodized N, N-dimethyl-methyleneimide (Fluka; Buchs / Switzerland) was added with 80.4 mg (0.25 mmol) of 4- (3-chloro-aniline) -6 · (pyridine 2-yl K7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine (see Example 1) was dissolved in 3 ml of a solution of absolute tetrahydrofuran, and the reaction mixture was boiled under reflux for 3 days. The reaction mixture was subjected to ethyl acetate and Na2C03 The saturated solution was partitioned, and the inorganic phase was separated and extracted with 2 portions of ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed three times with water and once with brine, dried over river 8804 and concentrated by evaporation. Ethyl acetate / ether Digestion yielded the title compound; melting point: 247-251. (:; W-NMR (300 MH & DMSO-de): 12.8 and 12.2 (2s, 2H), 8.71 (1H), 8.37 and 8.23 (2s, 2H) , 7.93 (Roar 1H), 7.80 ( < U = 8, 1H), 7.47 (Table J = 8, 1H), 7.37 (m, 2H), 7.03 (d, J = 8, 1H), 4.18 (s, 2H), 2.40 (s, 6H) ; MS: (M) + = 378. Example 4 4- (3-Amo-4-gas-aniline) -6- (P ratio steep-2-yl) -7H-H ratio slightly 幷 2,3-d ~ China National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (2Ι0χ 297 cm) --------- ΦΓ ^. | 丨 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Order-57- 472057 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Under a protective gas, 20 mg (0.09 mmol) of 6- (fl ratio lake-2-yl) -7H-B is more than [2,3-d] pyrimidine- 4-Alcohol (see step 1.2) is boiled with 1 ml of phosphorus oxychloride for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was concentrated by evaporation to dryness and prepared as a suspension in 1 ml of n-butanol. 16.4 mg (0.108 mmol) of 3-chloro-4 · fluoro-aniline was added and the suspension was boiled under reflux for 2 hours. The dark brown suspension was then concentrated by evaporation and the residue was dissolved in methanol. Add silicone and dry. The powder was packed into a silica gel column and eluted with ethyl acetate to give the title compound; W-NMR (400 MHz, DMS0-4): 12.5 (sb, HN), 9.64 (s, HN), 8.64 (d , J = 5, 1H), 8.38 (s, 1H), 8.35 (dd, J! = 7, J2 = 3, 1H), 7.92 (m, 2H), 7.83 (m, 1H), 7.53 (s, 1H ), 7.41 (t, J = 9, 1H), 7.33 (m, 1H); HPLC: tRet (Grad2〇) = 10.4; MS: (M) + = 339. Example 5: 4- (3-Chloro-aniline) -5-methyl-6- (pyridin-2-yl) -7H-pyrrole, 2,3-d, pyrimidine and 4- (3-chloro- Aniline) -5-methyl-6- (N-benzyl-pyridin-2-yl) -7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (Please read the Note for refilling this page) Add 529 μl (5.0 mmol) of 3-chloro-aniline to approximately 1.2 mmol of 4-chloro-5-methyl-6- (N-benzyl-pyridine-2) with the air removed -Yl) -7H-pyrylopyridine [2,3-d] pyrimidine was dissolved in 10 ml of a solution of isopropanol, and the reaction mixture was boiled under reflux for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated by evaporation and the residue was subjected to silica gel chromatography. Dilute with dichloromethane / ethanol (7: 3) and dichloromethane / methanol (7: 3) to produce 4- (3-chloro-aniline) -5-methyl-6- (pyridin-2-yl) first 7H-pyrrole [2,3-d] pyrimidine (A), which then produces 4- (3-chloro-aniline) bromide> 5-methyl-6- (N-benzyl-pyridin-2-yl)- 7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine (B). (A) can also be obtained by heating (B). (A): melting point: 251-252 ° C; W-NMR (200 MHz ^ DMSO-d ^): 12.75 and 9.25 (2sb), 8.75 ( < U = 5, 1H), 8.35 (s, 1H), 8.05-7.85 (m, 3H), 7.66 (d, J-8, 1H), 7.45 (m, 2H), 7.29 (d, J = 8 , 1H), 2.84 (s, 3H); FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 336. (B): Melting point: 171-172 ° C (strongly issued paper standards are applicable to Chinese National Standards (CNS) Λ4 specifications (21 × 297 mm) -58- 472057 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Standards Association of the Central Standards Bureau Description of the invention () Bubble); h-NMR (200 MH & DMSO-Mountain): 12.65 (sb), 9.48 (丨 J = 6, 1H), 8.80 (t, J = 8, 1H), 8.59 (sb, 1H), 8.43 (s, 1H), 8.3 (m, 2H), 7.94 (m, 1H), 7.72 (d, J = 8, 1H), 7.40 (t, J = 8, 1H), 7.28 (m, 3H), 7.17 (d, J = 8, 1H), 6.94 (m, 2H), 5.93 (s, 2H), 2.27 (s, 3H); FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 426. The starting materials are prepared as follows: Step 5.1: Tritiated 2- (5-amine cyanocyanate-3-methyl-1pyroyl-2-pyrrol-2-yl) -N-benzyl-pyridine under argon pressure, 1.81 g (5.5 mmol) N-benz-2-bromo · I This ingot [for preparation method see J. Heterocyclic Chem. 28, 1083 (1991)] Add 605.5 mg (5.0 mmol) of 2-amine-3-cyano-4 -Methyl-pyrrole [see Preparation of Synthesis (1976), 51] in 40 ml of dichloromethane and 639 µl (5.5 mmol) of dimethylpyridine. After stirring at room temperature for 5.5 hours, the reaction mixture was concentrated by evaporation to approximately half its original volume. The suspension was filtered and washed with dichloromethane / ethyl acetate (1: 1) and ethyl acetate / hexane (1: 1) to give the title compound; 1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de): 10.83 (s, 1H), 9.10 (4 J = 7, 1H), 8.49 (t, J = 7, 1H), 7.96 (m, 2H), 7.30 (m, 3H), 6.95 (m, 2H), 6.57 R 5.80 (2s' 2H each), 1.76 (s, 3H); FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 289. Love_ ^ 5 · 2: 5-methyl-6-ΓΝ-benzyl-pyridine_2-yl) -7H-pyrrole 幷 2,3-dlpyrimidine · 4-ol under a protective gas, 1.182 g ( 3.2 mmol) A solution of 2- (5-amine_4_cyano-3-methyl-1H · pyrrole-2-ylbenzyl-pyridine) in 12 ml of formic acid was heated at 110 ° C for 90 minutes. The reaction mixture was concentrated by evaporation, and the residue was freeze-dried from water, and finally freeze-dried twice from dioxane containing a small amount of water to give the title compound; 1H-NMR (200 MHa DMSO ~ d «): 12.0 (sb), 9.40 (d, J = 8,! Η), 8.73 (t, J = 8, 1H), 8.25 (m, 2H), 7.98 (s, 1H), 7.27 (m, 3H), 6.90 (m, 2H), This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (21 OX 297 mm) (Please read the notes on the back _ —0. • Items are then filled. Installation —: Write this page) Order -59- 4, „ 472057 Revised Page of Chinese Specification for Patent Application No. 85108440 (July 88) '^;-" 1 " ::: xiaonei $ Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of Invention () 5.92 ( s, 2H), 2_04 (s, 3H); HPLC tRet (20) = 5.8 minutes; FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 317. Step 5.3: 4-Chloro-5-methyl-6- (Nf -P 比 淀 -2-yl HH- 卩 比 幷 幷 2J-dl pyrimidine 500 mg (1.2 mmol) 5-methyl-6- (N-benzyl-pyridyl) 7H -Pyrrolidine [2,3-d] pyrimidine alcohol and 15 ml of phosphorus oxychloride were boiled for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated by evaporation to give the title compound; HPLC: tRet (Grad2〇) = 8.8; FAB-MS: ( M + H) + = 335 ^ Example 6 ♦ 4- (3- 氛 ~ 4-4-- 本 amine) -5-methyl-6- (卩 比 陡 -2-yl) -7Η-ί! 比 略 幷丨 2,3-d | The title compound was sprayed by the method of Example 5 using 3-chlorofluoro-aniline; melting point: 277-278 ° C; W-NMR (300MHz, DMSO〇9.3 (sb), 8.73 (d, J = 5, 1H), 8.33 (s, 1H), 7.96 (m, 2H), 7.88 (d, J = 8, 1H), 7.67 (m, 1H), 7.52 (t, J = 9 , 1H), 7.40 (% 1H), 2.83 (s, 3H); MS: (M) + = 353. Reference Example 7: 4- (3-Gas-aniline) -7H-pyrrolo [2,3-dl pyrimidine 133 mg (0.866 mmol) 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine [Preparation method: Chem. Ber. 112, 3526 (1979)] and 136 microliters (1.3 mmol) of 3-chloro-aniline were boiled in 4 ml of n-butanol for 90 minutes. The dark green reaction solution was diluted with ethanol and filtered through activated carbon while hot. Concentrated by evaporation ', stirred in isopropanol, filtered and recrystallized from hot isopropanol with a small amount of ethanol to yield the title compound; melting point: 230-233 ° C; 12.5 and 10.7 (2sb, 2H), 8.42 ^ 7.97 (2s, 2H), 7.67 (d, J = 8, 1H), 7.48 (t, J = 8, 1H), 7.43 (m, 1H), 7.29 (d, J = 8, 1H), 6.93 (sb , 1H); FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 245 = Example 8: 4- (3-Chloro-aniline) -6- (biphenyl_4-yl V7H-pyrrole) 2,3-dl Pyrimidine (Please read the precautions on the back before this page)-Binding and binding papers are applicable to Chinese National Standards (CNS) Λ4 Grid (llOXW) -60- 472057 Α7 Β7 Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economy Preparation 5. Description of the invention (1) 220 mg (0.72 mmol) of 4-chloro-6- (biphenyl-4-yl K7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine and 151 microliters (1.44 mmol) A suspension of 3-chloro-aniline in 5 ml of butanol was boiled and heated overnight. Cooled, filtered and washed with a small amount of ethanol, and finally washed with hexane to give the title compound; W-NMR (200 MHz, DMSO- de): 12.46 (sb, 1H), 9.6 (s, 1H), 8.40 (s, 1H), 8.28 (m, 1H), 7.98 (d, J = 8, 2H), 7.8 (Roar 5H), 7.52 and 7.38 (2t J = 8, 2H each), 7.30 (s, 1H), 7.08 (db, J = 8, 1H); MS: (M) + = 397. The starting materials were prepared as follows : Step 8. 1: 2 · Amine-3-ethoxycarbonyl-5- (biphenyl · 4-yl) -1Η · Pyrile Under argon pressure, 1.65 g (10 mmol) of 2-methyl hydrochloride Pyrene-ethyl acetate [see preparation method: Liebigs Ann. Chem., 1895 (19 " 77)] was added to 10 ml of ethanol, and 0.73 g (10 mmol) of sodium ethoxide was added thereto at 0-5 ° C. The bright yellow suspension was stirred for 20 minutes, then 1.4 g (5 mmol) of 2-bromo-1- (biphenyl-4-yl > ethyl-1-one (2-bromo-4'-benzene-benzene Ethyl ketone; Aldircli; Milwaukee / United States) was added thereto. After stirring at room temperature for 48 hours, the reaction mixture was concentrated by evaporation, and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and rinsed with 3 portions of water and brine. The aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate, and the organic phase was dried over 18804 and concentrated by evaporation. Performed column chromatography (Si02; ethyl acetate / hexane [1: 1]) and stirred in isopropyl ether / hexane to give the title compound; melting point: 186-188 ° C; TLC-Rr = 0.17 (Ethyl acetate / hexane [1: 1]); FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 306. Step 8.2: 6- (biphenyloxy) -7H-pyrrolidinium 2,3-sanpyridolol at 150 ° C, change 7 from mg (2.5 mmol) of 2-amine to each ethoxycarbonyl- 5- (biphenyl · 4-yl) · 1Η-pyrrole in 5 ml of formamidine, 2.5 ml of DMF and 1.25 ml of formazan --------- · Packing -----, -ITJ ·- --- Φ (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 '乂 2 mm) -61-472057 Employees' Cooperatives, Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs Print A7 B7 5. Description of the invention () Stir in acid for 20 hours. Dilute the reaction mixture with isopropanol and filter. Rinse with isopropanol and hexane to give the title compound. Melting point> 300 ° C; FAB- MS: (M + H) + = 288 ° Step 8.3: 4-Chloro-6- (biphenyl-4-yl) -7H-pyrrole 幷 2,3-d〗 Pyrimidine under a protective gas, 430.5 mg (1.5 mmol) 6- (biphenyl "4-yl) -7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine * 4-alcohol dissolved in 6 ml of phosphorus oxychloride and boiled for 4 hours. Reaction mixture Pour into ice water and ethyl acetate. The aqueous phase is separated and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase is concentrated by evaporation and The residue was stirred in hot THF / isopropanol to give the title compound; melting point: 295 _ 300 ° C (decomposition); FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 306. Example 9: 4- (3-chloro -Aniline) ~ 6- (naphthalene-2-yl)> 7H-pyrrolidinium 2,3 ~ dl pyrimidine 98 mg (0.35 mmol) 4 · chlorowood (Tethy-2-yl)> 7iWl ratio slightly [ A solution of 2,3-d] pyrimidine and 73 μl (0.7 mmol) of 3-chloro-aniline in 8 ml of butanol was boiled and heated for 5 hours. Cooling, filtering and washing with isopropanol and hexane gave the title Compound; melting point: 278-284 ° C; TLC-Rf = 0.5 (ethyl acetate / hexane [1: 1]); FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 37]. The starting materials were prepared as follows: Step 9.1: 2-amine-3-ethylargonyl-5- (tidyl V1H-pyrrole under argon pressure, 834 mg (5 mmol) of 2-formamidine-ethyl acetate hydrochloride [for preparation method see: Liebigs Ann. Chem., 1895 (1977)] was added to 10 ml of ethanol, and 358 mg (5 mmol) of sodium ethoxide was added thereto at 0-5 ° C. The bright yellow suspension was stirred for 15 minutes, and then 623 mg (2.5 mmol) 2-bromo-1- (naphthalen-2-ylethyl-1-one (2-bromo-2, -naphthyl ethyl ketone; Aldirch; Mill) (US / USA) added. After stirring at room temperature for 3 days, this paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 male flood) ΜΗΜΒ ΜΜΗΒΒ-* Ji tLW— · nn (Please read the precautions on the back first (Fill in this page again) -62- Printed by the Staff Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs 472057 A7 B7__ 5. Description of the invention () The reaction mixture is evaporated and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate / water and filtered, and the organic phase was separated and washed with 3 portions of water and brine. The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate 'and the organic phase was dried over MgS04 and concentrated by evaporation. Actual column chromatography (SiO2; ethyl acetate / hexane [1: 1]) and stirring in ether / hexane to give the title compound; melting point: 149-151 ° C; TLC-Rf = 0.5 (ethyl acetate / hexane [1: 1]); FAB-MS ... (M + H) + = 281. Step 9.2: 6- (naphthalene · 2-yl) -7H-pyrrole 幷 2.3-dl pyrimidinol at 150 ° C, 420 mg (1.5 mmol) of 2-amine-3-ethoxyquin-5- (Montan-2-yl) -1H-1 This was stirred in 3 ml of formamidine, 1.5 ml of DMF and 0.75 ml of formic acid for 22 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with approximately 1 ml of isopropanol and filtered. Rinse with ethanol, isopropanol, and hexane to give the title compound; melting point> 300 ° C; ^ -NMR (200 MHz, DMSO- ^): 12.2 (sb), 8.39 (s, 1H), 8.0 (m , 2H), 7.9 (H 3H), 7.53 (take 2H), 7.11 (s, 1H) »Step 9.3: 4-Chloro-6 · (naphthalene ~ 2-yl) -7H-pyrrole 幷 2,3-dl A solution of pyrimidine (198.5 mg (0.76 mmol) 6 · (Mongol 7Η-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidino 4-ol) in 3 ml of phosphorus oxychloride was boiled for 5 hours under a protective gas. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water and stirred for 1 hour to complete the reaction. The crystals were filtered off and washed with water. The crude product was dissolved in THF / methanol, filtered through activated carbon, the filtrate was concentrated by evaporation, and the residue was in isopropyl Stir in alcohol and wash with hexane to give the title compound; melting point: 268 -269 ° C (decomposition); FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 280. Example 10: Tritiated 4- (3- Chloro-aniline V6- (2-mer-benzene) -7H-pyrrole, 2,3-dl pyrimidine, 6.72 g (19.16 mmol) 4- (3-chloro -Aniline> 6- (2-methoxy-benzene)> 7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine added to 150 ml of two papers Home Standard (CNS) eight 4 Specifications (2 Shu OX297 mm) I I »n loaded -L - ^ w_ ^ (Please read the notes on the back of this page and then fill in) -63-472057
經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明() 氯甲烷中。在冰冷卻下,將一 18.4毫升(191.6毫摩爾)三溴 化硼溶於100毫升二氯甲烷之溶液在1小時內逐滴加入其 中。在一冰浴中攪拌3小時後,將懸浮液倒入0.5升冰水中 及過濾。將剩餘物溶入乙酸乙酯中,並用NaHC03飽和溶 液、水及鹽水淸洗。將水相用乙酸乙酯萃取兩次,並將有 機相經由MgS04乾燥,蒸發濃縮,並從乙醇/己烷中結晶, 產生標題化合物;1H-NMR (300 MH2; DMSO-禹): 8.41 (s,1H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.78 (d, J = 8, 1H), 7.64 (d, J = 8, 1H), 7.50 (m, 2H), 7.35 (d, J = 8, 1H), 7.23 (m, 1H), 7.04 (d, J = 8, 1H), 6.59 (dd, J = 8, 1H) ; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 337。 起始原料係製備如下: 步驟10.1 : 2-胺-3-乙氧羰-5-(2-甲氧-苯V1H-吡咯 利用類似於步驟8.1之方法,使150毫升絕對乙醇中之 14.5克(87毫摩爾)氫氯化2-甲脒-乙酸乙酯與5.9克(87毫摩 爾)乙醇鈉及10.3克(44毫摩爾)2-溴-1-(2-甲氧-苯)-乙-1·酮 (2·溴-2’-甲氧-苯乙酮;Aldrich公司;密爾瓦基/美國)反 應,形成標題化合物;熔點:128°C ; TLC-Rf=0.25 (己烷/ 乙酸乙酯[2:1])。 步驟10.2 : 6-(2_甲氧-苯)_7H-吡咯幷丨2,3-dl嘧啶~4_醇 在一保護氣體下,將7.66克(31毫摩爾)2·胺-3-乙氧簾-5-(2-甲氧-苯)-1Η-吡咯溶於63毫升甲醯胺、31.5毫升DMF及Γ7.7 毫升甲酸之溶液在15〇°C下加熱過夜。利用類似於步驟8.2之 方法後續處理後,產生標題化合物;TLC-Rf=0.33 (己烷/ 乙酸乙酯[U])。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(210X29";公錄;) ---------裝-----,—訂 I L----- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -64- 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 472057 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 步驟10.3 : 4-氯-6·(2-甲氧遂h7Hife.咯幷[2,3-引嘧啶 在氬氣下,將6.2克(25.7晕:摩爾)6-(2-甲氧··苯)-7H-B比略 幷[2,3-d]嘧陡+醇及62毫升氧氯化憐在125°C下加熱1.5小時。 將反應混合物倒入冰水中’並用乙酸乙酯萃取三次。將有 機相用水、NaHC03溶液及鹽水淸洗,用MgS〇4乾燥及蒸發濃 縮。經由一矽膠管柱用乙酸乙酯過濾,產生標題化合物; TLC-Rf=0.8(己烷/ 乙酸乙酯[1:1])。 步驟10.4 : 4-(3-氯-苯胺)-6~(2-甲氧-苯V7H-吡咯幷『2,3-dl嘧啶 將6.6克(25.4毫摩爾)4_氯-6·(2-甲氧-苯)·7Η-吡咯幷[2,3-d] 嘧啶及5.34毫升(50.8毫摩爾)3-氯-苯胺溶於100毫升正丁醇 之溶液沸騰加熱1.5小時。將反應混合物冷卻,然後過濾及 用乙醚及己烷淸洗。實施急驟層析術(Si02;乾使用;己烷 /乙酸乙酯[2:1] —乙醇/丙酮[1:1]),產生標題化合物;熔 點:221 -222°C ; TLC-Rf=0.3 (己烷/ 乙酸乙酯[1:1]) ; FAB-MS:(M+H)+ = 351 » 實施例11 :氤漳化4-(3~氯-苯胺)~6^3遇-苯V7H-吡咯幷f2,3-dl嘧啶 利用類似於實施例10之方法,將150毫升二氯甲烷中之 4.53克(12.91毫摩爾)4-(3·氯-苯胺)-卜(3-甲氧-苯>7H_I此咯幷[2,3-d] 嘧啶與150毫升二氯甲烷中之12.4毫升(129毫摩爾)三溴化 硼反應,形成標題化合物;册1^:^(0^2〇)=1〇.5分鐘;111-NMR (500 \1取 DMSO-d«): 12.61、10.07 及 9.68 (3sb,3H), 8.35 (s,1H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.76 (d, J = 8, 1H), 7.39 (dd, J = 8, 1H), 7.27 (m, 2H), 7.23 (s, 1H), 7.12 (1H), 7.11 (s,1H),6.77 (m,1H)。 起始原料係製備如下: 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) ml ml it I ί nn m nn HI V'Jm^i m mu (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -65- 472057 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 步驟11.1 : 2-胺-3-乙氧幾-5-(3-甲氧-苯比略 利用類似於步驟8.1之方法,將150毫升絕對乙醇中之 14.5克(87毫摩爾)氫氯化2-甲脒乙酸乙酯與5·9克(87毫摩 爾)乙醇鈉及10.3克(44毫摩爾)2-溴小(3-甲氧-苯)-乙-1-酮 (2-溴-3'•甲氧-苯乙酮;Janssen公司)反應,形成標題化合 物;熔點:%-97°C ; TLC-Rf=a2 (己烷/乙酸乙酯[2:1])。 步驟11.2 : 6~(2_甲氧-苯V7H-吡咯幷丨2,3-d〗嘧啶斗醇 在一保護氣體下,將7.19克(29毫摩爾)2-胺;乙氧幾-5-(3-甲氧-苯)-1Η-吡咯溶於59毫升甲醯胺、29.5毫升DMF及14.7 毫升甲酸之溶液在150°C下加熱過夜《利用類似於步驟8.2之 方法後續處理後,產生標題化合物;TLC-Rf=0.3 (己烷/乙 酸乙酯[1:1])。 步驟11.3 : 4-氯-6-(3-甲氧-苯)-7H-吡咯幷丨2,3-d〗嘧啶 在排除水份下,將5.28克(21.9毫摩爾)6-(3-甲氧-苯)-7H-吡咯幷P,3-d]嘧啶4醇及53毫升氧氯化磷沸騰加熱1.5小時。 將反應混合物冷卻及過濾。將剩餘物溶於乙酸乙醋中,並 用NaHC03溶液、水及鹽水猜洗。將水相用乙酸乙酯萃取一 次,用]^804乾燥及蒸發濃縮,形成標題化合物;TLC-Rf = 0.73(己烷/乙酸乙酯[1:1])。 步驟11.4 : 4-(3-氯-苯胺)-6-(3-甲氧-苯V7H-吡咯幷丨2,3~dl嘧啶 將5·68克(21·9毫摩爾)4-氯冬(3_甲氧-苯K7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d] 嘧啶及4.59毫升(43.7毫摩爾)3-氯-苯胺溶於75毫升正丁醇 之溶液沸騰加熱1.5小時。利用類似於步驟1〇·4之方法後續 I I 裝 II 訂 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙张尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(2丨0ΧΜ7公釐) -66- 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 472057 A7 ___B7 五、發明説明() 處理,產生標題化合物;熔點:262 - 263°C ; FAB-MSJM+t^、 35卜 實施例12 :氫溴化4~(3-氯-苯胺)-6~(4-經-苯)·7Η-吡咯幷丨Z3-dl膝砬 在排除水份及大約〇°C下,將6毫升三溴化硼溶於1〇〇毫 升二氯甲烷之溶液在40分鐘內,加入2.0克(5.7毫摩爾)4-(3-氯-苯胺)-6-(4-甲氧-苯)-7H-B比略幷[2,3-d]嚼陡溶於60毫升二氯甲 烷之溶液中。在室溫下攪拌21小時後,將反應混合物過 濾。將粗產物從濾液中,用大約1升己烷沉澱,過濾出,並 用己烷淸洗。將剩餘物溶入0.2升水及0.6升乙酸乙酯中,並 用5%NaHC03溶液調成中性。將有機相分離出,用水及鹽水 淸洗,經由MgS04乾燥及蒸發濃縮。從熱甲醇中用己烷結 晶,產生標題化合物;C18H14N4OBrCl(+0.13H2O)之元素分析 計算値:C 51.47%,Η 3·36%» N 13.34%,Br 19.02%,α 8.44% ;實驗 値:C 51.58% Η 3.32%» Ν 13.37%» Br 19.29^ Cl 8.46% ; W-NMR (360 ΜΗζ^ DMSO-山): 12.85 及 10.60 (2sb,2Η), 10.5 - 9.5 (sb),8.37 (s,1Η),7.92 (s, 1H), 7.67 (d, J = 8, 2H), 7.63 (d, J = 8, 1H), 7.51 (dd, J = 8, 1H), 7.33 (d, J =8, 1H), 7.06 (s, 1H), 6.90 (d, J = 8, 2H) ° 起始原料係製備如下: 步驟12.1 : 2•胺-3-乙氣羰-5·(4-甲氧-苯V1H-吡咯 利用類似於步驟8.1之方法,使20毫升絕對乙醇中之167 克(10毫摩爾)氫氯化2-甲脒-乙酸乙酯與716毫克(1〇毫摩 爾)乙醇鈉及1.145克(5.0毫摩爾)溴化4-甲氧·•苯甲醯甲基 (Fluka公司;Buchs/瑞士)反應,形成標題化合物;溶 --------------.I1TI“----- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS〉Λ4規格(210X 297公漦) -67- 472057 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A 7 B7 五、發明説明() 點:141-142°C ; TLC-Rf=0.4 (己烷/ 乙酸乙酯[1:1]) ; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 261 ° 步驟12.2 : 6-(4-甲氣-苯)-7Η-吡咯幷丨2,3-d〗嘧陡4-醇 在一保護氣體下,將611毫克(2.3毫摩爾)2-胺-3-乙氧 簾-5·(4-甲氧-苯>1H-吡咯溶於5毫升甲醯胺、2.5毫升DMF及1.25 毫升甲酸之溶液在150°C下加熱過夜。利用類似於步驟8.2之 方法後續處理後,產生標題化合物;熔點>300°C ; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 242 ° 步驟12.3 : 4-氯-6-(4-甲氧-苯V7H-吡咯幷丨2,3-dl嘧啶 在排除水份下,將121毫克(0.50毫摩爾)6·(4·甲氧-苯)· 7Η-吡略幷[2,3>d]嘧啶>4-醇及1毫升氧氯化磷沸騰加熱1.5小 時。將反應混合物倒入冰水中,並用乙酸乙酯萃取兩次。 將有機相用水及鹽水淸洗三次,用MgS04乾燥及蒸發濃縮。 將剩餘物在乙醚中攪拌,產生標題化合物;熔點:248-249 〇C ; FAB-MS:(M+H)+ = 260。 步驟12.4 : 4~(3_氯-苯胺V6-(4-甲氧-苯)-7H-吡咯幷『2,3-dl嘧啶 將95毫克(0.365毫摩爾)4-氯-6-(4-甲氧苯)·7Η-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶及77微升( 0.732毫摩爾)3-氯“苯胺溶於3毫升正丁醇 及數滴DMPU之溶液沸騰加熱2小時。將反應混合物冷卻, 用乙醚及異丙醇稀釋及過濾;熔點:294-295°C ; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 351 〇 實施例13 : 4-(3-氯-苯胺>5-二甲胺甲-6-(4-羥-苯V7H-毗咯幷丨2,3-dl 嘧啶 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(210 X 297公釐) -68- ϋ— n m^l n^i n^f —^ϋ 1 m HI n·^ »v -I —^ϋ m (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 472057 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 在一氬氣壓下,將%.2毫克(0.52毫摩爾)碘化Ν,Ν-二申 -亞甲亞錢(Fluka公司;Buchs/瑞士)加入134.7毫克(0.4毫 摩爾)4-(3-氯-苯胺)-6·<4-羥-苯>7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶溶於4.8毫升 絕對四氫呋喃之溶液中,並將反應混合物迴流沸騰1.5小 時。利用類似於實施例3描述之方法後續處理,並從熱乙醇 中再結晶,產生標題化合物;熔點:269-271°C ; TLC-Rf = 0.31 ( CH2C12/ 甲醇[10:1] ) ; MS: (M)+ = 393 ; "H-NMR (500 MHz, DMSOde): 12.48, 11.91 及 9.75 (3s,3H),8.32 及 8.25 (2s,2H),7.40 风 J = 8, 1H), 7.34 (1H), 7.32 (d, J = 8, 2H), 7.00 (d, J = 8, 1H), 6.89 (d, J = 8, 2H), 3.72 (s, 2H),2.36 (s, 6H)。 實施例14 : 4_(3-氯-苯胺)-5-二甲胺甲-6-苯-7H-吡咯幷『2,3-dl嘧啶 在一氬氣壓下,將898.2毫克(2.80毫摩爾)4-(3-氯苯胺>· 6-苯-7H-I此咯幷[2,3-d]J密啶溶於33.6毫升絕對四氫呋喃之溶液與 673.4毫克(3.64毫摩爾)碘化N,N-二甲-亞甲亞銨(Fluka公 司;Buchs/瑞士)迴流沸騰過夜。將反應混合物在乙酸乙 酯與1N (=—當量)鹽酸間分配。將有機相分離出,並用 水淸洗三次。將水相用乙酸乙酯反萃取一次,並用固體碳 酸鈉調成鹼性,形成一懸浮液,將乙酸乙酯加入其中,此 時有機相中之固體變濃。將有機相用三次水淸洗成中性, 並將水相用乙酸乙酯反萃取。將收集之有機相(懸浮液) 蒸發濃縮。將剩餘物在乙醚中攪拌,產生標題化合物;MS: (M)+ = 377 ; b-NMR (200 ΜΗ* DMSO-de): 12.57 及 12.12 (2s, 2H), 8.38 (s, 1H), 8.29 (m, 1H), 7.55 (m, 4H), 7.5 - 7.3 (m, 3H), 7.04 (dm, J = 8, 1H), 3.79 (s,2H),2.38 (s,6H)。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4规格(2丨0X297公漦〉 n —^^^1 I nn 11* m nn dn HI ml nn mu TJ nn sfon ^it— m m ---- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -69- 472057 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準扃員工消费合作社印製 五、發明説明() 起始原料係製備如下·· : 6-苯·7Η-ί吐晗幷丨2,3-dl嘧啶·4-醇 在一保護氣體下,將2.30克(10毫摩爾)2-胺-3-乙氧羰-5-苯_1Η·吡咯〔製備方法參見:Syntiiesis, 272 (1987)〕溶於20毫 升甲醯胺、10毫升DMF及5毫升甲酸之溶液在150°C下加熱24 小時°將反應混合物冷卻及過濾,並將剩餘物用異丙醇/ 己烷淸洗。在熱異丙醇中攪拌,產生標題化合物;熔點> 300〇C ; FAB-MS:(M+H)+ = 212。 步驟14.2 : 4-氲-6-茉-7Η·Ρ比咯幷『2,3-dl嘧啶 在排除水份下,將1.795克(8.5毫摩爾)6·苯-7H-II比咯幷 [2,3>d]嘧陡·4-醇及27毫升氧氯化磷沸騰加熱3小時。將反應混 合物倒入冰水中,過濾及用熱異丙醇及Β烷淸洗,產生標 題化合物;FAB-MS:(M+H)+ = 230。 步驟14.3 : 4_(3_氛苯胺>6-苯-7H-吡咯幷丨2,3-dl嘧啶 將1.251克(5.45毫摩爾)4-氯·6-苯-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶及 1.15毫升(10.9毫摩爾)3-氯-苯胺溶於20毫升正丁醇及0.5毫 升DMPU之懸浮液沸騰加熱2小時。將反應混合物冷卻及過 濾。將剩餘物在熱THF/甲醇中攪拌,產生標題化合物;熔 點:285 - 286。(: ; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 321。 實施例15 (參考實施例):4-(3-氯-苯胺V嘧进[1^呵暌Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention () In methyl chloride. Under ice-cooling, a solution of 18.4 ml (191.6 mmol) of boron tribromide in 100 ml of dichloromethane was added dropwise thereto over 1 hour. After stirring for 3 hours in an ice bath, the suspension was poured into 0.5 liters of ice water and filtered. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed with a saturated solution of NaHC03, water and brine. The aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate, and the organic phase was dried over MgS04, evaporated and concentrated, and crystallized from ethanol / hexane to give the title compound; 1H-NMR (300 MH2; DMSO-Yu): 8.41 (s , 1H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.78 (d, J = 8, 1H), 7.64 (d, J = 8, 1H), 7.50 (m, 2H), 7.35 (d, J = 8, 1H) , 7.23 (m, 1H), 7.04 (d, J = 8, 1H), 6.59 (dd, J = 8, 1H); FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 337. The starting materials are prepared as follows: Step 10.1: 2-Amine-3-ethoxycarbonyl-5- (2-methoxy-benzene V1H-pyrrole) Using a method similar to step 8.1, make 14.5 g of 150 ml of absolute ethanol ( 87 mmol) 2-formamidine-ethyl acetate hydrochloride with 5.9 g (87 mmol) of sodium ethoxide and 10.3 g (44 mmol) of 2-bromo-1- (2-methoxy-benzene) -ethyl- 1 · ketone (2 · bromo-2'-methoxy-acetophenone; Aldrich; Milwaukee / United States) reaction to form the title compound; melting point: 128 ° C; TLC-Rf = 0.25 (hexane / acetic acid Ethyl [2: 1]). Step 10.2: 6- (2_methoxy-benzene) _7H-pyrrole 幷 2,3-dlpyrimidine ~ 4_ol under a protective gas, 7.66 g (31 mmol) ) 2 · Amine-3-ethoxy curtain-5- (2-methoxy-benzene) -1Η-pyrrole dissolved in 63 ml of formamidine, 31.5 ml of DMF and 7.7 ml of formic acid at 15 ° C It was heated overnight. After subsequent treatment using a method similar to step 8.2, the title compound was produced; TLC-Rf = 0.33 (hexane / ethyl acetate [U]). The paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (210X29 "; Public record;) --------- install -----,-order I L ----- (Please read the notes on the back first (Fill in this page again) -64- Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 472057 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Step 10.3: 4-Chloro-6 · (2-methoxyso h7Hife.ro 幷 [2,3 -Introducing pyrimidine under argon, 6.2 g (25.7 halo: mole) of 6- (2-methoxy ·· benzene) -7H-B is slightly higher than [2,3-d] pyrimidine + alcohol and 62 ml of oxygen The chloride was heated at 125 ° C for 1.5 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water 'and extracted three times with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with water, NaHC03 solution and brine, dried over MgS04 and concentrated by evaporation. The silica gel column was filtered with ethyl acetate to give the title compound; TLC-Rf = 0.8 (hexane / ethyl acetate [1: 1]). Step 10.4: 4- (3-chloro-aniline) -6 ~ (2- Methoxy-benzene V7H-pyrrole [2,3-dl pyrimidine] 6.6 g (25.4 mmol) 4-chloro-6 · (2-methoxy-benzene) · 7Η-pyrrole [2,3-d] pyrimidine And 5.34 ml (50.8 mmol) of 3-chloro-aniline in 100 ml of n-butanol was boiled and heated for 1.5 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled, then filtered and washed with ether and hexane. Flash chromatography (Si02 ; Dry use; hexane / ethyl acetate [2: 1]-ethanol / acetone [1: 1]), yielding the title compound; melting point: 221 -222 ° C; TLC-Rf = 0.3 (hexane / ethyl acetate [1: 1]); FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 351 »Example 11: 4- (3 ~ chloro-aniline) ~ 6 ^ 3 met-benzene V7H-pyrrole f2,3-dl pyrimidine using a method similar to that in Example 10, 150 ml of dichloromethane 4.53 g (12.91 mmol) of 4- (3 · chloro-aniline) -bu (3-methoxy-benzene)> 7H_I this slightly [2,3-d] pyrimidine and 150 ml of methylene chloride 12.4 ml (129 mmol) Boron tribromide was reacted to form the title compound; 1 ^: ^ (0 ^ 2〇) = 10.5 minutes; 111-NMR (500 \ 1 from DMSO-d «): 12.61, 10.07 And 9.68 (3sb, 3H), 8.35 (s, 1H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.76 (d, J = 8, 1H), 7.39 (dd, J = 8, 1H), 7.27 (m, 2H) , 7.23 (s, 1H), 7.12 (1H), 7.11 (s, 1H), 6.77 (m, 1H). The starting materials are prepared as follows: This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 size (210X 297 mm) ml ml it I ί nn m nn HI V'Jm ^ im mu (Please read the precautions on the back before reading (Fill in this page) -65- 472057 A7 B7 printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention () Step 11.1: 2-Amine-3-ethoxyquin-5- (3-methoxy-benzene ratio Using a method similar to step 8.1, 14.5 g (87 mmol) of ethyl 2-formamidine hydrochloride in 150 ml of absolute ethanol was mixed with 5.9 g (87 mmol) of sodium ethoxide and 10.3 g (44 mmol) of Mole) 2-bromo- (3-methoxy-benzene) -ethan-1-one (2-bromo-3 '• methoxy-acetophenone; Janssen) reacts to form the title compound; melting point:% -97 ° C; TLC-Rf = a2 (hexane / ethyl acetate [2: 1]). Step 11.2: 6 ~ (2-methoxy-benzene V7H-pyrrole 幷 2,3-d) pyrimidinol in one protection Under a gas, a solution of 7.19 g (29 mmol) of 2-amine; ethoxy-5--5- (3-methoxy-benzene) -1Η-pyrrole was dissolved in 59 ml of formamidine, 29.5 ml of DMF, and 14.7 ml of formic acid. Heat overnight at 150 ° C. Follow-up using a method similar to step 8.2 After the treatment, the title compound was produced; TLC-Rf = 0.3 (hexane / ethyl acetate [1: 1]). Step 11.3: 4-chloro-6- (3-methoxy-benzene) -7H-pyrrole 幷 2 , 3-d] Pyrimidine With the exclusion of water, 5.28 g (21.9 mmol) of 6- (3-methoxy-benzene) -7H-pyrrolidine P, 3-d] pyrimidine 4 alcohol and 53 ml of oxychlorination Phosphorus was heated for 1.5 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled and filtered. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed with NaHC03 solution, water and brine. The aqueous phase was extracted once with ethyl acetate, dried with ^ 804 and evaporated. Concentrate to form the title compound; TLC-Rf = 0.73 (hexane / ethyl acetate [1: 1]). Step 11.4: 4- (3-chloro-aniline) -6- (3-methoxy-benzene V7H-pyrrole幷 丨 2,3 ~ dl pyrimidine will be 5.68 g (21.9 mmol) 4-chlorodong (3-methoxy-benzene K7H-pyrrole [2,3-d] pyrimidine and 4.59 ml (43.7 mmol) ) The solution of 3-chloro-aniline in 75 ml of n-butanol is boiled and heated for 1.5 hours. Use the method similar to step 10 · 4 to follow up II binding II (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) This paper Standards apply to Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specifications (2 丨 0 × M7 mm) -66- Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the Consumer Standards Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards 472057 A7 _B7 V. Description of the invention () Processed to produce the title compound; melting point: 262-263 ° C; FAB-MSJM + t ^, 35 Example 12: Hydrobromide 4 ~ ( 3-Chloro-aniline) -6 ~ (4-Chloro-benzene) · 7Η-pyrrole3-Z3-dl knee 砬 Dissolve 6 ml of boron tribromide at 100 ° C at a temperature of about 0 ° C. In 40 minutes of dichloromethane solution, 2.0 g (5.7 mmol) of 4- (3-chloro-aniline) -6- (4-methoxy-benzene) -7H-B was added slightly [2,3 -d] Chew dissolved in 60 ml of dichloromethane. After stirring at room temperature for 21 hours, the reaction mixture was filtered. The crude product was precipitated from the filtrate with about 1 liter of hexane, filtered off, and washed with hexane. The residue was dissolved in 0.2 liters of water and 0.6 liters of ethyl acetate, and neutralized with a 5% NaHC03 solution. The organic phase was separated, washed with water and brine, dried over MgS04 and concentrated by evaporation. Crystallization from hot methanol with hexane yielded the title compound; elemental analysis calculated for C18H14N4OBrCl (+ 0.13H2O): C 51.47%, Η 3.36% »N 13.34%, Br 19.02%, α 8.44%; Experiment 値: C 51.58% Η 3.32% »Ν 13.37%» Br 19.29 ^ Cl 8.46%; W-NMR (360 ΜΗζ ^ DMSO-Mountain): 12.85 and 10.60 (2sb, 2Η), 10.5-9.5 (sb), 8.37 (s, 1Η), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.67 (d, J = 8, 2H), 7.63 (d, J = 8, 1H), 7.51 (dd, J = 8, 1H), 7.33 (d, J = 8 , 1H), 7.06 (s, 1H), 6.90 (d, J = 8, 2H) ° The starting materials are prepared as follows: Step 12.1: 2 • amine-3-ethanecarbonyl-5 · (4-methoxy- Benzene V1H-pyrrole Using a method similar to that in step 8.1, 167 g (10 mmol) of 2-formamidine-ethyl acetate in 20 ml of absolute ethanol and 716 mg (10 mmol) of sodium ethoxide and 1.145 G (5.0 mmol) of 4-methoxy · benzamidine methyl bromide (Fluka; Buchs / Switzerland) reacted to form the title compound; soluble --------------. I1TI "----- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) This paper size applies to Chinese national standards (CNS> Λ4 specification (210X 297 cm) -67- 472057 Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A 7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Point: 141-142 ° C; TLC-Rf = 0.4 (hexane / ethyl acetate [1: 1]); FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 261 ° Step 12.2: 6- (4-methyl-benzene) -7Η-pyrrole 幷 2,3-d 611 mg (2.3 mmol) of 2-amine-3-ethoxy curtain-5 · (4-methoxy-benzene) 1H-pyrrole dissolved in 5 ml of formamidine, 2.5 ml of DMF and 1.25 ml of formic acid at 150 It was heated overnight at ° C. After subsequent processing using a method similar to step 8.2, the title compound was produced; melting point> 300 ° C; FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 242 ° step 12.3: 4-chloro-6- (4-methoxy-benzene V7H-pyrrole, 2,3-dl pyrimidine, excluding water, 121 mg (0.50 mmol) 6 · (4 · methoxy-benzene) · 7Η-pyrrolidine [2 3> D] pyrimidine > 4-ol and 1 ml of phosphorus oxychloride were boiled and heated for 1.5 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed three times with water and brine, dried over MgS04 and concentrated by evaporation. The residue was stirred in diethyl ether to give the title compound; melting point: 248-249 ° C; FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 260. Step 12.4: 4 ~ (3-Chloro-aniline V6- (4-methoxy-benzene) -7H-pyrrole [2,3-dl pyrimidine] 95 mg (0.365 mmol) 4-chloro-6- (4- Methoxybenzene) · 7Η-Pyrrolidine [2,3-d] pyrimidine and 77 microliters (0.732 mmol) of 3-chloro "aniline dissolved in 3 ml of n-butanol and a few drops of DMPU were boiled for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled, diluted with diethyl ether and isopropanol, and filtered; melting point: 294-295 ° C; FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 351. Example 13: 4- (3-chloro-aniline)> 5 -Dimethylamine-6- (4-hydroxy-benzene V7H-pyrrole) 2,3-dl pyrimidine This paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -68- ϋ— nm ^ ln ^ in ^ f — ^ ϋ 1 m HI n · ^ »v -I — ^ ϋ m (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) 472057 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Under a pressure of argon,% .2 mg (0.52 mmol) of iodized N, N-di-shen-methylene yaqian (Fluka company; Buchs / Switzerland) was added to 134.7 mg (0.4 mmol) ) 4- (3-Chloro-aniline) -6 · < 4-hydroxy-benzene > 7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine dissolved in 4.8 ml of absolute tetrahydrofuran Solution, and the reaction mixture was boiled at reflux for 1.5 hours. Followed by a method similar to that described in Example 3 and recrystallized from hot ethanol to give the title compound; melting point: 269-271 ° C; TLC-Rf = 0.31 (CH2C12 / methanol [10: 1]); MS: (M) + = 393; " H-NMR (500 MHz, DMSOde): 12.48, 11.91 and 9.75 (3s, 3H), 8.32 and 8.25 (2s, 2H ), 7.40 winds J = 8, 1H), 7.34 (1H), 7.32 (d, J = 8, 2H), 7.00 (d, J = 8, 1H), 6.89 (d, J = 8, 2H), 3.72 (s, 2H), 2.36 (s, 6H). Example 14: 4- (3-chloro-aniline) -5-dimethylaminemethyl-6-benzene-7H-pyrrole Under argon pressure, a solution of 898.2 mg (2.80 mmol) 4- (3-chloroaniline) and 6-benzene-7H-I [2,3-d] J amidin in 33.6 ml of absolute tetrahydrofuran Boiling under reflux overnight with 673.4 mg (3.64 mmol) of N, N-dimethyl-methyleneimide (Fluka; Buchs / Switzerland). The reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and 1N (= -equivalent) hydrochloric acid. The organic phase was separated and washed three times with water. The aqueous phase was back-extracted once with ethyl acetate and made alkaline with solid sodium carbonate to form a suspension. Ethyl acetate was added thereto, at which time the solids in the organic phase became concentrated. The organic phase was washed three times with neutral water and neutralized, and the aqueous phase was back-extracted with ethyl acetate. The collected organic phase (suspension) was concentrated by evaporation. The residue was stirred in diethyl ether to give the title compound; MS: (M) + = 377; b-NMR (200 MHz * DMSO-de): 12.57 and 12.12 (2s, 2H), 8.38 (s, 1H), 8.29 (m, 1H), 7.55 (m, 4H), 7.5-7.3 (m, 3H), 7.04 (dm, J = 8, 1H), 3.79 (s, 2H), 2.38 (s, 6H). This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (2 丨 0X297 公 漦> n — ^^^ 1 I nn 11 * m nn dn HI ml nn mu TJ nn sfon ^ it— mm ---- (please Read the notes on the back and fill out this page) -69- 472057 A7 B7 Central Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 印 Printed by Employee Consumer Cooperatives V. Description of Invention () The starting materials are prepared as follows: 6-benzene · 7Η-ί 吐 晗幷 丨 2,3-dl pyrimidine · 4-ol 2.30 g (10 mmol) of 2-amine-3-ethoxycarbonyl-5-benzene_1Η · pyrrole under a protective gas [see preparation method: Syntiiesis, 272 (1987)] A solution of 20 ml of formamidine, 10 ml of DMF and 5 ml of formic acid was heated at 150 ° C for 24 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled and filtered, and the residue was washed with isopropanol / hexane. Wash. Stir in hot isopropanol to give the title compound; melting point> 300 ° C; FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 212. Step 14.2: 4- 氲 -6-Mo-7Η · P ratio slightly幷 [2,3-dl pyrimidine, with the exclusion of water, the ratio of 1.795 g (8.5 mmol) of 6 · benzene-7H-II to [2,3 > d] pyrimidine · 4-ol and 27 ml of oxygen chloride Phosphorus was boiled for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water In the reaction, filtration and washing with hot isopropanol and β-alkane gave the title compound; FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 230. Step 14.3: 4_ (3_ambianiline > 6-benzene-7H-pyrrole幷 丨 2,3-dl pyrimidine dissolved 1.251 g (5.45 mmol) of 4-chloro · 6-benzene-7H-pyrrole [2,3-d] pyrimidine and 1.15 ml (10.9 mmol) of 3-chloro-aniline Boiling in a suspension of 20 ml of n-butanol and 0.5 ml of DMPU for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled and filtered. The residue was stirred in hot THF / methanol to give the title compound; melting point: 285-286. (:; FAB -MS: (M + H) + = 321. Example 15 (Reference Example): 4- (3-Chloro-aniline Vpyridine [1 ^ 呵 暌
本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X29*7公费) -70- (請先閲讀背面之注意事_ 4 _項再填. 裝— :寫本頁) 訂 472057 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 Α7 Β7 五、發明説明() 將5.7克(15毫摩爾)N-节冰(3-氯-苯胺)-嘧啶幷[4,5-b]呵垛 加入一 7.6克無水A1C13溶於50毫升甲苯之懸浮液中,並在100 °(:下,將反應混合物加熱45分鐘。將反應混合物冷卻至室 溫,倒入冰水中,並攪拌大約30分鐘,沉澱出粗產物。將 粗產物用吸濾法過濾出,並用水淸洗。將濾液捨棄。將粗 產物溶於THF/乙酸乙酯中,先後用5%碳酸氫鈉溶液及NaCl 飽和溶液淸洗,乾燥及濃縮。置於冰箱中靜置時,沉澱出4-(3-氯-苯胺>嘧啶幷[4,5-b]吲哚晶體。將產物用環己烷完全沉澱 出。進一步純化係在乙酸乙酯中消化達成,得到微粉紅色 晶狀之標題化合物;熔點>260°C ; W-NMRpeOMHz^DMSO-d^): 12.20 (s,吡咯 NH),8.97 (s,苯胺 NH),7.卜 8.5 (取 8 芳族 Η + 嘧啶 Η); FAB-MS: (Μ+Η)+ = 295。 HC1鹽 將2.8克4-(3-氯·苯胺>嘧啶幷[4,5-b]吲哚趁熱溶於400毫升 THF中及冷卻至室溫,並在攪拌下,將2.8毫升之HC1溶於乙 醚之5M溶液加入其中。加入大約250毫升乙醚及在冰浴中 冷卻後,沉澱出無色晶狀之氫氯化4~(3·•氯-苯胺)·嘧啶幷[4,5-b] 吲哚,熔點:280-286°C。 起始原料係製備如下: 步驟15.1 : 4·羥-5.6-四亞甲-7-苄-吡咯幷丨2,3-dl嘧啶 在11〇°(:下,將15克2-胺-1-苄-3-氰>4,5,6,7-四氫吲哚(以2-羥 環己酮、苄胺及丙二腈爲起始原料,利用已知方法製備 (參見 H.J· R〇th and K. Egdr, Arch. Pharmaz,308, 179 [1975]))與 100 毫升之85%甲酸煮沸5小時。將反應溶液在冰浴中冷卻,沉 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS > Μ規格(210X 297公犛) I -----IU----- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -71 - 472057 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 澱出淺棕色晶體。將懸浮液倒入大約200毫升冰水中,並攪 拌大約10分鐘。然後將沉澱物用吸濾法過濾出。將晶體先 後用水及己烷淸洗及乾燥,產生標題化合物;熔點:1〇4-105°C ; FAB-MS:(M+H)+ = 280。 步驟15.2 : 4-(3-氯-苯胺)-5,6-四亞甲-7-苄-吡咯幷丨2,3-dl嘧啶 將0.65克4-氯_5,6-四亞甲-7-苄_吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶及0.27毫升 3-氯-苯胺溶於10毫升乙醇之溶液迴流加熱17小時。將棕色 溶液蒸發濃縮至乾,將剩餘物溶入乙酸乙酯中,將乙酸乙 酯溶液用碳酸氫鈉溶液及水淸洗成中性,乾燥及蒸發濃 縮。將剩餘物從乙酸乙酯/己烷中結晶,得到白色晶狀之 標題化合物;熔點:145- 147°C ; FAB-MS:(M+H)+ = 389。 步驟15.3 : N-苄-4-(3-氯-苯胺)硝啶幷哚 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印裝 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 將14.1克(62毫摩爾)2,3-二氯-5,6-二氰-I,4-苯醌(DDQ)加 入一 12.1克(3〗毫摩爾)4>(3-氯-苯胺>5,6·四亞甲-7-苄-吡略幷 [2,3-d]喃啶溶於260毫升甲苯之溶液中。將深紅色溶液迴流加 熱30分鐘,然後冷卻至室溫。過濾出不溶物質,並使用一 旋轉蒸發器,將濾液蒸發濃縮。將粗產物在矽膠上層析 (用己烷/乙酸乙酯溶析),產生無色晶狀之標題化合 物;熔點:174 - 176°C ; W-NMR (360 \1取 CDC13): 12.20 (s,吡咯 NH),9.0 (s,苯胺 NH),7.0 - 8.6 (m, 13 芳族 Η 及 1 嘧啶 H),5.66 (s,2H, 苄基);FAB-MS: (Μ+Η)+ = 385。 實施例16 :氫溴化4~(3_氯-苯胺)-5-甲-6-(4-羥-苯)-7Η-吡咯幷丨2,3-dl 嘧啶 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -72- 472057 Λ7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印袋 五、發明説明() 無色粉末狀之標題化合物係利用類似於實施例10之方 法,將5克(6.85毫摩爾)4-(3-氯·苯胺)-5-甲-6·(4-甲氧-苯)-7H-吡 咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶中之甲基用30毫升二氯甲烷中之4.4克三溴化 硼去除而得;熔點:295 - 296。(: ; W-NMR (360 ΜΗ* DMSO-di): 11.85 (s,吡咯 ΝΗ),9·68 (s,酚 H),8.29 (s,苯胺 NH),8.27 (s,嘧啶 Η), 7.94 (m,芳族 H),7.70 (m,芳族 H),7.42 (d2 芳族 Η), 7.35 (t,芳族 Η), 7.06 (m, 芳族 Η),6.90 (4 2 芳族 Η),2.58 (s,3Η) ; FAB-MS: (Μ+Η)+ = 35 卜 HC1鹽 爲了製備HC1鹽,將600毫克氫溴化4-(3-氯-苯胺)-5_甲-6-(4-經-苯比咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶趁熱溶於50毫升乙酸乙酯中,並在 室溫下,用INNaOH調至pH9.5,並將有機相用水淸洗兩次。 將有機相乾燥及蒸發濃縮,並將剩餘物溶於30毫升乙醇 中’並將一5N (=5當量)HC1乙醇溶液加入其中。在〇。(:及 攪拌下,加入乙醚,得到無色粉末狀之氫氯化4-(3-氯-苯胺)-5-甲-6-(4遇苯K7H-D比咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶;熔點:280-282°C。 起始原料係製備如下: 步驟16·1 : 4-氯-5-甲~6~(4-甲氧-苯V7H~B比咯幷丨2,3-dltf啶 利用類似於步驟1.3之方法,標題化合物係以4_羥_5_甲_6_ (4_甲氧-苯K7H·!此咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶爲起始原料,在氧氯化磷中沸 騰而得;FAB-MS:(M+H)+ = 274 〇 步驟I6.2 . 4_(3·氯-苯胺)-5_甲_6-(4_甲氧-苯)_7Η·[肚略幷丨喃陡 將4克4_氯_5_甲-6·(4_甲氧-苯丨-州-批略幷Od]嘴陡及8.45毫 升3-氯-苯胺在4〇〇毫升正丁醇中迴流加熱2〇小時。將掠色溶 液濃縮,已沉澱出期望之產物。將溶液置於冰箱中儲存過 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(210X 297公痠) (請先閲讀背面之注意事' J0 •項再填. 裝— :寫本頁) -訂_ -73 - 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 472057 A7 B7 ___ ________________——' 五、發明説明() 夜,並將產物用吸濾法過濾出,並用己烷/乙酸乙酯淸 洗,產生無色晶狀之標題化合物;溶點:265 - 268°C ; FAB· MS:(M+H)+ = 365。 實施例17 : 4·(3·氯·苯胺V6~(4-硝-苯)·7Η·啦藍扭gAd]嘧啶 紅褐色晶狀之標題化合物係利用類似於實施例5之方 法,將0.25克(0.91毫摩爾)4-氯-6-(4_5肖-苯)-7职比咯幷[Hd]嘧 啶與0.19毫升3-氯-苯胺在5毫升正丁醇中沸騰而得;熔點> 250°C ; W-NMR (360 MHz^ DMSO-di): 12.95 (s,吡咯 NH),10.3 (s,苯胺 NH),8.45 (s,嘧啶 Η), 8.24 (s,芳族 Η), 7.18 - 8.4 (7 芳族 Η + 吡咯 5H); MS:(M)+ = 365。 起始原料係製備如下: 步驟17.1 : 2-胺-3-乙氧羰-5-(4·硝-苯VP比略_ 在一乾三頸瓶中,在氬氣下,將75毫升絕對乙醇及6.5 克( 390毫摩爾)氫氯化2-甲脒-乙酸乙酯〔製備方法參見: Liebigs Ann. Chem·,1895 (1977)〕冷卻至 〇 - 5°C,並將 2.65 克(390 毫摩爾)乙醇鈉加入其中。然後加入5克(195毫摩爾)2-溴 -H4-硝-苯> 乙-1-酮,並讓反應混合物熱至室溫’然後攪拌48 小時。然後將反應混合物在水與乙酸乙酯中分配。將乙酸 乙酯相用水淸洗三次,並用NaCl飽和溶液淸洗一次,乾燥 及過濾’並將濾液蒸發濃縮。將紅棕色剩餘物懸浮在己烷 中’沉澱出粗產物(純度93%)形式之標題化合物,其可用 於下一步驟中’而不需進一步純化;MS:(M)+ = 275。 步異17.2 : 4-經-6-(4過-苯V7H-吡咯幷丨2,3-dl嘧啶 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS > Α4規格(2丨0Χ297公雄) --------裝-- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 -74- 472057 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 在150°C下,將2.5克(97毫摩爾)2-胺-3-乙氧羰-5-(4-硝-苯)-吡咯、19.4毫升甲醯胺、9.7毫升DMF及3.1毫升甲酸一起 攪拌22小時。將1毫升異丙醇加入熱反應混合物中。將反應 混合物冷卻,並過濾出已沉澱之產物。將產物連續用乙醇 淸洗三次(每次10毫升)、用異丙醇淸洗兩次(每次10毫 升)及用己烷淸洗兩次(每次10毫升),產生紅褐色晶狀 之標題化合物,其係用於下一步驟中;MS:(M)+ = 256。 步驟17.3 : 4-氯-6-(4-硝-苯)-7H-吡咯幷丨2,3-dl嘧啶 利用類似於步驟1.3之方法,4-氯-6-(4-硝-苯)-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶係由加熱4_羥-6-(4-硝-苯)-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶與P0C13 (純度 93%)而製備;熔點>280°C ; FAB-MS:(M+H)+ = 275。 實施例18 : 4-(3-氯-苯胺)-6-(4-胺-苯)-7H41比咯幷丨2,3-dl嘧啶 在室溫及常壓下,將150毫克(0.41毫摩爾)4-(3-氯-苯 胺)-6-(4-硝-苯)-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶在20毫升THF/甲醇中,用 50毫克雷氏鎳氫化5小時,期望之產物已沉澱出。將觸媒過 濾出,並將濾剩物用熱THF淸洗。將濾液蒸發濃縮至乾。將 粗產物在甲醇中消化數次而純化,並從THF/己烷中沉澱, 產生淺灰褐色晶狀之標題產物;熔點>290°C ; W-NMRpeO MHz, DMSO-尖): 12.05 (s,吡咯 NH),9.38 (s,苯胺 NH), 8.31 (s,嘧啶 Η), 8.24 (s,芳族 H),7.80 (d,芳族 H),7.53 (<U 芳族 Η), 7.35 (t 芳族 H),7.05 (么芳族 H), 6.9〇 (s,吡咯 5H), 6.64 (么 2 芳族 H), 5.35 (s, NH2) ; MS: (M)+ = 335。 實施例19:4-(3-氯-苯胺)-911-11比啶幷丨3’,2’:4,51吡咯幷丨2,3-(11嘧啶 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(21〇Χ297公浼) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -裝·This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210X29 * 7 public expense) -70- (Please read the notes on the back _ 4 _ before filling in. Packing —: write this page) Order 472057 Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by employee consumer cooperative A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Add 5.7 g (15 mmol) of N-ice-free (3-chloro-aniline) -pyrimidine hydrazone [4,5-b] to a 7.6 g of anhydrous A1C13 Dissolve in 50 ml of toluene suspension and heat the reaction mixture at 100 ° for 45 minutes. Cool the reaction mixture to room temperature, pour into ice water, and stir for about 30 minutes to precipitate the crude product. The crude product was filtered off with suction filtration and washed with water. The filtrate was discarded. The crude product was dissolved in THF / ethyl acetate, washed with 5% sodium bicarbonate solution and saturated NaCl solution, dried and concentrated. When left to stand in a refrigerator, 4- (3-chloro-aniline > pyrimidine 幷 [4,5-b] indole crystals were precipitated. The product was completely precipitated with cyclohexane. Further purification was performed in ethyl acetate Digestion was achieved to give the title compound as a slightly pink crystal; melting point> 260 ° C; W-NMRpeOMHz ^ DMSO-d ^): 12.20 (s, pyrrole NH), 8.97 (s, aniline NH), 7. 8.5 (take 8 aromatic hydrazone + pyrimidine hydrazone); FAB-MS: (Μ + Η) + = 295. HC1 salt will be 2.8 g 4- (3-Chloroaniline) pyrimidine hydrazone [4,5-b] indole dissolved in 400 ml of THF while hot and cooled to room temperature, and with stirring, 2.8 ml of HC1 in a 5M solution of ether was added Among them, after adding about 250 ml of ether and cooling in an ice bath, colorless crystals of hydrochloride 4 ~ (3 · • chloro-aniline) · pyrimidine 幷 [4,5-b] indole were precipitated, melting point: 280 -286 ° C. The starting materials were prepared as follows: Step 15.1: 4 · hydroxy-5.6-tetramethylene-7-benzyl-pyrrole 2 2,3-dl pyrimidine at 11 ° (: 15 g 2 -Amine-1-benzyl-3-cyano > 4,5,6,7-tetrahydroindole (with 2-hydroxycyclohexanone, benzylamine and malononitrile as starting materials, prepared by known methods ( (See HJ Roth and K. Egdr, Arch. Pharmaz, 308, 179 [1975])) and boil with 100 ml of 85% formic acid for 5 hours. The reaction solution is cooled in an ice bath. The paper size is suitable for China. Standard (CNS > Μ specifications (210X 297 cm) I ----- IU ----- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) -71- 472057 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Light brown crystals precipitate. Pour the suspension into about 200 ml of ice water and stir for about 10 minutes. The precipitate was then filtered off by suction filtration. The crystals were washed with water and hexane and dried to give the title compound; melting point: 104-105 ° C; FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 280. Step 15.2: 4- (3-Chloro-aniline) -5,6-tetramethylene-7-benzyl-pyrrole, 2,3-dl pyrimidine, 0.65 g of 4-chloro-5,6-tetramethylene-7 -A solution of benzyl-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine and 0.27 ml of 3-chloro-aniline in 10 ml of ethanol was heated at reflux for 17 hours. The brown solution was evaporated to dryness, and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate solution was washed with sodium bicarbonate solution and water to make it neutral, dried and concentrated by evaporation. The residue was crystallized from ethyl acetate / hexane to give the title compound as white crystals; melting point: 145-147 ° C; FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 389. Step 15.3: N-benzyl-4- (3-chloro-aniline) nitridinoline is printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page). 14.1 g (62 mmol) ) 2,3-Dichloro-5,6-dicyano-I, 4-benzoquinone (DDQ) was added to a 12.1 g (3 mmol) of 4 > (3-chloro-aniline > 5,6 · Tetra Methyl-7-benzyl-pyrrolidine [2,3-d] pyrimidine was dissolved in a solution of 260 ml of toluene. The deep red solution was heated at reflux for 30 minutes, and then cooled to room temperature. The insoluble material was filtered off and used. The filtrate was concentrated by evaporation on a rotary evaporator. The crude product was chromatographed on silica gel (eluent with hexane / ethyl acetate) to give the title compound as colorless crystals; melting point: 174-176 ° C; W-NMR (360 CDC13): 12.20 (s, pyrrole NH), 9.0 (s, aniline NH), 7.0-8.6 (m, 13 aromatic pyrene and 1 pyrimidine H), 5.66 (s, 2H, benzyl); FAB- MS: (Μ + Η) + = 385. Example 16: Hydrobromide 4 ~ (3-chloro-aniline) -5-methyl-6- (4-hydroxy-benzene) -7Η-pyrrole 幷 2,3 -dl Pyrimidine This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) -72- 472057 Λ7 B7 Central Ministry of Economic Affairs Standard Bureau employee consumer cooperatives ’printing bags V. Description of the invention () The title compound was obtained as a colorless powder in a manner similar to that in Example 10, and 5 g (6.85 mmol) of 4- (3-chloro · aniline) -5-form The methyl group in -6 · (4-methoxy-benzene) -7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine was obtained by removing 4.4 g of boron tribromide in 30 ml of dichloromethane; melting point: 295- 296. (:; W-NMR (360 MΗ * DMSO-di): 11.85 (s, pyrrole NΗ), 9.68 (s, phenol H), 8.29 (s, aniline NH), 8.27 (s, pyrimidine Η) , 7.94 (m, aromatic H), 7.70 (m, aromatic H), 7.42 (d2 aromatic fluorene), 7.35 (t, aromatic fluorene), 7.06 (m, aromatic fluorene), 6.90 (4 2 aromatic Group Η), 2.58 (s, 3Η); FAB-MS: (Μ + Η) + = 35. HC1 salt To prepare HC1 salt, 600 mg of 4- (3-chloro-aniline) -5_hydrobromide -6- (4-Terbenylpyrrolidine [2,3-d] pyrimidine is dissolved in 50 ml of ethyl acetate while hot, and adjusted to pH 9.5 with INNaOH at room temperature, and the organic phase is taken up with water Rinse twice. The organic phase was dried and concentrated by evaporation, and the residue was dissolved in 30 ml of ethanol 'and a 5N (= 5 equivalent) HC1 ethanol solution was added thereto. At 〇. (: While stirring, add diethyl ether to obtain 4- (3-chloro-aniline) -5-methyl-6- (4 encounter benzene K7H-D ratio slightly benzene [2,3-d] Pyrimidine; Melting point: 280-282 ° C. The starting materials are prepared as follows: Step 16.1: 4-Chloro-5-methyl ~ 6 ~ (4-methoxy-benzene V7H ~ B ratio 幷 2,3- dltfidine uses a method similar to step 1.3, and the title compound is based on 4_hydroxy_5_methyl_6_ (4_methoxy-benzene K7H.! This slightly different [2,3-d] pyrimidine is used as the starting material. Obtained from boiling in phosphorus oxychloride; FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 274 〇 Step 16.4.2_ (3 · chloro-aniline) -5_methyl_6- (4_methoxy-benzene) _7Η · [Bab slightly 幷 丨 Nanduo will 4g 4_chloro_5_ 甲 -6 · (4_methoxy-benzene 丨-州-批 略 幷 Od) with a sharp mouth and 8.45ml of 3-chloro-aniline in 4 〇mL n-butanol was heated under reflux for 20 hours. The color-grabbing solution was concentrated, and the desired product had precipitated. The solution was stored in a refrigerator. This paper was scaled to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 (210X 297) (Acid) (Please read the note on the back 'J0 • Item and fill it out. Pack —: Write this page) -Order _ -73-Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 472057 A7 B7 ___ ________________— 'V. Description of the invention () night, and the product was filtered off with suction filtration and washed with hexane / ethyl acetate to produce the title compound as colorless crystals; melting point: 265-268 ° C; FAB · MS: (M + H) + = 365. Example 17: The title compound of 4 · (3 · chloro · aniline V6 ~ (4-nitro-benzene) · 7Η · Lalan twist gAd] pyrimidine reddish brown crystal was used similarly In the method of Example 5, 0.25 g (0.91 mmol) of 4-chloro-6- (4_5Xiao-benzene) -7 ratio [Hd] pyrimidine and 0.19 ml of 3-chloro-aniline in 5 ml of n-butanol It is obtained by mid-boiling; melting point> 250 ° C; W-NMR (360 MHz ^ DMSO-di): 12.95 (s, pyrrole NH), 10.3 (s, aniline NH), 8.45 (s, pyrimidine), 8.24 ( s, aromatic fluorene), 7.18-8.4 (7 aromatic fluorene + pyrrole 5H); MS: (M) + = 365. The starting materials were prepared as follows: Step 17.1: 2-amine-3-ethoxycarbonyl-5 -(4 · Nitro-benzene VP ratio slightly_ In a dry three-necked flask, under argon, 75 ml of absolute ethanol and 6.5 g (390 mmol) of 2-formamidine-ethyl acetate hydrochloride [Preparation method See also: Liebigs Ann. Chem., 1895 (1977)], cooled to 0-5 ° C, and 2.65 g (390 mmol) of sodium ethoxide Join it. Then, 5 g (195 mmol) of 2-bromo-H4-nitro-benzene > ethyl-1-one was added, and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature 'and then stirred for 48 hours. The reaction mixture was then partitioned between water and ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate phase was washed three times with water and once with a saturated NaCl solution, dried and filtered 'and the filtrate was concentrated by evaporation. The red-brown residue was suspended in hexane 'to precipitate the title compound as a crude product (purity 93%), which was used in the next step' without further purification; MS: (M) + = 275. Step 17.2: 4-jing-6- (4-per-benzene V7H-pyrrole 幷 2,3-dlpyrimidine This paper size applies to Chinese national standards (CNS > Α4 size (2 丨 0 × 297 male) ----- --- Install-- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Order -74- 472057 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () At 150 ° C, 2.5 G (97 mmol) of 2-amine-3-ethoxycarbonyl-5- (4-nitro-benzene) -pyrrole, 19.4 ml of formamidine, 9.7 ml of DMF and 3.1 ml of formic acid were stirred together for 22 hours. 1 ml of isopropyl Propanol was added to the hot reaction mixture. The reaction mixture was cooled and the precipitated product was filtered off. The product was washed three times with ethanol (10 ml each) and twice with isopropanol (10 ml each). And washed twice with hexane (10 ml each) to give the title compound as reddish brown crystals, which was used in the next step; MS: (M) + = 256. Step 17.3: 4-chloro-6 -(4-Nitro-benzene) -7H-pyrrolidinium 2,3-dlpyrimidine 4-chloro-6- (4-nitro-benzene) -7H-pyrrolidinium [2,3 -d] Pyrimidine is heated by 4-hydroxy-6- (4-nitro-benzene) -7H-pyrrole [2,3-d] pyrimidine was prepared with POC13 (purity 93%); melting point> 280 ° C; FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 275. Example 18: 4- (3-chloro-aniline ) -6- (4-Amine-benzene) -7H41 than pyrrolidine 丨 2,3-dl pyrimidine 150 mg (0.41 mmol) 4- (3-chloro-aniline) -6 at room temperature and normal pressure -(4-Nitro-benzene) -7H-pyrrolidin [2,3-d] pyrimidine in 20 ml of THF / methanol and hydrogenated with 50 mg of Raleigh nickel for 5 hours, the desired product has precipitated. Catalyst It was filtered off and the filtered residue was washed with hot THF. The filtrate was concentrated by evaporation to dryness. The crude product was purified by digestion several times in methanol and precipitated from THF / hexane to give the title as a light gray-brown crystal. Product; melting point> 290 ° C; W-NMRpeO MHz, DMSO-tip): 12.05 (s, pyrrole NH), 9.38 (s, aniline NH), 8.31 (s, pyrimidine hydrazone), 8.24 (s, aromatic H ), 7.80 (d, aromatic H), 7.53 (< U aromatic hydrazone), 7.35 (t aromatic H), 7.05 (modal aromatic H), 6.9〇 (s, pyrrole 5H), 6.64 (module 2 Aromatic H), 5.35 (s, NH2); MS: (M) + = 335. Example 19: 4- (3-chloro-aniline) -911-11 pyridine 幷 3 ', 2': 4, 51 pyrrolidine 丨 2,3- (11 pyrimidine This paper size applies to Chinese national standards Matters CNS) Λ4 Specification (21〇Χ297 public Mei) (Please read the back of the note and then fill in this page) - installed ·
、1T -75- 472057 A7 B7 五、發明説明()1T -75- 472057 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention ()
經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 在氮氣壓及攪拌下,將一 0.034克(0.166毫摩爾)4-氯-9H-吡啶幷[3’,2’··4,5]吡略幷[2,3-d]嘧啶(德國專利案號1916050 ) 及0.524毫升(4.99毫摩爾)3-氯-苯胺之混合物在120°C下加熱 1小時。將反應混合物冷卻至室溫,然後將5毫升乙醇加入 其中。進一步冷卻至〇°C後,將反應混合物過濾,並將晶體 用乙醇淸洗並在高眞空下乾燥。形成之標題化合物在>260 °(:下熔化,EI-MS:M = 295(C15H1()aN5)。 實施例20 :利用此申請案中描述之方法,得到以下之化合 物: a) 氫氯化4-苄胺-5,6-二甲-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶,熔點:115-117 〇C, b) (R)-5,6-二甲·4-[(1-苯-乙)-胺]-7H-吡咯幷P,3-d]嘧啶,熔點:206-208°C, c) (S)-5,6-二甲4-[(l-苯-乙)-胺]-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶,熔點:206 -207〇C, 山(11)-6-(4-胺-苯>4-[(1_苯-乙)-胺]-711-吡咯幷[2,3-(1】嘧啶,熔點:234 -235°C,FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 330 (利用類似於實施例18之方 法,用雷氏鎳將相當之硝基化合物還原而得), e)(S)-6-(4-胺-苯)·4-[(1-苯-乙)-胺]-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶,熔點:235 -236°C ’ FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 330 (利用類似於實施例18之方法, 用雷氏鎳將相當之硝基化合物還原而得), (請先閲讀背面之注意事 4 •項再填· 裝— :寫本頁) 訂 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(210X 297公漦) -76- 472057 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 〇6-(4-胺-苯>4-苄胺-711-吡咯幷[2,3-(1]嘧_(利』$_0於'®^^18 之方法,用雷氏鎳將相當之硝基化合物還原而得)’ g) 6-(4-胺-苯)-4-[(3-氯·苄)胺]-7H-吡咯幷[2,34]1^ # (利J用類似於' 施例18之方法,用雷氏鎳將相當之硝基化合物還原而 得), h) (R)-6-(4-胺-苯)-4-[(1-甲氧羰-苄)]-胺-7H-毗咯幷[2,3_d]嘧啶, i) (S)部-胺-苯M-[( 1-甲氧羰苄)]-胺-7H*D比略幷[2,3-d]嘧啶, j) 6-(4-乙醯胺-苯>4-(3-氯-苯胺)-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶,熔點> 310 〇C,MS: (M)+ = 377, k) 6-(4-胺甲醯甲氧-苯)4-(3-氯·苯胺)·7Η-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶’熔 點:297 - 298°C, l) 6-(4-胺-苯)-4-(3-甲-胺)-7H-吡咯幷[2,3峋嘧啶,熔點:288-290°C (利用類似於實施例18之方法,用雷氏鎳將相當之硝基化 合物還原而得), m) 6-(4-胺-苯)斗(3•氯冰氟-苯胺y7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶,熔點>300 °C ’ MS:(M)+ = 353 (利用類似於實施例18之方法,用雷氏鎳 將相當之硝基化合物還原而得), η) 6-沙乙醯胺-苯)-4-(3-氯-苯胺)_7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶(最好利用 類似於實施例21之方法製備),熔點> 3〇(rc,MS: (M)+ = 377, 〇)6-(3-胺-苯)斗(3-氯-苯胺)_711_吡咯幷[23_<1]嘧啶,熔點:293 - 295 C (利用類似於實施例18之方法,用雷氏鎳將相當之硝基 化合物還原而得), 本紙张纽剌t _ ^(CNSU^ir( 210x297^) (請先閲讀背面之注意事 I# .項再填· 裝-- :寫本頁) 訂 Φ. -77- 472057 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明() p) 6-(4-羧甲氧-苯)4-(3-氯-苯胺)-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶,熔點:305 -307〇C, q) 6-(4-[节氧羰-甲氧]-苯)-4-(3-氯-苯胺)-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶,熔 點:263 -265°C, r) 6<3-胺甲醯甲氧-苯)·4·(3-氯-苯胺)-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶,熔 點:283 -285°C, s) 4-(3-氯-苯胺)-6-(4-甲氧羰甲氧-苯)-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶,熔 點:262-264°C, t) 4-(3-氯-苯胺)-6-(3-甲氧羰甲氧-苯)-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶,熔 點:225-227。。, u) 6-羧-4-(3-氯-苯胺)-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶,熔點>290°C,FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 289, v) 4-(3-氯-苯胺)-6-乙氧羰-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶,熔點>290°C, FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 317, w) 6-正丁胺羰·4-(3-氯-苯胺)-7H_吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶,熔點:282 -284°C,FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 344, X) 4-(3-氯-苯胺)-6-(4-乙氧羰-苯)-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶,熔點>300 〇C,FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 393, y) 6-(4-羧-苯)-4-(3-氯-苯胺)-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶,熔點>300°c, Rf =0.47(乙酸乙酯/甲醇[6:4]), z) 6-苄胺羰·4-(3-氯-苯胺)-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶,熔點(分解) 295〇C,FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 378, 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -裝· 訂 -78- 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7___ ί明() ,氯-苯胺)-6-(Ν·[3-甲-丁-1-基]-胺甲醯)-7Η-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶 (參考實施例 45 ),熔點:304 - 306°C,FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 358, zb) 5-(苯胺-甲)斗(3-氯-苯胺)-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶及 V- t zc) 5·(苯胺-甲)斗(3-氯-苯胺>6-甲-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶。 上述之實施例20a、20d、20e、20f、20g、201及20m之化合 物最好是利用類似於實施例18之方法,用雷氏鎳將相當之 硝基化合物還原而得。 實施例21 : 6-(4_乙醯胺-苯)-4-(3-氯-苯胺)-7H-吡咯幷丨2,3-山嘧啶 (參考實施例20Ϊ) 將0.05毫升(0.56毫摩爾)乙酸酐加入0.2克(0.56毫摩 爾)6^(4-胺-苯>4-(3-氯-苯胺>7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶懸浮在0.5毫升 吡啶中,並在0°C下,將反應混合物攪拌1小時,直到薄層 層析術顯示無起始原料殘留爲止。將反應混合物倒入50毫 升冰水中,將沉澱物過濾出,並用己烷淸洗。將粗產物在 一矽膠管柱上層析。將標題化合物從THF/乙酸乙酯/己烷 中結晶;熔點>310°C ; MS:(M)+ = 377。 實施例22:以下之化合物係利用類似於實施例1或其後指宏 之其它實施例之方法製備: a) 4-(3-氯-苯胺)-6-(4-丙醯胺-苯>7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶(利用類似 於實施例21之方法製備);熔點>300°C ; MS:(M)+ = 391, b) 4-(3-氯-苯胺)-6-(3-丙醯胺-苯HH-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶(利用類似 於實施例21之方法製備);熔點>300°C ; MS:(M)+ = 391, 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(2丨OX 297公釐) I I 裝 訂 «~ n (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 472057 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明() c) (R)-6-(4-乙醯胺-苯M-K1-苯-乙)·胺]-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶(利用 類似於實施例21之方法製備);熔點:304-305°C ; MS:(M)+ = 37卜 d) (R)-4-[(l-苯-乙)-胺]-6-(4-丙醯胺-苯)-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶(利用 類似於實施例21之方法製備);MS:(M)+ = 385 (參考實施例 28a)及 e) (R)4-(3-乙醯胺-苯苯-乙)-胺]-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶;熔 點:150- 180°C ; MS:(M)+ = 371。 實施例23 : 4-(3-氯-苯胺)-6-(4-異丁醯胺-苯K7H-吡咯幷丨2,3-dl嘧啶 在0°C下,將0.2克(0.56毫摩爾)6·(4-胺-苯)+(3-氯-苯胺)-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶及0.064毫升(0.62毫摩爾)氯化異丁酸 與1毫升絕對二甲基乙醯胺攪拌2小時,直到薄層層析術顯 示無起始原料殘留爲止。將反應混合物倒入20毫升冰水 中,沉澱出產物。將產物用大約50毫升乙酸乙酯、大約2毫 升THF及20毫升之5%NaHC03水溶液萃取。將有機相用水淸 洗,乾燥及蒸發濃縮,結晶出期望之化合物。將沉澱物過 濾出,並用冷乙酸乙酯淸洗。在母液中加入己烷可得到更 多的標題化合物;熔點>3〇〇°C ; MS:(M)+ = 405。 實施例24:以下之化合物係利用類似於實施例23之方法製 備: a) 4-(3·氯-苯胺>6-(4-三甲基乙醯胺-苯)-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶;熔 點 >300〇C ; MS:(M)+ = 419, b) 4-(3-氯-苯胺)-6-[4-(DL-2_ 甲-丁醯胺)-苯]-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶; 熔點 > 300°C ; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 420, (請先閱讀背面之注意事_ 4 .項再填. 裝— :寫本頁) 訂 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(2丨〇><297公釐) 472057 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明() c) 4-(3-氯-苯胺)-6-(4-異戊醯胺-苯)-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶;熔點> 300°C ; MS:(M+H)+ = 419,及 d) 4-(3-氯-苯胺)-6-(3-異丁醯胺-苯)-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶;熔點> 300〇C ; MS: (M+H)+ = 405。 實施例25 : 4-(3-氯-苯胺)-6-(4-乙胺-苯)-7H-吡咯幷丨2,3-dl嘧啶 在5°C下,將110微升(1.93毫摩爾)乙醛加入0.3克 (0.89毫摩爾)6-(4-胺-苯)·4-(3-氯-苯胺)-7H-吡咯幷[2,3_d]嘧啶溶 於15毫升THF中,並在5°C下,將反應混合物攪拌24小時 (有機溶液)。然後加入75毫克(U5毫摩爾)氰硼氫化 鈉。在室溫下,將反應溶液再攪拌5小時,然後在眞空中蒸 發濃縮。將剩餘物溶入乙酸乙酯中,並用1NHC1調至pH 2。 將乙酸乙酯相用水淸洗,乾燥及蒸發濃縮。將粗產物經由 一矽膠管柱層析。將標題化合物從甲醇/己烷或乙酸乙酯 / 己烷中結晶出;熔點:265 - 270°C ; MS:(M)+ = 363。 實施例26:以下之化合物係利用類似於實施例25之方法製Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs under nitrogen pressure and stirring, a 0.034 g (0.166 mmol) of 4-chloro-9H-pyridine hydrazone [3 ', 2' ·· 4, 5] pyrrolidine [ A mixture of 2,3-d] pyrimidine (German Patent No. 1916050) and 0.524 ml (4.99 mmol) of 3-chloro-aniline was heated at 120 ° C for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and then 5 ml of ethanol was added thereto. After further cooling to 0 ° C, the reaction mixture was filtered, and the crystals were washed with ethanol and dried under high vacuum. The formed title compound was melted at > 260 ° (:, EI-MS: M = 295 (C15H1 () aN5). Example 20: Using the method described in this application, the following compounds were obtained: a) Hydrogen chloride 4-benzylamine-5,6-dimethyl-7H-pyrrole [2,3-d] pyrimidine, melting point: 115-117 ° C, b) (R) -5,6-dimethyl · 4- [ (1-Benzene-ethyl) -amine] -7H-pyrrolidinium P, 3-d] pyrimidine, melting point: 206-208 ° C, c) (S) -5,6-dimethyl-4-[(l-benzene -B) -Amine] -7H-pyrrolidin [2,3-d] pyrimidine, melting point: 206 -207 ° C, mountain (11) -6- (4-amine-benzene > 4-[(1_benzene -B) -amine] -711-pyrrolidin [2,3- (1] pyrimidine, melting point: 234 -235 ° C, FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 330 (using a method similar to Example 18 , Obtained by reduction of equivalent nitro compounds with Raleigh nickel), e) (S) -6- (4-amine-benzene) · 4-[(1-benzene-ethyl) -amine] -7H-pyrrole [2,3-d] Pyrimidine, melting point: 235 -236 ° C 'FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 330 (Using a method similar to that in Example 18, the equivalent nitro compound was reduced with Raleigh nickel To get), (Please read the note 4 on the back first, then fill in and install —: write this page) The size of the paper is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (210X 297 (Public money) -76- 472057 Printed by A7 B7, Shellfish Consumer Cooperative, Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention () 〇6- (4-amine-benzene > 4-benzylamine-711-pyrrole [2,3 -(1) Pyrimidine_ (Lee) $ _ 0 in the method of '® ^^ 18, which is obtained by reducing the equivalent nitro compound with Raleigh nickel)' g) 6- (4-amine-benzene) -4- [ (3-Chlorobenzyl) amine] -7H-pyrrolo [2,34] 1 ^ # (Produced by a method similar to that of Example 18, which was obtained by reducing the equivalent nitro compound with Raleigh nickel), h) (R) -6- (4-Amine-benzene) -4-[(1-methoxycarbonyl-benzyl)]-amine-7H-pyrrolo [2,3_d] pyrimidine, i) (S) -Amine-benzene M-[(1-methoxycarbonylbenzyl)]-amine-7H * D than 幷 [2,3-d] pyrimidine, j) 6- (4-Ethylamine-benzene > 4- (3-Chloro-aniline) -7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine, melting point> 310 ° C, MS: (M) + = 377, k) 6- (4-aminoformamidinemethoxy- Benzene) 4- (3-chloro · aniline) · 7Η-pyrrole [2,3-d] pyrimidine 'Melting point: 297-298 ° C, l) 6- (4-amine-benzene) -4- (3- (Methyl-amine) -7H-pyrrolidinium [2,3 pyrimidine, melting point: 288-290 ° C (obtained by reduction of the equivalent nitro compound with Raleigh nickel using a method similar to Example 18), m) 6- (4-amine-benzene) bucket (3 • chlorobenzyl-aniline y7H-pyrrole [2 , 3-d] pyrimidine, melting point > 300 ° C 'MS: (M) + = 353 (obtained by reduction of the equivalent nitro compound with Raleigh nickel using a method similar to that in Example 18), η) 6 -Salacetamide-benzene) -4- (3-chloro-aniline) _7H-pyrrolopyrene [2,3-d] pyrimidine (preferably prepared by a method similar to that of Example 21), mp > 3〇 ( rc, MS: (M) + = 377, 〇) 6- (3-amine-benzene) (3-chloro-aniline) _711_pyrrolo [23_ < 1] pyrimidine, melting point: 293-295 C (using similar In the method of Example 18, obtained by reducing the equivalent nitro compound with Raleigh nickel), this paper 剌 t _ ^ (CNSU ^ ir (210x297 ^) (Please read the note on the back I #. Fill and install-: Write this page) Order Φ. -77- 472057 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () p) 6- (4-Carboxymethoxy-benzene) 4- (3-Chloro-aniline) -7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine, melting point: 305 -307 ° C, q) 6- (4- [benzyloxycarbonyl-methoxy] -benzene) -4- (3-Chloro-aniline) -7H-pyrrolidine [2,3-d] pyrimidine, melting point: 263 -265 ° C, r) 6 < 3-Aminemethylmethoxy-benzene) · 4 · (3-chloro -Aniline) -7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine, melting point: 283 -285 ° C s) 4- (3-Chloro-aniline) -6- (4-methoxycarbonylmethoxy-benzene) -7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine, melting point: 262-264 ° C, t) 4 -(3-chloro-aniline) -6- (3-methoxycarbonylmethoxy-benzene) -7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine, melting point: 225-227. . , U) 6-carboxy-4- (3-chloro-aniline) -7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine, melting point > 290 ° C, FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 289, v) 4- (3-Chloro-aniline) -6-ethoxycarbonyl-7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine, melting point > 290 ° C, FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 317 , W) 6-n-butylaminecarbonyl 4- (3-chloro-aniline) -7H_pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine, melting point: 282 -284 ° C, FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 344, X) 4- (3-Chloro-aniline) -6- (4-ethoxycarbonyl-benzene) -7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine, melting point> 300 ° C, FAB- MS: (M + H) + = 393, y) 6- (4-carboxy-benzene) -4- (3-chloro-aniline) -7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine, melting point> 300 ° c, Rf = 0.47 (ethyl acetate / methanol [6: 4]), z) 6-benzylaminecarbonyl · 4- (3-chloro-aniline) -7H-pyrrole [2,3-d] pyrimidine, Melting point (decomposition) 295 ° C, FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 378, this paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (210X297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page )-Binding · Order -78- Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7___ ί 明 (), chloro-aniline) -6- (N · [3-methyl-but-1-yl] -amine formamidine ) -7Η-pyrrolopyrene [2,3-d] pyrimidine (Reference Example 45), melting point: 304-306 ° C, FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 358, zb) 5- (aniline-methyl)-(3-chloro-aniline) -7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine and V- t zc 5) (Aniline-methyl) bucket (3-chloro-aniline > 6-methyl-7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine. Examples 20a, 20d, 20e, 20f, 20g, 201 and 201 The 20m compound is preferably obtained by reducing the equivalent nitro compound with Raleigh nickel using a method similar to that in Example 18. Example 21: 6- (4-acetamidine-benzene) -4- (3- (Chloro-aniline) -7H-pyrrolidinium 2,3-pyrimidine (Reference Example 20Ϊ) Add 0.05 ml (0.56 mmol) of acetic anhydride to 0.2 g (0.56 mmol) of 6 ^ (4-amine-benzene) 4- (3-Chloro-aniline) 7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine was suspended in 0.5 ml of pyridine, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 0 ° C for 1 hour until TLC showed No starting material remained. The reaction mixture was poured into 50 ml of ice water, and the precipitate was filtered off and washed with hexane. The crude product was chromatographed on a silica gel column. The title compound was crystallized from THF / ethyl acetate / hexane; melting point> 310 ° C; MS: (M) + = 377. Example 22: The following compounds were prepared using a method similar to that of Example 1 or other examples of macros: a) 4- (3-chloro-aniline) -6- (4-propanamidin-benzene) 7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine (prepared by a method similar to that in Example 21); melting point> 300 ° C; MS: (M) + = 391, b) 4- (3-chloro-aniline ) -6- (3-Propanamide-benzeneHH-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine (prepared by a method similar to that in Example 21); melting point > 300 ° C; MS: (M) + = 391, This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (2 丨 OX 297 mm) II Binding «~ n (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 472057 A7 B7 Employees of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the cooperative V. Description of the invention () c) (R) -6- (4-Ethylamine-benzene M-K1-benzene-ethyl) · amine] -7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine ( Prepared by a method similar to Example 21); Melting point: 304-305 ° C; MS: (M) + = 37 d) (R) -4-[(l-benzene-ethyl) -amine] -6- (4-Propanamide-benzene) -7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine (prepared by a method similar to that in Example 21); MS: (M) + = 385 (refer to Example 28a) and e ) (R) 4- (3-Acetylamine-benzene - B) - amine] -7H- Bing-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine; melting point: 150- 180 ° C; MS: (M) + = 371. Example 23: 4- (3-Chloro-aniline) -6- (4-isobutylamidine-benzene K7H-pyrrole, 2,3-dl pyrimidine at 0 ° C, 0.2 g (0.56 mmol) 6 · (4-amine-benzene) + (3-chloro-aniline) -7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine and 0.064 ml (0.62 mmol) of isobutyric acid chloride and 1 ml of absolute dimethyl Acetamide was stirred for 2 hours until thin layer chromatography showed no starting material remaining. The reaction mixture was poured into 20 ml of ice water to precipitate the product. The product was washed with about 50 ml of ethyl acetate, about 2 ml of THF and Extract 20 ml of 5% NaHC03 aqueous solution. Wash the organic phase with water, dry, evaporate and concentrate to crystallize the desired compound. Filter the precipitate and rinse with cold ethyl acetate. Add hexane to the mother liquor to get more Many title compounds; melting point> 300 ° C; MS: (M) + = 405. Example 24: The following compounds were prepared by a method similar to that of Example 23: a) 4- (3 · chloro- Aniline> 6- (4-trimethylacetamido-benzene) -7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine; melting point> 300 ° C; MS: (M) + = 419, b) 4 -(3-chloro-aniline) -6- [4- (DL-2_methyl-butylammoniumamine) -benzene] -7H-pyrrolo [2,3- d] pyrimidine; melting point> 300 ° C; FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 420, (Please read the notes on the back _ 4. Then fill in. Packing —: write this page) Applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (2 丨 〇 < 297 mm) 472057 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () c) 4- (3-Chloro-aniline ) -6- (4-Isoamylamine-benzene) -7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine; melting point > 300 ° C; MS: (M + H) + = 419, and d) 4 -(3-chloro-aniline) -6- (3-isobutylamidamine-benzene) -7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine; melting point> 300 ° C; MS: (M + H) + = 405. Example 25: 4- (3-Chloro-aniline) -6- (4-ethylamine-benzene) -7H-pyrrole, 2,3-dl pyrimidine at 5 ° C, 110 microliters (1.93 mmol) ) Aldehyde was added with 0.3 g (0.89 mmol) of 6- (4-amine-benzene) · 4- (3-chloro-aniline) -7H-pyrrolo [2,3_d] pyrimidine and dissolved in 15 ml of THF. The reaction mixture was stirred at 5 ° C for 24 hours (organic solution). Then 75 mg (U5 mmol) of sodium cyanoborohydride was added. The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for another 5 hours, and then concentrated by evaporation in the air. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and adjusted to pH 2 with 1NHC1. The ethyl acetate phase was washed with water, dried and concentrated by evaporation. The crude product was chromatographed on a silica gel column. The title compound was crystallized from methanol / hexane or ethyl acetate / hexane; melting point: 265-270 ° C; MS: (M) + = 363. Example 26: The following compounds were prepared by a method similar to Example 25
Mf. · 備. a) (R)-6>(4-二乙胺-苯)冬[(1-苯-乙)_胺]-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶;熔 點:286 - 287°C ; MS:(M)+ = 386, b) 4-(3-氯-苯胺)-6-(4-二甲胺-苯)-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶;熔點:279 -282°C ; MS:(M)+= 363 (在 6-(4-胺-苯)-4-(3-氯-苯胺V7H-吡咯幷[2,3- d]嘧啶與甲醛之反應期間生成), c) 4-(3-氯-苯胺)-6-(3-乙胺-苯)-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶;MS:(M)+ = 363 及 d) 6-(4-二甲胺-苯)-4-[(1-苯-乙)-胺]-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(210X 297公釐) —^^1' nn ^mt ml flm Km ml* mt n^i n^— im m 1 In* tin nw fmm in (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -81 - 472057 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明() 實施例27:利用類似於實施例18之方法,用雷氏鎳將相當 之硝基化合物還原,產生以下之化合物: a) 6-(4-胺-苯)-4-(3-甲-节胺)-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶,熔點:291 -293 °C ; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 330 > b) (R)-6-(3-胺-苯)·4-[(1-苯-乙)-胺]_7Η-Β比咯幷[2,3-d]嚼陡,非晶狀, FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 330, c) (民S)-6-(4-胺-苯>4-[(l-(3-氯-苯)-乙)-胺]-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]喃啶,熔 點:281-283。(: ; FAB-MS:(M+H)+ = 364。 實施例28 :以下之化合物係利用類似於眚施例2Ί夕方法製 備· a) (R)-4-[(l-苯-乙胺]-6-(4-丙醯胺-苯)-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶;MS: (M)+ = 385 (參考實施例22d), b) (R>4-[(1-苯-乙)-胺]-6^(3-丙醯胺-苯>7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶;MS: (M)+ = 385, 鬣廬盤巧丄_以下之化合物係利用類似於實施例23之方法製 備: a) (R>6-(3-異丁醯胺苯)~4-[(1-苯乙)-胺]-7Η·吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶,熔 點:206 - 208〇C ; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 400, b) (R>6~(4·異丁醯胺-苯苯-乙)·胺]-7H-吡咯幷[2,3_d]喃啶,熔 點:296 - 297〇C ; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 400, c) (R>6-(4-三甲基乙醯胺-苯)·4·[(1-苯-乙)-胺K7H-吡咯幷[2,34喃 啶,熔點>300°C ; FAB-MS:(M+H)+ = 414 及 d) (R)-H3-三甲基乙醸胺-苯)冰[(1-苯-乙胺HH_D比咯幷[2,3-d]喷 啶,熔點:148 - 152°C ; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 414。 (請先閲讀背面之注意事_ d •項再填 裝— :寫本頁) 訂 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS > Λ4規格(210X297公漦) -82- 472057 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 實施例30 : 4-(3-氯-苯胺)-6-(4-乙氧羰-苯)-7H-吡咯幷丨2,3-dl嘧啶 將900毫克(2.95毫摩爾)4-氯-6-(4-乙氧幾-苯)-7H-吡咯幷 [2,3-d]嘧啶與0.63毫升(6毫摩爾)3-氯-苯胺及22毫升正丁醇 迴流加熱2.5小時。將標題化合物在一矽膠管柱上層析出或 從四氫呋喃/乙醚中結晶出;熔點>300°C ; FAB-MS:(M+H)+二 393。 起始原料係製備如下: 步驟30.1 : 2-胺-3-乙氧羰-5-(4-乙氧羰苯)-1H-吡咯 利用類似於步驟8.1之方法,使40毫升絕對乙醇中之4.92 克(29.5毫摩爾)氫氯化2-甲脒·乙酸乙酯與2.0克(29.5毫摩 爾)乙醇鈉及4.0克(14·8毫摩爾)2-溴-(4-乙氧羰)-苯乙酮反 應,形成標題化合物;熔點:150-151°C ; MS:(M)+ = 302。 步驟30·2 : 6-(4-乙氧羰-苯)·7Η-吡咯幷P,3-dl嘧啶4-醇 利用類似於步驟8.2之方法,在150°C及一保護氣體下, 將2.6克(8.6毫摩爾)2-胺-3-乙氧羰-5-(4-乙氧羰-苯)-1Η-吡略與 19毫升甲醯胺、8毫升DMF及0.6毫升甲酸加熱過夜。利用 類似於步驟8.2之方法後續處理後,產生標題化合物;熔點> 250〇C ; FAB-MS:(M+H)+ = 284。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 步驟30·3 : 4-氯-6-(4-乙氧羰-苯)-7H-吡咯幷丨2,3-dl嘧啶 利用類似於步驟8.3之方法,在一保護氣體下,將1.45 克6^(4-乙氧羰·苯)-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶·4·醇溶於15毫升氧氯化 磷之溶液加熱2小時,並作後續處理,產生標題化合物,·熔 點:250°C (分解);TLC-Rf=0.63(乙酸乙酯 / 己烷[1:1]); FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 302 ° 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) -83- 472057 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 實施例31 : 4-(3-氯-苯胺)-6-(3-乙氧羰·苯)-7沁吡咯幷丨2,3-dl嘧啶 標題化合物係利用類似於實施例30之方法製得;熔點> 300°C ; TLC-Rf = 0.66 (乙酸乙酯 / 己烷[1:1] ) ; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 393。 起始原料係製備如下: 步驟31.1 . 2-胺-3-乙氧幾-5-(3-乙氧簾-苯)-1Η-Β比咯 標題化合物係利用類似於步驟30.1之方法製得;熔點: 136 - 137°C ; TLC-Rf = 0.37 (乙酸乙酯 / 己烷 p:l]) ; MS: (M)+ = 302。 步驟31.2 : 6-(3-乙氧羰-苯)-7H-吡咯幷丨2,3-dl嘧啶-4-醇 標題化合物係利用類似於步驟30.2之方法製得;熔點> 250°C ; TLC-Rf = 0.29 (乙酸乙酯 / 己烷[1:1]) ; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 284。 步驟31.3 : 4-氯-6-(3-乙氧羰-苯)-7H-吡咯幷丨2,3-dl嘧啶 標題化合物係利用類似於步驟30.3之方法製得;熔點> 250°C ; TLC-Rf = 0_62 (乙酸乙酯 / 己烷[1:1]) ; FAB-MS·· (M+H)+ = 302。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 實施例32 : 4-(3-氯-苯胺)-6-(4-錢-苯)-7H-吡咯幷丨2,3-dl嘧啶 (參見實施例20y) 將0.2克(0.:51毫摩爾)4-(3-氯-苯胺)-6-(4-乙氧羰-苯)-7H-吡 咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶(溶於1.2毫升絕對乙醇中)與62.7毫克(1.52 毫摩爾)氫氧化鋰(溶於1毫升水中)迴流加熱,直到薄層 層析術顯示所有的起姶原料已消失爲止(I2小時)。將溶 液冷卻至室溫,並用INNaOH溶液調至pH 2,沉澱出期望之 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(210、X 297公釐) -84- 472057 A7 經濟部中央樣準扃員工消費合作社印f B7___ 五、發明説明() 產物並過濾出。將標題化合物從乙醇/水或THF/己烷中再 結晶;熔點:>300°C ; Rf=0.47 (乙酸乙酯/甲醇[1:1]), FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 365。 實施例33 : 4-(3-氯-苯胺V6-(3-羧-苯)-7Η·此咯幷丨2.34嘧啶 標題化合物係利用類似於實施例32之方法製得;熔 點:> 300°C ; Rr=〇.5(乙酸乙酯 / 甲醇[60:40] ) ; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 365 ° 實施例34 : 4·(3·氯-苯胺>6~(4-甲氧羰-苯咯幷丨2,3-dl嘧啶 將0.5克(I.37毫摩爾)4~(3_氯-苯胺>6-(4-羧·苯)-7H-吡咯幷 [2,3-d]嘧啶懸浮在100毫升甲醇之懸浮液與0,1毫升濃硫酸迴 流加熱24小時。將溶液濃縮,並在甲醇/乙醚中攪拌。將 晶體過濾出,然後懸浮在甲醇/水中。將懸浮液用碳酸氫 鈉溶液調至pH 7-8,並在室溫下攪拌30分鐘。將晶體用吸濾 法過濾出,用水、甲醇及乙醚淸洗及乾燥,得到無色晶狀 之標題化合物;溶點:>300°C ; TLC-Rf=0.6 (甲苯/乙酸乙 酯[3:7]) ; FAB-MS:(M+H)+ = 378。 實施例35 :以下夕化含物係利用類似於實施例34之方法製 備: a) 4<3-氯-苯胺>6-(4-乙氧羰·苯)-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶;熔點>300 °C ; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 393 » b) 4-(3-氯-苯胺>6·(4-丙氧羰-苯)-7H_吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶;熔點> 250 °C ; Rf = 0.41 (乙酸乙酯 / 己烷[1:1]) ; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 407 ’ 本紙张尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公犛) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -裝. 訂 -f -85- 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作杜印製 472057 A7 B7 五、發明説明() c) 4~(3-氯-苯胺>6-(4-異丙氧羰-苯)-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶;熔點> 250°C ; Rf = 0.41 (乙酸乙酯 / 己烷[1:1]) ; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 407及 d) 4-(3-氯-苯胺)-6-(4-異丁氧羰-苯)-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶;熔點> 250°C ; Rf = 0.48 (乙酸乙酯 / 己烷[1:1]) ; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 42卜 實施例36 : 4-(3-氯-苯胺>6-(4-二甲胺幾-苯咯幷丨2,3-dl嘧啶 在室溫下,將369毫克(1.01毫摩爾)苯氯· 苯胺咯幷p,3-d]嘧啶、0.4毫升(2.3毫摩爾)二甲胺及 0.3毫升(1.51毫摩爾)DEPC( Aldrich公司)溶於1〇毫升DMF 之溶液攪拌1小時。將棕色懸浮液用水稀釋及過濾,並將晶 體用水、甲醇及乙醚淸洗,得到無色晶狀之標題化合物; 熔點>250°C ; FAB-MS:(M+H)+ = 392。 實施例37 : 4-(3·氡-苯胺V6-(4-二乙胺簾-苯)-7H-吡咯幷丨2,3-dl嘧啶 標題化合物係利用類似於實施例8之方法製得;熔點: >250〇C ; FAB-MS: (M+H)+= 420 = 宣以下之化合物係利用類似於實施例25之方法製 備: a) 4-(3-氯-苯胺)_6_(3_二甲胺-苯)_7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶;熔點:282-284 C ί MS: (M)+ = 363 ° 寘旌例39 : (RWW4·^-苯>4-丨(1-苯-乙V胺1-7H-吡咯幷丨2.3-dl嘧啶 無色粉末狀之標題化合物係利用類似於實施例10之方 法’將(R)-6-(4·甲氧-苯>4-[(1-苯-乙)-胺]_7Η·吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶中之 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4规格(210X297公釐) ---------裝-----^--.---- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本育) -86- 472057 A7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印裝 R7 ** - _ 五、發明説明() 甲基用二溴化硼去除;熔點:216 - 218°C ; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 331。 起始原料係製備如下·· 見驟39J : 里氧·苯)斗丨(1_苯-乙)_胺〗·7H_吡咯幷fZ3_d1嘧啶 標題化合物係利用類似於實施例8或9之方法,以正丁 醇中之4_氯冬(4~甲氧-苯)_7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶及(RH+)-l-苯-乙胺 爲起始原料製得;溶點:256 - 257°C ; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 345。 !施例仲:_4-(3-氯-苯胺)·5·二甲胺甲-6-(4-羥-苯V7H-吡咯幷丨2.3-dl 嘧啶 標題化合物係利用實施例3之方法,以4-(3-氯-苯胺>6-(4-經-苯)-7Η·0比咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶及碘化Ν,Ν-二甲-亞甲亞銨爲起始原 料製得;熔點:243-244°C,MS:(M)+ = 393。 實施例41 : 4·(3-氯-苯胺V6-乙氧羰-7H·吡咯幷『2,3~dl嘧啶 在氬氣壓及l〇〇°C下,將29.0 ( 128毫摩爾)4-氯-6-乙氧幾· 7H_吡咯幷[2,3,嘧啶及18.0毫升(171毫摩爾)3-氯苯胺溶於 430毫升正丁醇之溶液攪拌3小時(幾乎在》1小時後溶解, 然後形成一濃懸浮液)。將反應混合物冷卻至》50°C,然後 將400毫升異丙醇/己烷(1:1)加入其中。然後將反應混合物 冷卻至室溫,並將產物過濾出,用異丙醇及己烷淸洗。在 乙醚中攪拌,產生標題化合物:W-NMR (DMSOO 13.0及 10.53 (2sb, 2HN), 8.48 (s, 1H), 8.13 (m, 1H), 7.78 (dm, J = 8, 1H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.45 (t, J = 8, 1H), 7.21 (dm, J = 8, 1H), 4.37 (q, J = 7, 2H), 1.37 (t, J = 7, 3H)。 起始原料係製備如下: 本纸倀尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4规格(2丨0x297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事 Φ— -項再填. 裝-- :寫本頁) 訂 472057 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 步驟41.1 : 2-胺-3,5-雙(乙氧幾MH-吡咯 在0-5°C下,將56.0克(0.43毫摩爾)2·甲脒-乙酸乙酯 〔製備方法參見:LiebigsAnn.Cliem.,l56l(l981)〕加入 172 毫升 DMPU中。將56.0毫升(0.45毫摩爾)溴丙酮酸乙酯在30分 鐘內逐滴加入其中,然後在60°C下,將反應混合物加熱3小 時。將深棕色反應溶液倒入1升冰水中,並用1升乙酸乙酯 萃取及用0.5升乙酸乙酯萃取兩次。將有機相用0.5升水及0.5 升鹽水淸洗三次,乾燥(Na2S04)及蒸發濃縮。實施管柱層析 術(Si02,己烷/乙酸乙酯[1··1])及從乙醚/己烷中結晶, 產生標題化合物;熔點:147- 149°C ; MS:(M)+ = 226。 步驟41.2 : 6-乙氧羰·4邁·7Η-吡咯幷『2,3-dl嘧啶 在排除空氣及140°C下,將51.5克U27毫摩爾)2-胺-3,5-雙(乙氧羰MH·吡咯、455毫升甲醯胺、227毫升DMF及113毫 升甲酸攪拌27小時。將形成之黃色懸浮液冷卻至0-5°C。過 濾,並用異丙醇及己烷淸洗,產生標題化合物;W-NMR (DMSO-de): 13 - 12 (2 HX),7.99 及 7_11 (2s,2H),4.31 (q,J = 7, 2H),1.32 (t J = 7, 3H)。 斐驟41.3 : 4-氛-6-乙氬羰-7H-吡咯幷丨2>dl嘧啶 在一氮氣壓及室溫下,將32.0克(154毫摩爾)6-乙氧羰--7H-D比咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶懸浮在308毫升(338毫摩爾)P0C13 中’並在攪拌及120°C下加熱,在加熱期間固體溶解。在120 °C下攪拌3小時後,將過量之P〇Cl3蒸餾出(65°C外部溫度; I5毫巴)。將剩餘物懸浮在50毫升冰冷之甲苯中。過濾, 並用甲苯淸洗,產生標題化合物;熔點:219 - 221 °C ; 4- 本紙張 CNS ) A4規格(210X297公 (請先閲讀背面之注意事_ 裝. 項再填寫太 :寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 -88- 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 472057 A7 B7 五、發明説明() NMR (DMSO-c^): 8.77 及 7_24 (2s,2H),4.39 (q,J = 7, 2H),1_36 (t,J = 7, 3H)。進一步產物可將濾液蒸發濃縮,然後在乙酸乙酯/水 中攪拌而得。 實施例42 : 6·羧-4-(3·氯·苯胺V7H-吡咯幷丨2,3-dl嘧啶 將25毫克(0.6毫摩爾)Li0HH20溶於0.4毫升H20之溶 液逐滴加入95毫克(0.30毫摩爾)4·(3-氯-苯胺)-6-乙氧羰-7H-吡 咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶溶於0.7毫升甲醇之懸浮液中。將反應混合物 沸騰加熱4.5小時,然後在冰浴中冷卻,並用0.6毫升之1N HC1溶液酸化。過濾,並用水淸洗,產生標題化合物;HPLC: tRet(Grad20) = 8.7 ; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 289。 實施例43 : 6-(N-正丁-胺甲醯)-4-(3-氯-苯胺V7H-吡咯幷丨2,3-dl嘧啶 在60°C下,將95毫克(0.30毫摩爾)4K3-氯-苯胺>6-乙氧 羰-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶溶於1毫升正丁胺之溶液加熱20小 時《將淡黃色溶液蒸發濃縮,並將剩餘物用異丙醇攪拌, 過濾,並用己烷淸洗,產生標題化合物;熔點:282 -284 。(:;TLC-Rf= 0.45 ( CH2C12/ 甲醇 10:1) ; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 344。 實施例44 : 6-苄胺羰·4~(3-氯-苯胺V7H-吡咯幷丨2,3-dl嘧啶 在100°C下,將95毫克(0.3〇毫摩爾)4-(3-氯-苯胺)-6·乙氧 滕-7IW比咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶及0.5毫升苄胺加熱27小時。將反應混 合物在冰水中冷卻,用1毫升異丙醇及1毫升己烷攪拌,過 濾及乾燥,產生標題化合物;FAB-MS:(M+H)+ = 378。 實施例45 : 4-(3-氯-苯胺)-6-ΓΝ-(3-甲-丁-1-基V胺甲醯1-7H-Hbh咯幷丨2,3-dl嘧啶(參考實施例20za) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(210X 297公飨) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝· T-、τ -89 - 472057 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明() 在80°C下,將95毫克(0.30毫摩爾)4-(3-氯-苯胺)-6-乙氧 簾-7H·吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶溶於1毫升(3-甲-丁-1-基)-胺之溶液加熱 12小時。將反應混合物蒸發濃縮,將剩餘物溶於THF中, 再次蒸發濃縮,用乙醚攪拌及過濾,產生標題化合物;熔 點:304-306。。; FAB-MS:(M+H)+ = 358。 實施例46 : 4-(3-氯-苯胺)-6_(N,N-二甲-胺甲醯)-7H-吡咯幷丨2,3-dl嘧 淀 在氮氣壓下,將97.6毫克( 0.338毫摩爾)6-羧-4-(3-氯·苯 胺)-7H-吡咯幷[2,3_d]嘧啶加入7毫升DMF中,並將119毫克 (0.4〇毫摩爾)TPTU及一 164毫克(33%在乙醇中;1.2毫摩 爾)二甲胺溶於1毫升DMF之溶液加入其中。2小時後,將 另一份30毫克TPTU加入反應溶液中,然後在室溫下攪拌2 天,然後倒入30毫升冰水中,攪拌,過濾,並用水淸洗, 產生標題化合物;HPLC:tRet(Grad2G):9.5 ; TLC-Rf=0.38 (CH2C12/ 甲醇[10:1]) ; FAB-MS:(M+H)+ = 316。 實施例47 : 6-胺羰·4-(3-氯-苯胺)-7H-吡咯幷丨2,3-dl嘧啶 在一熱壓器內,在120°C下,將90毫克(0.285毫摩爾) 4-(3-氯·苯胺)-6-乙氧羰_7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶溶於30毫升甲醇及= 5克氨之溶液加熱48小時。將矽膠加入反應混合物中,然後 將其蒸發濃縮,以粉末狀加入一矽膠管柱中,最後用二氯 甲烷/甲醇/ THF (210:35:10)溶析。用甲醇經由一氧化鋁管 柱(鹼性)過濾,並在乙酸乙酯中攪拌,產生標題化合 物;HPLC: tRet(Grad2。): 8.1 ; TLC-Rf = 0· 18 ( CH2C12/ 甲醇[10:1]); 高解析 MS: (M+H)+ = 288.0669 (計算値=288.0652 )。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事'Mf. · Preparation. A) (R) -6 > (4-Diethylamine-benzene) winter [(1-benzene-ethyl) _amine] -7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine; melting point: 286-287 ° C; MS: (M) + = 386, b) 4- (3-chloro-aniline) -6- (4-dimethylamine-benzene) -7H-pyrrole [2,3-d] Pyrimidine; Melting point: 279 -282 ° C; MS: (M) + = 363 (at 6- (4-amine-benzene) -4- (3-chloro-aniline V7H-pyrrole [2,3-d] pyrimidine Formed during the reaction with formaldehyde), c) 4- (3-chloro-aniline) -6- (3-ethylamine-benzene) -7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine; MS: (M) + = 363 and d) 6- (4-Dimethylamine-benzene) -4-[(1-benzene-ethyl) -amine] -7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (210X 297 mm) — ^^ 1 'nn mt ml flm Km ml * mt n ^ in ^ — im m 1 In * tin nw fmm in (Please read first Note on the back, please fill out this page again) -81-472057 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention The reduction of the nitro compound produces the following compounds: a) 6- (4-amine-benzene) -4- (3-methyl-benzylamine) -7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine, melting point: 291 -293 ° C; FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 330 > b) (R) -6- (3-amine-benzene) · 4-[(1-benzene-ethyl) -amine] _7Η- Β is more steep than amorphous [2,3-d], amorphous, FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 330, c) (Min S) -6- (4-amine-benzene)> 4- [(l- (3-Chloro-benzene) -ethyl) -amine] -7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine, melting point: 281-283. (:; FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 364. Example 28: The following compounds were prepared using a method similar to that in Example 2a) (R) -4-[(l-benzene-ethylamine] -6- (4-propanamine- Benzene) -7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine; MS: (M) + = 385 (Reference Example 22d), b) (R > 4-[(1-Benzene-ethyl) -amine]- 6 ^ (3-Propanamine-benzene) 7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine; MS: (M) + = 385, iguana pan Qiao __ The following compounds are similar to those used in Example 23 Preparation: a) (R > 6- (3-Isobutyramine benzene) ~ 4-[(1-phenylethyl) -amine] -7Η · pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine, melting point: 206- 208〇C; FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 400, b) (R > 6 ~ (4 · isobutylamidine-phenylbenzene-ethyl) · amine] -7H-pyrrolo [2,3_d] Pyrimidine, melting point: 296-297 ° C; FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 400, c) (R > 6- (4-trimethylacetamido-benzene) · 4 · [(1- Benzene-ethyl) -amine K7H-pyrrolidinium [2,34-pyrimidine, melting point> 300 ° C; FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 414 and d) (R) -H3-trimethylacetamidine Amine-benzene) ice [(1-benzene-ethylamine HH_D than pyrrolidine [2,3-d] pyridine, melting point: 148-152 ° C; FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 414. (Please read the notes on the back _ d • Items before filling —: Write this page) The size of the paper used in this edition applies to the Chinese national standard (CNS > Λ4 specification (210X297) 漦 -82- 472057 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Example 30: 4- (3-Chloro-aniline) -6- (4-ethoxycarbonyl-benzene) -7H-pyrrole, 2,3-dl pyrimidine 900 mg (2.95 mmol) 4-chloro -6- (4-ethoxy-benzene) -7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine and 0.63 ml (6 mmol) of 3-chloro-aniline and 22 ml of n-butanol were heated under reflux for 2.5 hours. The title compound was chromatographed on a silica gel column or crystallized from tetrahydrofuran / ether; melting point> 300 ° C; FAB-MS: (M + H) + two 393. The starting materials were prepared as follows: Step 30.1: 2- Amine-3-ethoxycarbonyl-5- (4-ethoxycarbonylbenzene) -1H-pyrrole Using a method similar to step 8.1, 4.92 g (29.5 mmol) of 2-methyl hydrochloride in 40 ml of absolute ethanol脒 · Ethyl acetate was reacted with 2.0 g (29.5 mmol) of sodium ethoxide and 4.0 g (14.8 mmol) of 2-bromo- (4-ethoxycarbonyl) -acetophenone to form the title compound; melting point: 150- 151 ° C; MS: (M) + = 302. Step 30 · 2: 6- (4-ethoxycarbonyl-benzene) · 7Η-pyridine幷 P, 3-dlpyrimidin 4-ol. Using a method similar to step 8.2, at 150 ° C and a protective gas, 2.6 g (8.6 mmol) of 2-amine-3-ethoxycarbonyl-5- (4 -Ethoxycarbonyl-benzene) -1H-pyrrole was heated overnight with 19 ml of formamidine, 8 ml of DMF and 0.6 ml of formic acid. Subsequent treatment using a method similar to step 8.2 yielded the title compound; melting point> 250 ° C FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 284. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Step 30 · 3: 4-Chloro-6- (4 -Ethoxycarbonyl-benzene) -7H-pyrrole 幷 2,3-dlpyrimidine Using a method similar to step 8.3, under a protective gas, 1.45 g of 6 ^ (4-ethoxycarbonyl · benzene) -7H- A solution of pyrrolidine [2,3-d] pyrimidine · 4 · alcohol in 15 ml of phosphorus oxychloride was heated for 2 hours and then processed to produce the title compound. Melting point: 250 ° C (decomposition); TLC-Rf = 0.63 (ethyl acetate / hexane [1: 1]); FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 302 ° This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X 297 mm) -83- 472057 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Example 31: 4- (3-chloro-aniline) -6- (3-Ethoxycarbonylbenzene) -7-pyrimidine 幷 2,3-dlpyrimidine The title compound was prepared by a method similar to that in Example 30; melting point > 300 ° C; TLC-Rf = 0.66 (ethyl acetate Ester / hexane [1: 1]); FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 393. The starting materials were prepared as follows: Step 31.1. 2-Amine-3-ethoxyquin-5- (3-ethoxy curtain-benzene) -1H-B ratio The title compound was prepared by a method similar to step 30.1; Melting point: 136-137 ° C; TLC-Rf = 0.37 (ethyl acetate / hexane p: l]); MS: (M) + = 302. Step 31.2: 6- (3-ethoxycarbonyl-benzene) -7H-pyrrole, 2,3-dlpyrimidin-4-ol The title compound was prepared by a method similar to step 30.2; melting point> 250 ° C; TLC-Rf = 0.29 (ethyl acetate / hexane [1: 1]); FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 284. Step 31.3: 4-Chloro-6- (3-ethoxycarbonyl-benzene) -7H-pyrrole, 2,3-dl pyrimidine The title compound was prepared using a method similar to step 30.3; melting point> 250 ° C; TLC-Rf = 0_62 (ethyl acetate / hexane [1: 1]); FAB-MS ... (M + H) + = 302. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Example 32: 4- (3-Chloro-aniline) -6- (4-qin-benzene) -7H-pyrrole幷 2,3-dl pyrimidine (see Example 20y) 0.2 g (0 :: 51 mmol) of 4- (3-chloro-aniline) -6- (4-ethoxycarbonyl-benzene) -7H-pyrrole幷 [2,3-d] pyrimidine (dissolved in 1.2 ml absolute ethanol) and 62.7 mg (1.52 mmol) of lithium hydroxide (dissolved in 1 ml of water) are heated under reflux until thin layer chromatography shows all the The raw material has disappeared (I2 hours). The solution was cooled to room temperature and adjusted to pH 2 with INNaOH solution, and the desired paper size was precipitated. Applicable to China National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specifications (210, X 297 mm) -84- 472057 A7 Central Ministry of Economic Standards Printed by the employee consumer cooperative f B7___ 5. Description of the invention () The product is filtered out. The title compound was recrystallized from ethanol / water or THF / hexane; melting point: > 300 ° C; Rf = 0.47 (ethyl acetate / methanol [1: 1]), FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 365. Example 33: 4- (3-Chloro-aniline V6- (3-carboxy-benzene) -7Η · this ketone 幷 2.34 The title pyrimidine compound was prepared by a method similar to that in Example 32; melting point: > 300 ° C; Rr = 0.5 (ethyl acetate / methanol [60:40]); FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 365 ° Example 34: 4 · (3 · Chloro-aniline > 6 ~ ( 4-methoxycarbonyl-benzylpyrene 丨 2,3-dlpyrimidine 0.5 g (I.37 mmol) 4 ~ (3-chloro-aniline > 6- (4-carboxy · benzene) -7H-pyrrole [2,3-d] pyrimidine was suspended in 100 ml of methanol suspension and 0,1 ml of concentrated sulfuric acid and heated under reflux for 24 hours. The solution was concentrated and stirred in methanol / ether. The crystals were filtered off and then suspended in methanol / Water. The suspension was adjusted to pH 7-8 with sodium bicarbonate solution and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. The crystals were filtered off with suction filtration, washed with water, methanol and ether and dried to obtain colorless crystals. Title compound; melting point:> 300 ° C; TLC-Rf = 0.6 (toluene / ethyl acetate [3: 7]); FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 378. Example 35: The following chemical The contents were prepared by a method similar to that of Example 34: a) 4 < 3-chloro-aniline > 6- (4-ethoxycarbonylbenzene) -7H-pyrrolidine [2,3-d] Pyridine; melting point> 300 ° C; FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 393 »b) 4- (3-chloro-aniline > 6 · (4-propoxycarbonyl-benzene) -7H_pyrrole [2,3-d] pyrimidine; melting point > 250 ° C; Rf = 0.41 (ethyl acetate / hexane [1: 1]); FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 407 'This paper size applies China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 gong) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page)-Packing. Order -f -85- Duty printing by the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economy Staff Printing 472057 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () c) 4 ~ (3-chloro-aniline > 6- (4-isopropoxycarbonyl-benzene) -7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine; melting point> 250 ° C Rf = 0.41 (ethyl acetate / hexane [1: 1]); FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 407 and d) 4- (3-chloro-aniline) -6- (4-isobutyl Oxycarbonyl-benzene) -7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine; melting point> 250 ° C; Rf = 0.48 (ethyl acetate / hexane [1: 1]); FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 42. Example 36: 4- (3-Chloro-aniline> 6- (4-dimethylamine-chizyl-2-phenylpyrrolidine) 2,3-dl pyrimidine at room temperature, 369 mg (1.01 Mmol) phenyl chloride · aniline p-, 3-d] pyrimidine, 0.4 ml (2.3 mmol) dimethylamine and 0.3 ml (1.51 mmol) DEPC (Ald rich company) dissolved in 10 ml of DMF and stirred for 1 hour. The brown suspension was diluted with water and filtered, and the crystals were washed with water, methanol and diethyl ether to give the title compound as colorless crystals; mp > 250 ° C; FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 392. Example 37: 4- (3 · fluorene-aniline V6- (4-diethylamine curtain-benzene) -7H-pyrrole 幷, 2,3-dl pyrimidine The title compound was prepared by a method similar to Example 8; Melting point: > 250 ° C; FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 420 = The following compounds were prepared by a method similar to Example 25: a) 4- (3-chloro-aniline) _6_ (3 _Dimethylamine-benzene) _7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine; melting point: 282-284 C ί MS: (M) + = 363 ° Example 39: (RWW4 · ^ -benzene > 4 -丨 (1-Benzene-ethyl amine 1-7H-pyrrole) The title compound in the form of a 2.3-dl pyrimidine colorless powder was prepared by a method similar to that of Example 10 '(R) -6- (4 · methoxy- Benzene > 4-[(1-benzene-ethyl) -amine] _7Η · pyrrolopyrene [2,3-d] pyrimidine The paper size in this paper applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (210X297 mm) --- ------ Install ----- ^ --.---- (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this education) -86- 472057 A7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs R7 * *-_ 5. Description of the invention () The methyl group is removed by boron dibromide; melting point: 216-218 ° C; FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 331. The starting materials are prepared as follows ... See step 39J : Lithium benzene) bucket 丨(1_Benzene-ethyl) _amine 7H_Pyrrolidine fZ3_d1 The title pyrimidine compound was synthesized by a method similar to that of Example 8 or 9 to 4_chlorodong (4 ~ methoxy-benzene) _7H in n-butanol. -Pyrrolidine [2,3-d] pyrimidine and (RH +)-l-benzene-ethylamine as starting materials; melting point: 256-257 ° C; FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 345 Example Example: _4- (3-Chloro-aniline) · 5 · dimethylamine methyl-6- (4-hydroxy-benzene V7H-pyrrole) 2.3-dl The pyrimidine title compound was prepared by the method of Example 3, Taking 4- (3-chloro-aniline > 6- (4-meta-benzene) -7Η · 0-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine and iodized N, N-dimethyl-methyleneimine as Prepared from starting materials; melting point: 243-244 ° C, MS: (M) + = 393. Example 41: 4 · (3-Chloro-aniline V6-ethoxycarbonyl-7H · pyrrolidine "2,3 ~ dl Pyrimidine Under argon pressure and 100 ° C, 29.0 (128 mmol) 4-chloro-6-ethoxychloride 7H_pyrrole [2,3, pyrimidine and 18.0 ml (171 mmol) 3- A solution of chloroaniline in 430 ml of n-butanol was stirred for 3 hours (almost after 1 hour, and then a concentrated suspension was formed). The reaction mixture was cooled to "50 ° C, then 400 ml of isopropanol / hexane Alkanes (1: 1) were added thereto. The reaction mixture was then cooled to room temperature, and the product was filtered off and washed with isopropanol and hexane. Stirring in diethyl ether gave the title compound: W-NMR (DMSOO 13.0 and 10.53 (2sb, 2HN), 8.48 (s, 1H), 8.13 (m, 1H), 7.78 (dm, J = 8, 1H), 7.76 ( s, 1H), 7.45 (t, J = 8, 1H), 7.21 (dm, J = 8, 1H), 4.37 (q, J = 7, 2H), 1.37 (t, J = 7, 3H). The starting materials are prepared as follows: The paper's dimensions are applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2 丨 0x297 mm) (please read the notes on the back Φ—-then fill in. Packing-: write this page) Order 472057 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (4) Step 41.1: 2-amine-3,5-bis (ethoxyhexyl MH-pyrrole) at 0-5 ° C, 56.0 g (0.43 mmol) of 2 · formamidine-acetic acid Ethyl ester [see preparation method: LiebigsAnn. Cliem., 156l (l981)] was added to 172 ml of DMPU. 56.0 ml (0.45 mmol) of ethyl bromopyruvate was added dropwise within 30 minutes, and then at 60 ° C Next, the reaction mixture was heated for 3 hours. The dark brown reaction solution was poured into 1 liter of ice water, and extracted with 1 liter of ethyl acetate and twice with 0.5 liter of ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with 0.5 liter of water and 0.5 liter of brine. Washed three times, dried (Na2S04) and concentrated by evaporation. Column chromatography (Si02, hexane / ethyl acetate [1 ·· 1]) and crystallization from ether / hexane to give the title compound; melting point: 147-149 ° C; MS: (M) + = 226 Step 41.2: 6-ethoxycarbonyl · 4mai · 7Η-pyrrole 幷 2,3-dlpyrimidine, 51.5 grams of U27 mmol, 2-amine-3,5-bis (except air and 140 ° C) Ethoxycarbonyl MH · pyrrole, 455 ml of formamidine, 227 ml of DMF and 113 ml of formic acid were stirred for 27 hours. The yellow suspension formed was cooled to 0-5 ° C. It was filtered and washed with isopropanol and hexane. Yielded the title compound; W-NMR (DMSO-de): 13-12 (2 HX), 7.99 and 7_11 (2s, 2H), 4.31 (q, J = 7, 2H), 1.32 (t J = 7, 3H) Step 41.3: 4-Amo-6-ethylargonyl-7H-pyrrole, 2 > dlpyrimidine, 32.0 g (154 mmol) of 6-ethoxycarbonyl-7H- D-pyrrolidine [2,3-d] pyrimidine was suspended in 308 ml (338 mmol) of POC13 'and heated with stirring at 120 ° C, during which the solids dissolved. After stirring at 120 ° C for 3 hours, excess POCl3 was distilled off (65 ° C external temperature; I5 mbar). The residue was suspended in 50 ml of ice-cold toluene. Filter and wash with toluene to give the title compound; melting point: 219-221 ° C; 4- this paper CNS) A4 size (210X297 male (please read the precautions on the back first_installation. Please fill in too: write this page) Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs-88- Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 472057 A7 B7 V. Description of the Invention () NMR (DMSO-c ^): 8.77 and 7_24 (2s, 2H), 4.39 (q, J = 7, 2H), 1_36 (t, J = 7, 3H). Further products can be concentrated by evaporation of the filtrate and then stirred in ethyl acetate / water. Example 42: 6 · Carboxy-4- (3. Chloroaniline V7H-pyrrole 2 2,3-dl pyrimidine A solution of 25 mg (0.6 mmol) of Li0HH20 in 0.4 ml of H20 was added dropwise to 95 mg (0.30 mmol) of 4 · (3-chloro- Aniline) -6-ethoxycarbonyl-7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine was dissolved in a suspension of 0.7 ml of methanol. The reaction mixture was boiled for 4.5 hours, then cooled in an ice bath, and 0.6 ml of 1N HC1 solution was acidified. Filtered and washed with water to give the title compound; HPLC: tRet (Grad20) = 8.7; FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 289. Example 43: 6- (N-n-butyl-amine formamidine) -4- (3-chloro-aniline V7H-pyrrole 幷 2,3-dlpyrimidine at 60 ° C, 95 mg (0.30 mmol) 4K3-chloro-aniline >; 6-Ethoxycarbonyl-7H-pyrrolidin [2,3-d] pyrimidine dissolved in 1 ml of n-butylamine and heated for 20 hours. The light yellow solution was evaporated and concentrated, and the residue was stirred with isopropanol and filtered. , And washed with hexane to give the title compound; melting point: 282 -284. (:; TLC-Rf = 0.45 (CH2C12 / methanol 10: 1); FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 344. Example 44 : 6-benzylamine carbonyl · 4 ~ (3-chloro-aniline V7H-pyrrole 幷 2,3-dlpyrimidine at 100 ° C, 95 mg (0.30 mmol) 4- (3-chloro-aniline) -6 · ethoxytten-7IW was heated for 27 hours with pyrridine [2,3-d] pyrimidine and 0.5 ml of benzylamine. The reaction mixture was cooled in ice water, stirred with 1 ml of isopropanol and 1 ml of hexane, and filtered. And drying to give the title compound; FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 378. Example 45: 4- (3-Chloro-aniline) -6-ΓΝ- (3-methyl-but-1-yl Vamine Formamidine 1-7H-Hbh slightly 幷 2,3-dl pyrimidine (Reference Example 20za) This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (210X 297 cm) (Please read the back first Please pay attention to this page and fill in this page again.) T-, τ-89-472057 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention () At 80 ° C, 95 mg (0.30 mmol) A solution of 4- (3-chloro-aniline) -6-ethoxy curtain-7H · pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine in 1 ml of (3-methyl-but-1-yl) -amine was heated for 12 hours . The reaction mixture was concentrated by evaporation, the residue was dissolved in THF, concentrated by evaporation again, stirred with ether and filtered to give the title compound; melting point: 304-306. . ; FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 358. Example 46: 4- (3-Chloro-aniline) -6_ (N, N-dimethyl-amine formamidine) -7H-pyrrole, 2,3-dl pyrimidine under nitrogen pressure, 97.6 mg (0.338 Mmol) 6-carboxy-4- (3-chloro · aniline) -7H-pyrrolo [2,3_d] pyrimidine was added to 7 ml of DMF, and 119 mg (0.40 mmol) of TPTU and one 164 mg (33 % In ethanol; 1.2 mmol) of dimethylamine in 1 ml of DMF was added to it. After 2 hours, another 30 mg TPTU was added to the reaction solution, and then stirred at room temperature for 2 days, then poured into 30 ml of ice water, stirred, filtered, and washed with water to give the title compound; HPLC: tRet ( Grad2G): 9.5; TLC-Rf = 0.38 (CH2C12 / methanol [10: 1]); FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 316. Example 47: 6-aminocarbonyl · 4- (3-chloro-aniline) -7H-pyrrolidinium 2,3-dl pyrimidine in a hot press at 120 ° C, 90 mg (0.285 mmol) ) 4- (3-Chloroaniline) -6-ethoxycarbonyl-7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine was dissolved in 30 ml of methanol and a solution of 5 g of ammonia and heated for 48 hours. Silicone was added to the reaction mixture, which was then concentrated by evaporation, added to a silica gel column as a powder, and finally eluted with dichloromethane / methanol / THF (210: 35: 10). Filtration with methanol through an alumina column (basic) and stirring in ethyl acetate gave the title compound; HPLC: tRet (Grad2.): 8.1; TLC-Rf = 0 · 18 (CH2C12 / methanol [10: 1]); High-resolution MS: (M + H) + = 288.0669 (calculated 値 = 288.0652). (Please read the note on the back first '
Mm, •項再填* 裝— :寫本頁) *- j__丁 -'° _線 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(210X297公釐) -90- 7 5 20 7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 _______B7__ 五、發明説明() 標題化合物可利用其它方法製備如下: 將2.165克(7.5毫摩爾)6-竣》4-(3-氯-苯胺)-7私吡咯幷[2,3-(1] 嘧啶(參考實施例42)溶於60毫升THF及10毫升DMPU之混 合物迴流30分鐘,然後冷卻至❹幻丨^細懸浮液)。然後逐 滴加入824微升(7.5毫摩爾)N-甲嗎啉,接著加入981微升 (7.5毫摩爾)氯甲酸異丁酯溶於〗〇毫升thf之溶液。在0°C 下1小時後,再加入824微升N-甲嗎啉及981微升氯甲酸異丁 酯。將混合物攪拌1小時,然後逐滴加入70毫升之NH3溶於 二噚烷之飽和溶液中。3小時後,將混合物在眞空中濃縮。 將剩餘物倒入水中,將沉澱物過濾,並用水及沸騰之異丙 醇淸洗,產生標題化合物。更多的產物可從異丙醇濾液中 單離。 實施例48 : 4-(3-氯-苯胺)-6-甲胺羰-7H-吡咯幷丨2,3~dl嘧啶 在一彈管中,在50°C下,將95毫克(0.30毫摩爾)4-(3-氯-苯胺>6·乙氧羰-7H-吡咯幷[2,3>d]嘧啶溶於6毫升甲胺(33% 在乙醇中)加熱96小時。將反應混合物蒸發濃縮。實施製 備之HPLC,並在乙醚中攪拌,產生標題化合物;HPLC: tRet(Grad2。)= 8.6 ; TLC-Rf = 0,49 ( CH2C12/ THF/ 乙醇[6:2:1]); FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 302 = 實施例49 : 4-(3-氯-苯胺)-6-羥甲-7H-吡咯幷丨2,3-dl嘧啶 在氮氣壓下,將1.4克(37毫摩爾)氫化鋁鋰逐份加入 5.70克(18毫摩爾)4-(3-氯-苯胺)-6-乙氧羰-7H-U比咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶 溶於300毫升THF之溶液中。在50°C下攪拌2小時後,將100 毫升水逐滴加入反應混合物中,然後將其經由塞里塑料 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -装·Mm, • Refill the items * Pack —: Write this page) *-j__ 丁-'° _ The size of the paper is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (210X297 mm) -90- 7 5 20 7 Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 printed by the Consumer Standards Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards _______B7__ V. Description of the Invention () The title compound can be prepared by other methods as follows: 2.165 g (7.5 mmol) 6-Jun 4- (3-chloro-aniline) -7 private pyrrole [2,3- (1] pyrimidine (Reference Example 42) was dissolved in a mixture of 60 ml of THF and 10 ml of DMPU under reflux for 30 minutes, and then cooled to a fine suspension). Then, 824 µl (7.5 mmol) of N-morpholine was added dropwise, followed by 981 µl (7.5 mmol) of a solution of isobutyl chloroformate in 30 ml of thf. After 1 hour at 0 ° C, 824 µl of N-methylmorpholine and 981 µl of isobutyl chloroformate were added. The mixture was stirred for 1 hour, and then 70 ml of a saturated solution of NH3 in dioxane was added dropwise. After 3 hours, the mixture was concentrated in the air. The residue was poured into water, and the precipitate was filtered and washed with water and boiling isopropanol to give the title compound. More products can be isolated from the isopropanol filtrate. Example 48: 4- (3-Chloro-aniline) -6-methylaminecarbonyl-7H-pyrrole, 2,3 ~ dl pyrimidine in a bomb tube, at 50 ° C, 95 mg (0.30 mmol) ) 4- (3-Chloro-aniline) > 6.Ethoxycarbonyl-7H-pyrrolidine [2,3 > d] pyrimidine was dissolved in 6 ml of methylamine (33% in ethanol) and heated for 96 hours. The reaction mixture was evaporated Concentrated. Preparative HPLC was performed and stirred in diethyl ether to give the title compound; HPLC: tRet (Grad2.) = 8.6; TLC-Rf = 0,49 (CH2C12 / THF / ethanol [6: 2: 1]); FAB -MS: (M + H) + = 302 = Example 49: 4- (3-Chloro-aniline) -6-hydroxymethyl-7H-pyrrole, 2,3-dl pyrimidine under nitrogen pressure, 1.4 g (37 mmol) Lithium aluminum hydride was added in portions of 5.70 g (18 mmol) of 4- (3-chloro-aniline) -6-ethoxycarbonyl-7H-U. Pyridine [2,3-d] pyrimidine was dissolved in 300 ml of THF solution. After stirring at 50 ° C for 2 hours, 100 ml of water was added dropwise to the reaction mixture, and then it was passed through Serry plastic. This paper is sized according to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297). Li) (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page)
-、1T 472057 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印繁 A7 B7 五、發明説明() (Celite)過濾。將水加入濾液中,然後將其用乙酸乙酯萃取三 次。將有機相用水及鹽水淸洗三次。乾燥(Na2S04)及蒸發濃 縮。從異丙醇中再結晶,產生標題化合物;HPLC:tRet(Grad2()) = 8.2 ; TLC-Rf = 0.11 ( CH2C12/ 甲醇[10:1]) ; MS: (M)+ = 274。 實施例50 : 4-(3-氯-苯胺)-6-甲醯-7H-吡咯幷丨2,3-dl嘧啶 在冰冷卻下,將1.9克二氧化錳(85%)加入一 715毫克 (2.6毫摩爾)4-(3-氯-苯胺)-6-經甲-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶溶於170 毫升二氯甲烷之懸浮液中,並在室溫下,將反應混合物攪 拌20小時。然後將20毫升DMPU加入反應混合物中,將其攪 拌1小時,然後經由Hyflo過濾。將濾剩物再度在50毫升二氯 甲烷/DMPU(1:1)中攪拌及再度過濾。將兩濾液合併,蒸發 濃縮,並溶入乙酸乙酯/THF及水中。將水相用乙酸乙酯萃 取兩次,並將有機相用水及鹽水淸洗四次,乾燥(Na2S04), 並蒸發濃縮成=20毫升之剩餘體積。加入乙醚及過濾,產生 標題化合物;HPLC:tRet(Grad2。): 10.1 ; TLC-Rf=0.24 ( CH2C12/ 甲 醇剛)。 實施例51 : (R)-6-乙氧羰~4_丨1-苯-乙胺1-7H-吡咯幷丨2,3-dl嘧啶 在氮氣壓下,將902毫克(4.0毫摩爾)4-氯-6-乙氧羰-7H· 吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶(步驟41.3)及1.12毫升(8.8毫摩爾)1(R)-苯-乙胺溶於10毫升正丁醇之溶液在150°C下攪拌17小時(開 始時溶解,然後形成濃懸浮液)。將反應混合物冷卻,然 後將標題化合物過濾出,並用異丙醇及己烷淸洗;HPLC: tRet(Grad20)= 10.6 ; TLC-Rf =0.49 ( CH2C12/ 甲醇[10:1]) ; FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 311 ° 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(210X 297公發) ---------裝-----—訂—^----- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -92- 472057 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明() 實施例52 : (R)-6-甲胺羰~4-丨1-苯-乙胺1-7H-吡略幷丨2,3-dl嘧啶 在一彈管中,將155毫克(0.50毫摩爾)6-乙氧簾-4-[l(R)-苯-乙胺]-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶及2·5毫克(0·05毫摩爾)NaCN 溶於4毫升甲胺(33%在乙醇中)在50°C下加熱30小時。將 反應混合物溶於THF中,將25毫升水加入其中,並蒸發濃 縮成》25毫升之剩餘體積。將形成之晶體過濾出,並用水淸 洗。從熱THF及乙酸乙酯中再結晶,產生標題化合物; HPLC: tRet(Grad2〇) = 8.3 ; TLORf = 0.31 ( CH2C12/ 甲醇[10:1]); FAB-MS: (M+H)+ = 296。 實施例53 :以下之化合物係利用類似於本文中描述之方法 製得: a) (R)-6-胺甲醯斗[1-苯-乙胺]-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶, b) (R)-6-氰苯-乙胺]-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶〔可由以上之化合 物a)製得〕, c) 4-(3-氯-苯胺>6-氰-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧咤〔可由實施例47中描 述之化合物製得;參考實施例54〕, d) (R)-6-甲醯斗[1-苯-乙胺]-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶, e) (R)-6-胺甲苯·乙胺]-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶〔可由以上之化 合物d),利用還原胺化獲得〕, f) 6·胺甲·4·(3_氣·苯胺)-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶〔可由實施例50中 描述之化合物,利用還原胺化獲得〕, g) 4-(3-氯-苯胺)-6-(二甲胺-甲)·7Η-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶, h) 6-(二甲胺甲)-4-[1(尺)_苯-乙胺]-7H-吡略幷[2,3-d]嘧啶, i) 6-(六氫吡阱-甲)-4-[l(R)·苯-乙胺]-7H-B比咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶,及 (請先閲讀背面之注意事_ I# •項再填. 裝— 寫本頁) 訂 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(210X 297公釐) -93 - 472057 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明() j) 4K3-氯-苯胺)各(六氫吡阱甲)-7H-B比咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶。 : 4-(3-氯-苯胺V6-氰-7H-吡咯幷丨2,3-dl嘧啶(參考實施 例 53c) 於1.048克(3.6毫摩爾)6-胺羰·4·(3-氯-苯胺)-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶(參考實施例47)及0.7毫升Ν,Ν-二甲-乙醯胺中,加入 13毫升氧氯化磷。在室溫下攪拌】小時及在i〇0°C下攪拌4小 時後,將反應混合物倒入冰冷之NaHC03飽和溶液中。用乙 酸乙酯萃取(三次),用NaHC03飽和溶液、水及鹽水淸洗 有機層’乾燥(Na2S04)及濃縮,形成一固體。實施管柱層析 術(沿02;乙酸乙酯),並將粗產物在乙醚及己烷中攪拌, 得到標題化合物;熔點:284-287°C ; TLC-Rf=0.71 (CH2C12/ 甲醇[10:1]) ; HPLC:tRet(Grad2())= 11.8。 實施例55 : 4·(3-氡-¾胺)·6-甲氧甲-7H-吡咯幷『2,3-dl嘧啶 在氬氣下,於一 85毫克(0.30毫摩爾)4-(3-氯·苯胺>6-羥 甲-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶(參考實施例49)溶於5毫升乙醚之 冰冷懸浮液中,加入14微升(0.15毫摩爾)三溴化磷。在〇°C 下攪拌18小時及在室溫下攪拌18小時後(—4~(3_氯-苯胺)-6-溴 甲-7H-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶),加入2毫升甲醇。將混合物攪拌2 小時,然後逐滴加入1毫升甲醇鈉(5.4M在甲醇中)。18小 時後,將混合物在眞空中濃縮;將剩餘物再溶於甲醇中, 加入矽膠,並將混合物蒸發成乾粉末。將此粉末放在一層 析管柱頂部(Si02 ; CH2C12/ 乙醇[2:1])。用 CH2C12/ 乙醇[2:1] 溶析,濃縮,並用乙酸乙酯/乙醚/己烷淸洗,得到標題 本紙张尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -裝· 訂 472057 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 化合物;熔點:226 - 230°C ; TLC-Rf = 0.59 ( CH2C12/ 甲醇 [10:1]) ; HPLC:tRet(Grad20) = 9.7。 實施例56 : 6-(N-第三丁-胺甲醯M-(3-氯-苯胺V7H-lfe咯幷丨2,3-dl嘧 於144毫克(0.50毫摩爾)6-羧冰(3-氯-苯胺)·7Η-吡咯幷[2,3-d]嘧啶(參考實施例42)及116微升(1.1毫摩爾)第三丁胺 溶於5毫升DMF之溶液中,加入114微升(0.75毫摩爾)氰膦 酸二乙酯(Aldrich;密爾瓦基/美國)。4小時後,將反應 混合物倒入冰水中,攪拌30分鐘,最後過濾。將剩餘物再 溶入異丙醇中,用木炭處理及過濾。在眞空中濃縮,並用 二氯甲烷/乙醚淸洗,產生標題化合物;HPLCtUGradyz 11‘4 ; FAB-MS: (M+H)+= 344 〇 經濟部中央標隼局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 實施例57 : 4-(3-氯-苯胺)~6~(N.N-二甲胺-甲)~7Η·1Ι比咯幷丨2,3-dl嘧啶 在50°C下,將109毫克(0.40毫摩爾)4-(3-氯-苯胺)-6-甲醯-7H-啦咯幷[2,3-d】嘧啶(參考實施例50)、110微升(0·8毫摩 爾)二甲胺(33%在乙醇中)及50微升(0.88毫摩爾)乙酸 溶於6毫升甲醇及1毫升DMPU之混合物搖盪1小時。然後加 入》20毫克雷氏鎳,並在50°C下,將混合物氫化。將觸媒過 濾出,用甲醇澈底淸洗,並將濾液濃縮。將剩餘物溶於乙 酸乙酯及NaHC03飽和溶液中,將水相分離,並用乙酸乙酯 萃取兩次。將有機相用水(二次)及鹽水淸洗,乾燥 (MgS04),並在眞空中濃縮。實施急驟層析術(Si02; CH2C12 /甲醇[10:148:1]),得到標題化合物;几<:-1^=0.06(012(:12 / 甲醇[10.1]) ; HPLC:tRet(Grad2()) = 7.2。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) ‘ -95- 472057 經濟部中央標準局負工消費合作社印裝 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 實施例58 :乾塡充膠囊 5000顆膠囊(每顆含0.25克之一在先前實施例中提到之 式⑴化合物爲有效成份)係製備如下: 組成 有效成份 1250克 滑石 180克 小麥澱粉 120克 硬脂酸鎂 80克 乳糖 20克 製備方法:將上述物質粉碎,並強制通過一 0.6毫米網目大 小之篩。使用一膠囊塡充機,將0.33克份量之混合物裝入明 膠膠囊中。 實施例59:軟膠囊 5000顆明膠膠囊(每顆含0.05克之一在先前實施例中提 到之式(I)化合物爲有效成份)係製備如下: 組成 有效成份 250克 丙二醇月桂酸酯 2升 (Lauroglycol) 製備方法:將有效成份粉碎,懸浮在Lauroglycol® (丙二醇月 桂酸酯,Gattefoss6 S.A., Saint Priest,法國)中,並在一濕粉碎 機內磨成大約1至3微米之粒子大小。然後使用一膠囊塡充 機,將0.419份量之混合物裝入軟明膠膠囊中。 實施例60:軟膠囊 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(匚!^8)/\4規格(2丨0乂 297公釐) ---------裝— (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 、1T- .ΦΦ. -96- 472057 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 5000顆軟膠囊(每顆含0.05克之一在先前實施例中提到 之式(I)化合物爲有效成份)係製備如下: 組成 有效成份 250克 聚乙二醇400 1升 (PEG 400)-、 1T 472057 Consumers' Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, India and India A7 B7 V. Description of Invention () (Celite) Filter. Water was added to the filtrate, which was then extracted three times with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed three times with water and brine. Dry (Na2S04) and concentrate by evaporation. Recrystallization from isopropanol gave the title compound; HPLC: tRet (Grad2 ()) = 8.2; TLC-Rf = 0.11 (CH2C12 / methanol [10: 1]); MS: (M) + = 274. Example 50: 4- (3-Chloro-aniline) -6-formamidine-7H-pyrrole, 2,3-dl pyrimidine Under ice cooling, 1.9 g of manganese dioxide (85%) was added to a 715 mg ( 2.6 mmol) 4- (3-Chloro-aniline) -6-methyl-7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine was dissolved in 170 ml of a dichloromethane suspension, and at room temperature, The reaction mixture was stirred for 20 hours. 20 ml of DMPU was then added to the reaction mixture, which was stirred for 1 hour, and then filtered through Hyflo. The filter residue was stirred again in 50 ml of dichloromethane / DMPU (1: 1) and filtered again. The two filtrates were combined, concentrated by evaporation, and dissolved in ethyl acetate / THF and water. The aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate, and the organic phase was washed four times with water and brine, dried (Na2S04), and concentrated by evaporation to a remaining volume of = 20 ml. Diethyl ether was added and filtered to give the title compound; HPLC: tRet (Grad2.): 10.1; TLC-Rf = 0.24 (CH2C12 / methanol). Example 51: (R) -6-ethoxycarbonyl ~ 4_ 丨 1-benzene-ethylamine 1-7H-pyrrole 幷 2,3-dl pyrimidine Under nitrogen pressure, 902 mg (4.0 mmol) 4 -Chloro-6-ethoxycarbonyl-7H · pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine (step 41.3) and 1.12 ml (8.8 mmol) of 1 (R) -benzene-ethylamine in 10 ml of n-butanol The solution was stirred at 150 ° C for 17 hours (dissolved initially and then formed a concentrated suspension). The reaction mixture was cooled, and the title compound was filtered off and washed with isopropanol and hexane; HPLC: tRet (Grad20) = 10.6; TLC-Rf = 0.49 (CH2C12 / methanol [10: 1]); FAB-MS : (M + H) + = 311 ° This paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (210X 297 issued) --------- Installation -----— Order — ^ --- -(Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) -92- 472057 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention () Example 52: (R) -6-methylamine carbonyl ~ 4 -丨 1-Benzene-Ethylamine 1-7H-Pyridine 幷 2,3-dl pyrimidine In a bomb tube, 155 mg (0.50 mmol) 6-ethoxy curtain-4- [l (R)- Phenyl-ethylamine] -7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine and 2.5 mg (0.05 mmol) of NaCN dissolved in 4 ml of methylamine (33% in ethanol) heated at 50 ° C 30 hours. The reaction mixture was dissolved in THF, 25 ml of water was added thereto, and the residue was concentrated by evaporation to a remaining volume of 25 ml. The formed crystals were filtered off and washed with water. Recrystallization from hot THF and ethyl acetate gave the title compound; HPLC: tRet (Grad2〇) = 8.3; TLORf = 0.31 (CH2C12 / methanol [10: 1]); FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 296. Example 53: The following compounds were prepared using a method similar to that described herein: a) (R) -6-Aminopyridine [1-phenyl-ethylamine] -7H-pyrrole [2,3-d ] Pyrimidine, b) (R) -6-cyanobenzene-ethylamine] -7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine [made from compound a) above], c) 4- (3-chloro- Aniline > 6-cyano-7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine [can be prepared from the compound described in Example 47; Reference Example 54], d) (R) -6-formamidine [ 1-benzene-ethylamine] -7H-pyrrolidin [2,3-d] pyrimidine, e) (R) -6-aminetoluene · ethylamine] -7H-pyrrolidin [2,3-d] pyrimidine [available The above compound d) is obtained by reductive amination], f) 6 · aminomethyl · 4 · (3-gas · aniline) -7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine [can be described in Example 50 Compound, obtained by reductive amination], g) 4- (3-Chloro-aniline) -6- (dimethylamine-methyl) · 7 吡 -pyrrole [2,3-d] pyrimidine, h) 6- (di Methylamine A) -4- [1 (foot) _benzene-ethylamine] -7H-Pyridoxine [2,3-d] pyrimidine, i) 6- (hexahydropyridine-A) -4- [l (R) · Benzene-Ethylamine] -7H-B than Pyridine [2,3-d] pyrimidine, and (Please read the notes on the back _ I # • Fill in the items. Pack — write this page) Paper scale suitable for China Standard (CNS) Λ4 (210X 297 mm) -93-472057 Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () j) 4K3-chloro-aniline) (hexahydropyridine) ) -7H-B is slightly better than [2,3-d] pyrimidine. : 4- (3-Chloro-aniline V6-cyano-7H-pyrrole) 2,3-dl pyrimidine (Reference Example 53c) at 1.048 g (3.6 mmol) of 6-aminocarbonyl · 4 · (3-chloro- Aniline) -7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine (Reference Example 47) and 0.7 ml of N, N-dimethyl-acetamidamine, 13 ml of phosphorus oxychloride was added. Stir at room temperature] After 4 hours and stirring at 100 ° C for 4 hours, the reaction mixture was poured into an ice-cold saturated solution of NaHC03. Extracted with ethyl acetate (three times), and the organic layer was washed with a saturated solution of NaHC03, water, and brine 'and dried ( Na2S04) and concentrated to form a solid. Column chromatography (along 02; ethyl acetate) was performed, and the crude product was stirred in ether and hexane to give the title compound; melting point: 284-287 ° C; TLC- Rf = 0.71 (CH2C12 / methanol [10: 1]); HPLC: tRet (Grad2 ()) = 11.8. Example 55: 4 · (3- 氡 -¾amine) · 6-methoxymethyl-7H-pyrrole [2,3-dl pyrimidine under argon at 85 mg (0.30 mmol) 4- (3-chloro · aniline> 6-hydroxymethyl-7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine (reference Example 49) An ice-cold suspension in 5 ml of ether was added and 14 µl (0.15 mmol) of phosphorus tribromide was added. After stirring for 18 hours at 0 ° C and for 18 hours at room temperature (-4 ~ (3-chloro-aniline) -6-bromomethyl-7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidine), add 2 ml Methanol. The mixture was stirred for 2 hours, then 1 ml of sodium methoxide (5.4M in methanol) was added dropwise. After 18 hours, the mixture was concentrated in the air; the residue was redissolved in methanol, silicone was added, and the mixture was Evaporate to dry powder. Place this powder on top of a chromatography column (Si02; CH2C12 / ethanol [2: 1]). Elute with CH2C12 / ethanol [2: 1], concentrate, and use ethyl acetate / ether / Washed with hexane to get the title. The paper size of this paper applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (210X297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)-Binding · Order 472057 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Compound; melting point: 226-230 ° C; TLC-Rf = 0.59 (CH2C12 / methanol [10: 1]); HPLC: tRet (Grad20) = 9.7. Example 56: 6- (N-Third-Butylamine醯 M- (3-Chloro-aniline V7H-lferole 幷 丨 2,3-dl pyrimide at 144 mg (0.50 mmol) 6-carboxol (3-chloro-aniline) · 7Η-pyrrole [2,3- d] pyrimidine (Reference Example 42) and 1 16 microliters (1.1 mmol) of tert-butylamine was dissolved in 5 ml of DMF solution, and 114 microliters (0.75 mmol) of diethyl cyanophosphonate (Aldrich; Milwaukee / USA) was added. After 4 hours, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water, stirred for 30 minutes, and finally filtered. The residue was redissolved in isopropanol, treated with charcoal and filtered. Concentrated in the air and washed with dichloromethane / ether to produce the title compound; HPLCtUGradyz 11'4; FAB-MS: (M + H) + = 344 〇 Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs (please first Read the notes on the reverse side and fill in this page) Example 57: 4- (3-Chloro-aniline) ~ 6 ~ (NN-dimethylamine-methyl) ~ 7Η · 1Ι 比 幷 幷 2,3-dl pyrimidine in At 50 ° C, 109 mg (0.40 mmol) of 4- (3-chloro-aniline) -6-formamidine-7H-larridine [2,3-d] pyrimidine (Reference Example 50), 110 micrograms A mixture of 1 liter (0.8 mmol) of dimethylamine (33% in ethanol) and 50 µl (0.88 mmol) of acetic acid in 6 ml of methanol and 1 ml of DMPU were shaken for 1 hour. Then》 20 mg of Raleigh nickel was added and the mixture was hydrogenated at 50 ° C. The catalyst was filtered off, washed with methanol, and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and a saturated solution of NaHC03, the aqueous phase was separated, and extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with water (twice) and brine, dried (MgS04), and concentrated in the air. Flash chromatography (Si02; CH2C12 / methanol [10: 148: 1]) was performed to obtain the title compound; several <: -1 ^ = 0.06 (012 (: 12 / methanol [10.1]); HPLC: tRet (Grad2 ()) = 7.2. This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) '-95- 472057 Printed by A7 B7, Consumer Cooperatives, Central Standards Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention () Example 58 : 5,000 dry capsules (each containing 0.25 g of the compound of formula 提到 mentioned in the previous example as the active ingredient) are prepared as follows: Composition of active ingredient 1250 g talc 180 g wheat starch 120 g magnesium stearate 80 grams of lactose and 20 grams of preparation method: the above material is crushed and forced through a 0.6 mm mesh size sieve. Using a capsule filling machine, 0.33 grams of the mixture is filled into gelatin capsules. Example 59: Soft capsule 5000 Gelatin capsules (each containing 0.05 g of the compound of formula (I) mentioned in the previous examples as the active ingredient) are prepared as follows: Composition of 250 g of propylene glycol laurate 2 liters (Lauroglycol) Preparation method: effective Ingredient Crush Suspend in Lauroglycol® (propylene glycol laurate, Gattefoss6 SA, Saint Priest, France) and grind in a wet grinder to a particle size of approximately 1 to 3 microns. Then use a capsule filler to dissolve 0.419 parts by weight The mixture is filled into soft gelatin capsules. Example 60: Soft capsules The paper size is applicable to Chinese national standards (匚! ^ 8) / \ 4 specifications (2 丨 0 乂 297 mm) --------- pack — (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page), 1T-.ΦΦ. -96- 472057 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () 5000 soft capsules (each containing 0.05 g of one mentioned in the previous examples) The compound of formula (I) is an active ingredient) is prepared as follows: Composition of 250 g of polyethylene glycol 400 1 liter (PEG 400)
Tween 80 1 升 製備方法:將有效成份粉碎,並懸浮在PEG400 (有大約380 至大約420之分子量(Mr)之聚乙二醇,Fluka公司,瑞士)及 Tween® 80 (聚氧乙烯山梨聚糖單月桂酸酯,Atlas Chem. Ind. Inc.,美國,由Fluka公司供應,瑞士)中,並在一濕粉碎機 中磨成大約1至3微米之粒子大小。然後使用一膠囊塡充 機,將0.43克份量之混合物裝入軟明膠膠囊中。 ^^1' n^i i I m· nn nn 1^1 111 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1. 言 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4規格(210X297公釐) -97-Tween 80 1 liter preparation method: The active ingredient is crushed and suspended in PEG400 (polyethylene glycol with a molecular weight (Mr) of about 380 to about 420, Fluka, Switzerland) and Tween® 80 (polyoxyethylene sorbitan) Monolaurate, Atlas Chem. Ind. Inc., USA, supplied by Fluka, Switzerland) and ground in a wet grinder to a particle size of approximately 1 to 3 microns. A gelatin capsule filling machine was then used to fill the soft gelatin capsules in 0.43 g portions. ^^ 1 'n ^ ii I m · nn nn 1 ^ 1 111 (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) 1. The paper printed by the Central Consumers ’Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the Consumer Cooperatives, is printed in accordance with Chinese national standards ( CNS) Λ4 specification (210X297 mm) -97-
472057 第85108440號專利申請案 補充說明書修正本(88年7月) 實例所述式I化合物之生物活性 實例 EGF-R ICD EGFR-ELISA BALB/MK ICs〇 [μΜ] IC5〇 [μΜ] IC5〇 [μΜ] 1 0.007 0.015 0.16 2 0.007 0.015 0.16 5A 0.007 0.04 0.20 6 0.04 0.01 0.27 11 0.009 0.6 0.429 12 0.003 0.0015 0.54 16 0.029 0.6 0.62 17 0.14 n.t. n.t. 18 0.003 0.01 0.15 19 0.001 0.01 0.23 20d 0.002 0.01 0.26 2〇g 0.002 0.01 n.t. 20j 0.005 0.0004 0.13 201 0.003 0.01 < 0.1 20m 0.004 0.02 0.31 20η 0.007 0.02 0.19 20ο 0.004 0.003 < 0.1 20r 0.009 0.01 0.14 21 0.005 0.0004 0.13 22a 0.007 0.003 0.17 22b 0.005 0.003 0.28 22c 0.004 0.0001 0.34 22e 0.002 0.02 0.33 23 0.016 0.0015 0.38 24d 0.04 0.8 0.52 26b 0.006 0.01 0.12 27b 0.001 0.0002 0.19i 28a 0.006 0.02 0.15472057 Revised Supplementary Specification to Patent Application No. 85108440 (July 88) Example of Biological Activity of Compounds of Formula I as Exemplified in Examples EGF-R ICD EGFR-ELISA BALB / MK ICs 0 [μΜ] IC50 0 [μΜ] IC5〇 [ μM) 1 0.007 0.015 0.16 2 0.007 0.015 0.16 5A 0.007 0.04 0.20 6 0.04 0.01 0.27 11 0.009 0.6 0.429 12 0.003 0.0015 0.54 16 0.029 0.6 0.62 17 0.14 ntnt 18 0.003 0.01 0.15 19 0.001 0.01 0.23 20d 0.002 0.01 0.26 2〇g 0.002 0.01 nt 20j 0.005 0.0004 0.13 201 0.003 0.01 < 0.1 20m 0.004 0.02 0.31 20η 0.007 0.02 0.19 20ο 0.004 0.003 < 0.1 20r 0.009 0.01 0.14 21 0.005 0.0004 0.13 22a 0.007 0.003 0.17 22b 0.005 0.003 0.28 22c 0.004 0.0001 0.34 22e 0.002 0.02 0.33 23 0.016 0.0015 0.38 24d 0.04 0.8 0.52 26b 0.006 0.01 0.12 27b 0.001 0.0002 0.19i 28a 0.006 0.02 0.15
28b 0.008 0.1 0.17 29a 0.019 0.06 0.4 29b 0.019 0.06 0.33 29d 0.034 0.08 0.65 36 0.016 0.003 n.t. 38a 0.016 0.06 0.25 39 0.001 0.002 0.44 47 0.002 0.8 0.96 48 0.003 0.1 0.58 472057 n-t·=未測試 ki28b 0.008 0.1 0.17 29a 0.019 0.06 0.4 29b 0.019 0.06 0.33 29d 0.034 0.08 0.65 36 0.016 0.003 n.t. 38a 0.016 0.06 0.25 39 0.001 0.002 0.44 47 0.002 0.8 0.96 48 0.003 0.1 0.58 472057 n-t
Claims (1)
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CH197695 | 1995-07-06 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
TW472057B true TW472057B (en) | 2002-01-11 |
Family
ID=4223021
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
TW85108440A TW472057B (en) | 1995-07-06 | 1996-07-12 | Pyrrolopyrimidines and processes for the preparation thereof |
Country Status (3)
Country | Link |
---|---|
TW (1) | TW472057B (en) |
UY (1) | UY25941A1 (en) |
ZA (1) | ZA965723B (en) |
-
1996
- 1996-07-05 ZA ZA965723A patent/ZA965723B/en unknown
- 1996-07-12 TW TW85108440A patent/TW472057B/en active
-
2000
- 2000-01-17 UY UY25941A patent/UY25941A1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
UY25941A1 (en) | 2000-09-29 |
ZA965723B (en) | 1997-01-06 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP4146514B2 (en) | Pyrrolopyrimidines and process for producing the same | |
AU711592B2 (en) | Pyrazole derivatives and processes for the preparation thereof | |
DE69712745T2 (en) | PYRROLOPYRIMIDINES AND METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF | |
TWI398252B (en) | Pyrrolopyrimidine compounds and their uses | |
CN110167941B (en) | Substituted fused heteroaryl compounds as kinase inhibitors and uses thereof | |
AU2003302657B8 (en) | Fused 1,3-dihydroimidazole ring compounds | |
US10548883B2 (en) | Benzotriazole-derived α and β-unsaturated amide compound used as TGF-β RI inhibitor | |
JP2000516626A (en) | Substituted pyrrolopyrimidine and method for producing the same | |
US10085983B2 (en) | Azabicyclo derivatives, process for preparation thereof and medical use thereof | |
KR20100110804A (en) | Aryl and heteroaryl fused imidazo[1,5-a]pyrazines as inhibitors of phosphodiesterase 10 | |
JP2013530951A (en) | Heterocyclic compounds as Janus kinase inhibitors | |
CN113164475A (en) | Macrocyclic inhibitors of DYRK1A | |
US20230322789A1 (en) | Pyrazolopyridazinone compound, and pharmaceutical composition and use thereof | |
TW202110848A (en) | A substituted fused bicyclic derivative, a preparation method thereof, and medical applications thereof | |
CN113747894A (en) | Degradation agent for fibroblast growth factor receptor 2(FGFR2) | |
TW472057B (en) | Pyrrolopyrimidines and processes for the preparation thereof | |
CN116063326A (en) | Amino-containing macrocyclic compounds as protein kinase modulators | |
US20230303562A1 (en) | Pyrazole compound and preparation method therefor and use thereof | |
TW201026701A (en) | Pyrazolopyrimidine derivatives as histamine H4 receptor antagonists | |
TW202410891A (en) | USP1 inhibitory | |
WO2023250083A1 (en) | Small molecule inhibitors of dyrk/clk and uses thereof | |
AU707626C (en) | Pyrrolopyrimidines and processes for the preparation thereof | |
TW379223B (en) | Anti-tumor pyrrolopyrimidine derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions and preparation thereof |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
GD4A | Issue of patent certificate for granted invention patent |